RFPsomesar PDF

(Ministry of Road Transport & Highways)
Government of India
NIT No. 02/2022-23

Consultancy Services for preparation of Detail Engineering report
for ROB proper (Construction of Bow String type girders) in
railway portion from ROB chainage 1+696 to chainage 1+871
(Total length=175 m) at km 30.00 on NH- l62E (Pali-Nadol
Section) Crossing the Falna-Marwar Railway Section at LC No.
C-67 near Somesar in the state of Rajasthan.
.
REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP)
< March, 2023>
Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur
1
INDEX
Sl. Content
No.
1 Notice Inviting Tender (NIT)
2 Letter of Invitation
3 Annex -I : Details of the Proposed Stretch
4 Annex-II : Procedure of Assessment of Least Cost to Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur under special circumstances
5 Data Sheet
6 Appendix - I : Terms of Reference
7 Supplement -I: Additional Requirements for Hill Roads
8 Supplement - II: Additional Requirements for Bridges
9 Supplement - III : Additional requirement for safety audit
10 Enclosure - I : Manning Schedule
11 Enclosure - II : Qualification Requirements of Key Personnel
12 Enclosure - III: Schedule for Submission of Reports and Documents
and format of submission of reports and documents.
13 Enclosure - IV: Format for submission of reports and documents
14 Appendix – II : Formats for Eligibility
15 Appendix - III : Formats for Technical Proposals
16 Appendix - IV: Formats for Financial Proposals
17 Appendix - V: Detailed Evaluation Criteria
18 Appendix - VI: Draft Contract Agreement
19 Appendix – VII: DPR Checklist for 8 stages [Stage 1: Inception Report,
Stage 2: Feasibility Report, Stage 3: LA & Clearances I, Stage 4:
Detailed Project Report, Stage 5: Technical Schedules, Stage 6: LA &
Clearances II]: Stage 7: Award Determination(Structures), Stage 8:
Land Possession Report
(Structures)
20 Appendix- VIII: Sample Executive Summary of Detailed Project
Report
2
Letter of Invitation (LOI)
<Reference> Dated:<Date>
Dear Sir,
Sub: : Consultancy Services for preparation of Detail Engineering report for ROB proper (Construction of Bow String
type girders) in railway portion from ROB chainage 1+696 to chainage 1+871 ( Total length=175 m) at km 30.00 on
NH- l62E (Pali-Nadol Section) Crossing the Falna-Marwar Railway Section at LC No. C-67 near Somesar in the state of
Rajasthan.
1. Introduction
The < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > has been entrusted with the assignment of <
Consultancy Services for preparation of Detail Engineering report for ROB proper (Construction of Bow String type
girders) in railway portion from ROB chainage 1+696 to chainage 1+871 ( Total length=175 m) at km 30.00 on NH-
l62E (Pali-Nadol Section) Crossing the Falna-Marwar Railway Section at LC No. C-67 near Somesar in the state of
Rajasthan..> now invites proposal from Technical consultants for carrying out detailed project report as per details
given in Annexure-1.
A brief description of the assignment and its objectives are given in the Appendix-I,“Terms of Reference”.
The < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > invites Proposals (the “Proposals”) through e-
tender (on‐ line bid submission) for selection of Technical Consultant (the “Consultant”) who shall prepare
detailed project report (DPR). The consultant should have expertise in carrying out similar kind of job, in
similar geographical location (particularly for hill road projects). Consultants are here by invited to submit proposal
in the manner as prescribed in the RFP document.
A Consultant with “a Particular Team” may submit proposals for more than one package. However, a
Consultant is not allowed to bid for a package with more than one team. For the sake of clarity, it is mentioned
that one consultant cannot submit two proposals/ bids for the same package. A consultant (either as sole or as
in JV/Association) can be awarded only upto 2 packages. A Consultant with “a Particular Team” may submit
only one “proof of eligibility (Part 1)” and “Technical Proposal (Part II)” for any number of packages applied for
by them. However, the packages for which a Consultant with “a Particular Team” applies should be clearly
mentioned.
Financial proposal for each package are to be submitted separately. Financial proposal is only to be submitted
online and no hard copy of the financial proposal should be submitted. The most preferred bidder (H‐ 1) for each
package would be determined on the basis of Quality and Cost as mentioned in the RFP. Award of work to a
Consultant with “a Particular Team” either as sole or as in JV/Association shall be limited to one package only.
Joint venture shall not have more than two firms.
In case, a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H‐ 1) in more than one
package, the package which is to be awarded to this Consultant with “a Particular Team” shall be determined on
the basis of least cost to< Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > considering the financial
3
quote of H‐ 1 bidder and H‐ 2 bidder limited to those packages, which shall be worked out as per the procedure
given in the RFP. The consultants are hereby invited
The consultants shall submit proposals either in sole capacity or in JV or in Association. In case of Joint
Venture, the maximum number of Joint Venture partners is limited to2 (i.e. one lead + 1 JV partner). The
Applicant whether a sole applicant or joint venture may include an Associate company also. Any entity which
has been barred by the Ministry of Road Transport and Highways (MORTH) or its implementing agencies for
the works of Expressways, National Highways, ISC and EI Works and the bar subsists as on the date of
application, would not be eligible to submit the bid, either individually or as a member of a Joint Venture.
To obtain first hand information on the assignment and on the local conditions, the consultants are encouraged
to pay a visit to the client, local State PWDs and the project site before submitting a proposal and attend a
proposal conference. They must fully inform themselves of local and site conditions and take them into account
in preparing the proposal.
Financial Proposals will be opened only for the firms found to be eligible and scoring qualifying marks in
accordance with Para 5 hereof. The consultancy services will be awarded to the highest ranking consultant on
the basis of Quality and Cost.
o
Please note that (i) costs of preparing the proposal and of negotiating the contract, including visits to the Client,
etc., are not reimbursable as a direct cost of the assignment; and (ii) Client is not bound to accept any of the
proposals submitted and reserve the right to reject any or all proposals without assigning any reasons.
The proposals must be properly signed as detailed below:
i.
by the proprietor in case of a proprietary firm
ii.
by the partner holding the Power of Attorney in case of a firm in partnership (A certified copy of
the Power of Attorney on a stamp paper of Rs. 100 and duly notarized shall accompany the
Proposal).
iii.
by a duly authorized person holding the Power of Attorney in case of a Limited Company or a
corporation (A certified copy of the Power of Attorney on a stamp paper of Rs. 100 and duly
notarized shall accompany the proposal).
iv.
by the authorized representative in case of Joint Venture.
In case a Joint Venture/Association of firms, the proposal shall be accompanied by a certified copy of legally
binding Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on a stamp paper of Rs.100, signed by all firms to the joint
venture confirming the following therein:
i.
Date and place of signing
ii.
Purpose of Joint Venture/Association (must include the details of contract works for which the
joint venture has been invited to bid)
iii.
A clear and definite description of the proposed administrative arrangements for the management
and execution of the assignment. Name of Lead Firm and other partner of JV should be clearly
defined in the MOU
4
iv.
Delineation of duties/ responsibilities and scope of work to be undertaken by each firm along with
resources committed by each partner of the JV/Association for the proposed services
v.
An undertaking that the JV firms are jointly and severally liable to the Employer for the
performance of the services
vi. The authorized representative of the joint venture/Association shall give a Letter of Association, MOU
as in i) to vi above except v, letter of Authorization, copies of GPA/SPA for the person signing the
documents and a certificate of incorporation.
In case of Joint venture, one of the firms which preferably have relatively higher experience, will act as
the lead firm representing the Joint Venture. The duties, responsibilities and powers of such lead firm
shall be specifically included in the MOU /agreement. It is expected that the lead partner would be
authorized to incur liabilities and to receive instructions and payments for and on behalf of the Joint
Venture. Payment to be made to the JV can also be made to the account of the JV. For a JV to be eligible
for bidding, the experience of lead partner and other partner should be as indicated in data sheet.
A firm can bid for a project either as a sole consultant or in the form of joint venture with other
consultant or in association with any other consultant. However, alternative proposals i.e. one as sole or
in JV with other consultant and another in association / JV with any other consultant for the same
package will be summarily rejected. In such cases, all the involved proposals shall be rejected.
Pre proposal conference shall be held on the date, time and venue given in Data Sheet.
The Applicant, by submitting its Application pursuant to this RFP, shall be deemed to have
acknowledged that without prejudice to the < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur> any other right or remedy hereunder or in law or otherwise, the Applicant shall be debarred
from participating in the future projects of the < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur > in the following situations 6
(a) If an Applicant withdraws its Proposal during the period of its validity as specified in this RFP
and as extended by the Applicant from time to time.
(b) In the case of a Selected Applicant, if the Applicant fails to sign the Agreement.
2. Documents
To enable you to prepare a proposal, please find and use the attached documents listed in the Data
Sheet.
Consultants requiring a clarification of the documents must notify the Client, in writing, by <AS per
NIT>. Any request for clarification in writing or by telefax/e‐ mail must be sent tothe Client‟s address
indicated in the Data Sheet. The Client will upload replies to pre-bid queries on its website.
At any time before the submission of proposals, the Client may, for any reason, whether at itsown
initiative or in response to a clarification requested by a Consulting firm, modify the Documents by
amendment or corrigendum. The amendment will be uploaded on < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > website. The Client may at its discretion extend the deadline for the
submission of proposals and the same shall also be uploaded on < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > website.
5
3. Preparation of Proposal
The proposal must be prepared in three parts viz. Part 1: Proof of eligibility
Part 2: Technical Proposal Part
3: Financial Proposal
Document in support of proof of eligibility
The minimum essential requirement in respect of eligibility has been indicated in the Data Sheet. The
proposal found deficient in any respect of these requirements will not be considered for further
evaluation. The following documents must be furnished in support of proof of eligibility as per Formats
given in Appendix‐ II:
(i) Forwarding letter for Proof of Eligibility in the Form E1.
(ii) Firm‟s relevant experience and performance for the last 7 years: Project sheets in support of
relevant experience as per Form‐ E2/T3 supported by the experience certificates from clients in
support of experience as specified in data sheet for the project size preferably in terrain of similar
nature as that of proposed project shall be submitted on Infracon portal in input data sheet.
Certificate should indicate
(iii) clearly the firms Design/DPR experience, in 2/4‐ /6‐ laning of highway, structures like bridges,
Viaducts, tunnels, hill slope stabilization, rock bolting, ground improvement, etc. Scope of
services rendered by the firm should be clearly indicated in the certificate obtained from the
client. The information given in Form E2/T3 shall also be considered as part of Technical
Proposal and shall be evaluated accordingly. The Consultants are therefore advised to see
carefully the evaluation criteria for Technical Proposal and submit the Project Sheets accordingly.
The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.
(iv) Firm‟s turnover for the last 5 years: A tabular statement as in Form E3 showing the turnover of
the applicant firm(s) for the last five years beginning with the last financial year certified by the
Chartered Account along with certified copies of the audit reports shall be submitted in support
of the turnover shall be submitted on Infracon Portal in input data sheet.

(v) Document fee: Cost of the Document in the form of a Non‐ refundable document fee of Rs. 5,000
(Rupees Five Thousand only) online payment payable to in favour of Regional Pay and Account
Officer MoRTH Jaipur through Bharatkosh Portal (www.bharatkosh.gov.in).
(vi) Deleted
(vii) Power of Attorney on a stamp paper of Rs.100 and duly notarized authorizing to submit the
proposal.
(viii) In case of Joint Venture/ Association of firms, the proposal shall be accompanied by a certified copy
of legally binding Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on a stamp paper of Rs.100, signed by all
firms to the joint venture/ Association as detailed at para 1.8.2 above.
The minimum essential requirement in respect of eligibility has been indicated in the data sheet, the
proposal found deficient in any respect of these requirements will not be considered for further
evaluation.
6
Technical Proposal
You are expected to examine all terms and instructions included in the Documents. Failure to
provide all requested information will be at your own risk and may result in rejection of your
proposal.
During preparation of the technical proposal, you must give particular attention to the following:
Total assignment period is as indicated in the enclosed TOR. A manning schedule in respect of
requirement of key personnel is also furnished in the TOR which shall be the basis of the
financial proposal. You shall make your own assessment of support personnel both technical and
administrative to undertake the assignment. Additional support and administrative staff need to be
provided for timely completion of the project within the total estimated cost. It is stressed that the
time period for the assignment indicated in the TOR should be strictly adhered to.
The technical proposal shall be submitted strictly in the Formats given in Appendix‐ III and shall
comprise of following documents:
i) Forwarding letter for Technical proposal duly signed by the authorized person on behalf of the
bidder, as in Form‐ T‐ 1
ii) Details of projects for which Technical and Financial Proposals have been submitted by a Consultant
with a particular Team as in Form‐ T‐ 2
iii) Firm‟s references ‐ Relevant Services carried out in the last seven years as per Form‐ E2/T‐ 3. This
information submitted as part of Proof of Eligibility shall be evaluated and need not be submitted
again as a part of the Technical proposal.
iv) Site Appreciation: limited to four A4 size pages in 1.5 space and 12 font including photographs, if
any (Form‐ T‐ 4).
v) The composition of the proposed Team and Task Assignment to individual personnel: Maximum
three pages (Form‐ T‐ 5).
Proposed methodology for the execution of the services illustrated with bar charts of activities,
including any change proposed in the methodology of services indicated in the TOR, and procedure
for quality assurance: The proposed methodology should be accompanied by the consultant‟s initial
view, key challenges they foresee and potential solutions suggested regarding: a) proposed alignment
and bypass required, b) land acquisition requirements, c)access control, rehabilitation of existing road,
drainage and utilities, d) adoption of superior technology along with proof: limited to six A4 size
pages in 1.5 space and 12 font including photographs, if any for items a to c, (Form‐ T‐ 6) and
information in Form‐ T‐ 8 (as covered in para viii below) for item d
vi) The proposal should clearly identify and mention the details of Material Testing lab facilities to be
used by the Consultants for the project (Form‐ T‐ 7). In this connection, the proposals of the
Consultants to use in‐ house lab facilities up to a distance of maximum 400 km from the project site
being feasible would be accepted. For all other cases suitable nearby material Testing Laboratory shall
7
be proposed before Contract Agreement is executed.
vii) The proposal shall indicate as to whether the firm is having the facilities for carrying out the following
field activities or these are proposed to be outsourced to specialized agencies in the Form‐ T‐ 8.
(a). Pavement Investigation (b). Geo‐ technical Investigation
In case the consultant envisages outsourcing any or all of the above services to the expert agencies, the
details of the same indicating the arrangement made with the agencies need to be furnished. These
agencies would however, be subject to approval of the client to ensure quality input by such agencies
before award of the work. For out‐ sourced services, proposed firms/consultants should have such
experience on similar projects
viii) Details of office equipment and software owned by the firm in Form‐ T9
ix) CVs of following 4 (four) Key Personnel‟s may be submitted only through Infracon in Form–T‐ 10
[Team Leader cum Senior Highways Engineers, Senior Bridge Engineer, Highway cum Pavement
Engineer & Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety Expert in case of Normal Highway Project]
[Team Leader cum Senior Bridge Engineer, Highway cum Pavement Engineer, Bridge/Structural
Engineer & Material cum Geo‐ Technical Engineer Geologist in case of Standalone Bridge Project]
[Team Leader cum Senior Tunnel Expert, Tunnel Design Expert, Senior Geo Physicist & Senior
Geotechnical Engineer in case Standalone Tunnel Project].
For remaining key personnels, the CVs need to be submitted for approval prior to signing of contract.
CVs of Key Persons:
x) The CVs of the four key personnel as mentioned in para 3.2.3 (x) above in the format as per Form T‐ 10 is
to be furnished on Infracon portal. It may please be ensured that the format is strictly followed and the
information furnished therein is true and correct. The CV must indicate the work in hand and the
duration till which the person will be required to be engaged in that assignment. The Firm shall ensure
that details furnished in the CV by the personnel are correct. If any information is found incorrect, at any
stage, action including termination and debarment from future < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur > projects for a minimum period of 2 years may be taken by < Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, JacobRoad, Jaipur > on the personnel and the Firm.
ii. The minimum requirements of Qualification and Experience of all key personnel are listed in
Enclosure‐ II of TOR. CV of a person who does not meet the minimum experience requirement as given at
enclosure‐ II of TOR shall be evaluated and the marks obtained shall be taken into consideration during
evaluation of Technical Proposal (except Team leader). However if a firm with such key personnel is
declared the “most preferred bidder” for a particular package, such key personnel should be replaced
before signing of contract with a person meeting requirements of Qualification and Experience as given at
enclosure-II of TOR and whose CV secures 75% marks and above. If some proposed key personnel does
not possess the minimum (essential) educationalqualification as given at enclosure‐ II of TOR, Zero marks
shall be assigned to such CV and such CV shall not be evaluated further. The CV of the proposed Team
Leader should score at least 75 % marks otherwise the entireproposal shall be considered to have failed
in the evaluation of Technical Proposals and shall not be considered for opening of Financial Proposals.
iii. [Team Leader, Highway cum Pavement Engineer, Senior Bridge Engineer, Geo‐ technical cum material
engineer Senior Survey Engineer, Tunnel Design Expert, Senior Geotechnical Engineer and Senior Geo
8
Physicist]* should be available from beginning of the project. Other Key Personnel with intermittent
input are allowed to be deployed/proposed in 2 teams at a time. If same CV is submitted by two or more
firms, zero marks shall be given for such CV for all the firms.
iv. The availability of key personnel must be ensured for the duration of project as per proposed work
programme. If a firm claims that a key personnel proposed by them is a permanent employee of the firm
(the personnel should have worked in the firm continuously for a period of at least 1 year), a certificate to
the effect be furnished by the firm.
v. The age limit for key personnel is 65 years as on the date of bid submission. The proof of age and
qualification of the key personnel must be furnished in the technical proposal.
vi. An undertaking from the key personnel must be furnished that he/she will be available for entire
duration of the project assignment and will not engage himself/herself in any other assignment during
the period of his/her assignment on the project. After the award of work, in case of non‐ availability of key
personnel in spite of his/her declaration, he/she shall be debarred for a period of two years for all
projects of < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur >.
vii. Age limit for supporting staff to be deployed on project is 65 years as on the date of bid submission.
viii. Good working knowledge of English Language is essential for key professional staff on this assignment.
Study reports must be in English Language.
ix. Photo, contact address and phone/mobile number of key personnel should be furnished in the CV.
x. Availability of few key personnel engaged for preparation of Detailed Project Report for the envisaged
project may be ensured during first 3 to 4 months after start of the civil work at site during the period of
survey and review of DPR by the Supervision consultant/Authority Engineer. For this purpose, payment
shall be made as per actual site deployment of the key personnel at the man month rates quoted by the
firm in their financial proposal.
xi. It may please be noted that in case the requirement of the „Experience‟ of the firm/consortium as
mentioned in the “Proof of Eligibility‟ is met by any foreign company, their real involvement for the
intended project shall be mandatory. This can be achieved either by including certain man‐ months input
of key experts belonging to the parent foreign company, or by submitting at least the draft feasibility
report and draft DPR duly reviewed by the parent firm and their paying visit to the site and interacting
with < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > . In case of key personnel proposed by
the foreign company, they should be on its pay roll for at least last six months (from the date of
submission).
xii. In case a firm is proposing key personnel from educational/research institutions, a „No Objection
Certificate‟ from the concerned institution should be enclosed with the CV of the proposed key personnel
committing hisservices for the instant project.
The technical proposal must not include any financial information.
Financial Proposal
The Financial proposal should include the costs associated with the assignment. These shall normally cover:
remuneration for staff (foreign and local, in the field, office etc.),accommodation, transportation, equipment,
printing of documents, surveys, geotechnical investigations etc. This cost should be broken down into
foreign and local costs. Your financial proposal should be prepared strictly using, the formats attached in
Appendix – IV. Your financial proposal should clearly indicate the amount asked for by you without any
assumptions of conditions attached to such amounts. Conditional offer or the proposal not furnished in the
format attached in Appendix‐ IV shall be considerednon‐ responsive and is liable to be rejected.
The financial proposal shall take into account all types of the tax liabilities and cost ofinsurance
9
specified in the Data Sheet.
Costs shall be expressed in Indian Rupees in case of domestic as well as for foreign Consultant. The
payments shall be made in Indian Rupees by the < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur
> and the Consultant themselves would be required to obtain foreign currency to the extent quoted and
accepted by < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur >. Rate for foreign exchange for
payment shall be atthe rate established by RBI applicable at the time of making each payment installment on
items involving actual transaction in foreign currency. No compensation done to fluctuation of currency
exchange rate shall be made.
Consultants are required to charge only rental of equipments / software(s) use so as to
Economize in their financial bid.
4. Submission of Proposals
The Applicants shall submit the proposal (Proof of Eligibility and Technical Proposal) comprising the
documents as mentioned under clause 3.1.1 and 3.2.3 respectively to meet the requirements of „Proof of
Eligibility‟ and „Technical Proposal‟ online only. A Consultant with “a Particular Team” may submit only
one proposal of “proof of eligibility (Part 1 Para 5.1 i, ii &vii)” and “Technical Proposal (Part II)” to <
Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > for all the packages applied by them with a
particular team on or before the deadline of submission of bids. A consultant can apply for a particular
package withoneteamonly. Thepackagesforwhicha Consultant with “a Particular Team” applies should be
clearly mentioned in their proposal. However, Consultants are required to submit a copy of Proof of
Eligibility and Technical Proposal online separately for each package. Financial proposal for each package
are to be submitted separately. Financial proposal are only to be submitted online and no hard copy of the
financial proposal should be submitted.
The document listed in para 3.1.1 (iv), (vi), (vii) shall be submitted in original by the H‐ 1 bidder to the
Authority before issue of LOA.
T
he proposal must be prepared in indelible ink and must be signed by the authorized representative of
the consultants. The letter of authorization must be confirmed by a written power of attorney
accompanying the proposals. All pages of the Proof of Eligibility and Technical Proposal must be
initialed by the person or persons signing theproposal.
T
he proposal must contain no interlineations or overwriting except as necessary to correct errors made
by the Consultants themselves, in which cases such corrections must be initialed by the person or
persons signing the proposal.
Y
our proposal must be valid for the number of days stated in the Data Sheet from the closing date of
submission of proposal.
5. Proposal Evaluation
Stage I‐ Proof of Eligibility
The proposals would be evaluated by a Committee constituted by < Chief Engineer (NH),PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur >. A three‐ stage procedure will be adopted in evaluating the proposal. In the first
stage‐ Proof of Eligibility, it will be examined as towhether:
i) The proposal is accompanied by Document fee

10
ii) The Proposal is accompanied by Bid Security of required value and of validity equal or more than
the minimum required validity
iii) The firms(s) have required experience
iv) The firms(s) have required turnover
v) The documents are properly signed by the authorized signatories and whether the proposal
contains proper POA as mentioned at para 1.8.1 above
vi) The proposals have been received on or before the dead line of submission.
vii) In case a Joint Venture/Association of firms, the proposal shall be accompanied by a certified
copy of legally binding Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) on a stamp paper of Rs.100,
signed by all firms to the joint venture/Association as detailed at para 1.8.2 above
In case answers to any of the above items is „No‟ the bid shall be declared as non‐ responsive
and shall not be evaluated further.
A Consultant satisfying the minimum Eligibility Criteria as mentioned in the Data sheet and
who had submitted the above mentioned documents shall be declared “pass” in Proof of
Eligibility and the Technical Proposals of only those consultants shall be opened and evaluated
further.
Stage II Technical evaluation
In the second stage the Technical proposal shall be evaluated as per the detailed evaluation criteria
given in Data Sheet.
A proposal securing 75 points shall be declared pass in the evaluation
Technical Proposal .The technical proposal should score at least 75 points out of 100 to be considered for
financial evaluation. The CV of the proposed Team Leader shouldscore at least 75 % marks otherwise
the entire proposal shall be considered to havefailed in the evaluation of Technical Proposals and shall
not be considered for openingof Financial Proposals.
Stage III Evaluation of Financial Proposal
In case for a particular package, only one firm is eligible for opening of Financial Proposals, the
Financial Proposal shall not be opened, the bids for that package shall be cancelled and < Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > shall invite fresh bids for this package. For financial
evaluation, total cost of financial proposal excluding Goods & Service Tax shall be considered. Goods
& Service Tax shall be payable extra.
The evaluation committee will determine whether the financial proposals are complete (i.e. whether they
have included cost of all items of the corresponding proposals; if not, then their cost will be considered as
NIL but the consultant shall however be required to carry out such obligations without any compensation.
In case, if client feels that the work cannot be carried out within overall cost of financial proposal, the
proposal can be rejected. The client shall correct any computational errors and correct prices in various
currencies to the single currency specified in Data Sheet. The evaluation shall exclude those taxes,
duties, fees, levies and other charges imposed under the applicable law & applied to foreign
components/ resident consultants.
For a package, the procedure as mentioned at Clauses 5.3.4, 5.4 and, 5.5 as mentioned below shall be
followed for determining the “most preferred bidder (H‐ 1 bidder)” for this package.
11
The lowest financial proposal (FM) will be given a financial score (SF) of 100 points. The financial
scores of other proposals will be computed as follows:
SF = 100xFM/F
(SF = Financial Score, FM= Amount of lowest bid, F= Amount of financial proposal converted in the
common currency)
Combined evaluation of Technical and Financial Proposals.
Proposals will finally be ranked according to their combined technical (ST) and Financial (SF) scores using
the weights indicated in the Data Sheet:
S= STxT + SFxf
Where,
S= Combined Score,
ST= Technical Score out of 100 SF=Financial Score out of 100
T and f are values of weightage for technical and financial proposals respectively as given in the Data
Sheet.
Most Preferred Bidder(H-1).
For a particular package, a Consultant with a “particular Team” having the maximum Combined score (S)
shall be declared as the most preferred bidder (H-1).
In case work has to be awarded for multiple packages, award of work to a Consultant with “a
Particular Team” either as sole or as in JV/Association shall be limited to one package only. At first,
Consultants who become H‐ 1 in one package each shall be assigned the respective package. Then
packages in which a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H-1)
in more than one package shall be considered. In case, a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out
to be the mostpreferred bidder (H‐ 1) in more than one package, the package which is to be awarded tothis
team of a consultant shall be determined on the basis of least cost to < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > considering the Financial Quote of H‐ 1 bidder and H‐ 2 Bidder limited
to those packages. Procedure to be followed for awarding work based on QCBS including assessment
of least cost to < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > under special
circumstances i.e. When a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred
bidder (H‐ 1) in more than one package is given at given at Annex‐ II.
6. Performance Security
The consultant will furnish within 15 days of the issue of Letter of Acceptance (LOA), an unconditional
Bank Guarantee equivalent to 10% of the total contract value from aNationalized Bank, IDBI or ICICI/
ICICI Bank/ Foreign Bank/ EXIM Bank / Any Scheduled Commercial Bank approved by RBI
having a net worth of not less than Rs.1000 crore as per latest Annual Report of the Bank. In the
case of a Foreign Bank (issued by a Branch in India) the net worth in respect of Indian operations shall
only be taken into account. In case of Foreign Bank, the BG issued by Foreign Bank should be counter
guaranteed by any Nationalized Bank in India. In case of JV, the BG shall be furnished on behalf of
the JV or by the lead member of the JVs for an amount equivalent to 10% of the total contract value to be
received by him towards Performance Security valid for a period of three years beyond the date of
12
ea
<
completion of services, or end of civil works contract, whichever earlier. The Bank Guarantee will be
released by (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > upon expiry of 3 years beyond the date of
completion of services, or end of civil works contract, whichever rectification of errors if any,found
during implementation of the contract for civil work and satisfactory report by < Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur >in this regard is issued. However, if contract is foreclosed /
terminated by < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > at Inception Stage, with no
fault ofConsultant, Performance Security shall be released within three months from date offoreclosure
/ termination.
Further, in case where the bid of the successful consulting firm is less than 85% of the average of all bids
received, the successful consulting firm shall have to submit an Additional Performance Security (APS)
in the form of a Bank Guarantee for 30% of the differential value between the successful bid and average
of all the bids received. The BGshall be valid for a period of [xx+2] months i.e. upto 2 months beyond the
expiry of theContract of [xx] months. The other requirements of APS are same as those ofPerformance
Security.
In the event the Consultant fails to provide the security within 15 days of date of LOA, it may seek
extension of time for a period of 15 (Fifteen) days on payment of damages for such extended period in a
sum of calculated at the rate of 0.05% (Zero Point Zero Five Percent) of the Bid price for each day until the
performance security is provided. For the avoidance of doubt the agreement shall be deemed to be
terminated on expiry of additional 15 days time period.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Parties agree that in the
event of failure of the Consultant to provide the Performance Security inaccordance with the provisions of
Clause 6.1 and 6.2 within the time specified therein or such extended period as may be provided by the
Authority, in accordance with the provisions of Clause 6.3, all rights, privileges, claims and entitlements
of the Consultantunder or arising out of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived by, and to
have ceased with the concurrence of the Consultant and the LoA shall be deemed to have been
withdrawn by mutual agreement of the Parties. Authority may take action to debar such firms for future
projects for a period of 1‐ 2 year.
7. Penalty
The consultant will indemnify for any direct loss or damage that accrue due to deficiency in services in
carrying out Detailed Project Report. Penalty shall be imposed on the consultants for poor performance/
deficiency in service as expected from the consultant and as stated in General Conditions of Contract.
8. Award of Contract
The Client shall issue letter of award to selected Consultant and ask the Consultant to provide
Performance Security as in Para 6 above. If the selected Consultant fail to provide performance security
within the prescribedtime or the Consultant fail to sign the Contract Agreement within prescribed time,
the Client may invite the 2nd highest ranking bidder Consultant and follow the procedure outlined in
Para 8 and 9 of this Letter of Invitation.
9. Signing of Contract Agreement
After having received the performance security and verified it, the Client shall invite theselected bidder for
signing of Contract Agreement on a date and time convenient to both parties within 15 days of receipt of
valid Performance Security.
10. The Client shall keep the bidders informed during then tire bidding process and shall host the
following information on its website:
13
i) Notice Inviting Tender (NIT)
ii) Request For Proposal (RFP)
iii) Replies to pre-bid queries, if any
iv) Amendments / corrigendum to RFP
v) List of bidders who submitted the bids up to the deadline of submission
vi) List of bidders who did not pass the eligibility requirements, statingthe broad deficiencies
vii) List of bidders who did not pass the Technical Evaluation stating the reasons.
viii) List of bidders along with the technical score, who qualified for opening the financial bid
ix) Final Score of qualified bidders
x) Name of the bidders who is awarded the Contract
11. It is the <Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > policy that the consultants observe
the highest standard of ethics during the selection and execution of such contracts. In pursuance of this
policy, the < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur >:
(a) Defines, for the purpose of this paragraph, the terms set forth below as follows:
(i) “corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting, directly or
indirectly, of anything of value to influence the action of a public official in the selection
process or in contract execution;
(ii) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation or omission of facts in order to

influence a selection process or the execution of a contract;
(iii) “collusive practices” means a scheme or arrangement between two or more consultants
with or without the knowledge of the Client, designed to establish prices at artificial,
non-competitive levels;
(iv) “coercive practices” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly,

persons or their property to influence their participation in a procurement process, or
affect the execution of a contract.
(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the Consultant recommended for award
has, directly or through an agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive or coercive practices
in competing for the contract in question;
(c) willed clareafirm ineligible, either indefinitely or for a stated period of time, to be awarded a
contract if it at any time determines that the firm has engaged in corrupt or fraudulent practices
in competing for, or in executing, a contract; and
(d) will have the right to require that a provision be included requiring consultants to permit the
Employer to inspect their accounts and records relating to the performance of the contract and
to have them audited by authorized representatives of Employer.”
14
12. Confirmation
We would appreciate you informing us by facsimile/e‐ mail whether or not you

will submit a proposal.
Thanking you.
Yours Sincerely,
< Chief Engineer(NH), PWD Rajasthan,

Jacob Road, Jaipur, Location>
Encl. as above
15
ANNEX-1
Details of the stretch proposed for DPR preparation
Rajasthan.
S. NH Section State Tentative Package

No. No. Length (in No.
km)
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 NH-162 chainage 1+696 to Rajasthan 175.00 m

Ext chainage 1+871
16
ANNEX-II
Procedure of Awarding Work based on QCBS including Assessment of Least Cost to Chief
Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,Jaipur under Special Circumstances i.e. When a
Consultant witha particular team becomes H-1 bidder in more than one package
A Consultant with a particular Team can apply for any number of packages with one team.
However, Award of work to a Consultant with “a Particular Team” either as sole or as in
JV/Association shall be limited to one package only. Following procedure shall be followed for the
selection of the most preferred bidder for the consultancy assignment:
1. At first, Consultants who become H‐ 1 in one package each shall be assigned the respective
package. Then packages in which a Consultant with “a Particular Team” turns out to be the most
preferred bidder (H‐ 1) in more than one package shall be considered. In case, a Consultant with “a
Particular Team” turns out to be the most preferred bidder (H‐ 1) in more than one package, the
package which is to be awarded to this team of a consultant shall be determined on the basis of least
cost to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur considering the Financial Quote of
H‐ 1 bidder and H‐ 2 Bidder limited to those packages which shall be worked out as per procedure
illustratedwith an example as mentioned below.
2. Suppose there are 8 packages namely Package-1, Package-2, Package-3, Package-4, Package-5,
package-6, package-7 and Package-8 respectively. It is also assumed that 10 consultants namely P, Q, R, S,
T, U, V, W, X and Y has applied for these packages. It is also assumed that three Consultants namely P, R
and U has applied with two Teams and theremaining Consultants have applied with only one team. It
is also assumed that the following is the position of various firms after opening of the Financial
proposals (and after arithmetic corrections if any of the Financial bids) of the packages and after applying
QCBS
17
H-1 H-2 H-3 H-4 H-5 H-6
Packageno. Name of Consultants and Financial Quotes (Rs in lakhs)
Package-1 P(team-1) Q W X T Y
230 200 240 220 200 230

lakhs lakhs lakhs lakhs lakhs lakhs
Package-2 V U(team-1) X P (team- T Y
2)
240 210 240 220 200 230
Package-3 V P(team-1) U(team-1) R (team- X Y
2)
200 230 250 230 220 200
Package-4 R (team-1) T U (team-2) P (team- Y X
2)
250 220 250 260 220 245
Package-5 R (team-1) V S U(team- W T
2)
220 240 260 250 220 240
Package-6 Q T S P (team- W U (team-
2) 2)
210 240 250 220 200 230
Package-7 R (team- U (team- Q S W Y
1) 1)
200 220 240 255 230 240
Package-8 V R(team-1) W S P (team- Y
1)
190 250 220 240 255 240
The different packages shall be awarded to consultants as mentioned below:
Step-1:
In this case, Consultants P (team-1) and Q are the H-1 in only one package each namely package-1 and
package-6 respectively. Consultant V is H-1 in 3 packages namely Package-2, Package-3 and Package-
8 respectively. Consultant R (team-1) is H-1 in 3 packages namely Package-4, Package-5 and Package-
7 respectively. Since Consultant P(team-1) is H-1 in Package-1 only and Consultant Qis H-1 in Package-6
only, Consultant P (team-1) shall be awarded Package-1 and Consultant Q shall be awarded
Package‐ 6.
Step-2:
After Consultant P (team-1) is awarded Package-1 and Consultant Qis awarded Package-6, the
scenario for the remaining 6 packages is as given below .P (team-1) and Q occurring anywhere else
stands deleted as they have already been awarded one work each
18
H-1 H-2 H-3 H-4 H-5 H-6
Package Name of
No. Consultants and
Financial
Quotes (Rs in
lakhs)
Package-2 V U(team-1) X P T Y
(tea
m-
2)
240 210 240 lakhs 220 200 230
lakhs lakhs lakhs lakhs lakhs
Package-3 V U(team-1) R (team-2) X Y
200 250 230 lakhs 220 200
lakhs lakhs lakhs lakhs
Package-4 R (team-1) T U (team-2) P(team- Y X
2)
250 220 250 lakhs 260 220 245
Package-5 R (team-1) V S U(team- W T
2)
220 240 260 lakhs 250 220 240
Package-7 R (team-1) U (team-1) S W Y
200 220 255 lakhs 230 240
Package-8 V R(team-1) W S Y
190 250 220 lakhs 240 240
Consultant V shall be awarded only one package out of the 3 packages for which it is H namelyPackage-
2, Package-3 and Package-8 respectively. Similarly Consultant R (team-1) shall be awarded only one
package out of the 3 packages for which it is H-1 namelyPackage-4, Package-5 and Package-7
respectively. The determination of package to be awarded to Consultant V and Consultant R (team-1)
shall be worked out in a single step (i.e. one at a time) .New H-1 for the remaining packages (4
packages) shall be worked out only after determination of packages to be awarded to the H-1 bidders at
this stage [i.e. Consultant V and R (Team-1) in the instant case] inone step. Determination of Package to
be awarded to each of Consultant V and Consultant R (team-1) shall be worked out as follows
(i) After the award of Package‐ 1 to Consultant –P (team-1) and Package -6 to Consultant – Q and also
considering that a Consultant with a particular team can be awarded only one work, the details of H-1
and H-2 / New H-2 in the remaining 6 packages are as mentioned below .Since V is H-1 in more
than one package and shall be awarded one of these packages, V has been deleted from all other
packages .Similarly, since R(Team-1) in more than one package and shall be awarded one of these
packages, R(Team-1) has been deleted from all other packages
19
H-1 H-2 / NewH-2 Remarks
Package-2 V U(team-1)
240 lakhs 210 lakhs
Package-3 V U(team-1) Since Consultant P (Team-1) is awarded
200 lakhs 250 lakhs Package-1, Consultant U (team-1)
becomes the new H-2
Package-4 R (team-1) T
250 lakhs 220 lakhs
Package-5 R (team-1) S
220 lakhs 260 lakhs
Package-7 R (team-1) U (team-1)
200 lakhs 220 lakhs
Package-8 V W Consultant-R(team-1) has not been
considered as H-2 since Consultant –C
(team-1) is to be awarded one package out
of the packages 4,5 and 7 in which it is H-1.
Hence Consultant – W is the new H-2
(ii) Package to be awarded to Consultant –V who is H‐ 1 in three packages namely Package 2, 3 and 8
respectively shall be determined on the basis of least cost to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur considering the Financial Quote of H‐ 1 bidder and H‐ 2 Bidder limited to those
packages The situation for least cost to Chief Engineer(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur shall
be when the firm with Consultant –G is awarded the package for which Financial Bid of second
ranked team (H-2) minus Financial Bid of the first ranked team (H-1) is maximum. The same is
illustrated as given below
H-1 H-2 / New Financial Bid of H-2/ Remarks

H-2 New H-2 minus
Financial Bid of H-1
Package- V U(team-1) 210-240 = (-) 30
2 lakhs
240 lakhs 210
lakhs
Package- V U(team-1) 250 – 200 = (+) 50 lakhs H-2 minus H-1 is
3 Maximum. Hence
Consultant V
shall be awarded
Package-3
In a similar way, Package to be awarded to Consultant – R (team-1) who is H-1 in three packages
namely Package-4, 5 and 7 respectively shall be determined as illustrated below:
H-1 H-2 / NewH-2 Financial Bid of H-2/ Remarks

New H-2 minus
20
R (team-1) T 220-250 = (-) 30 lakhs
Package-4 250 220 lakhs 220-250 = (-) 30lakhs
lakhs
Package-5 R (team-1) S 260 – 220 = (+) 40 lakhs H-2 minus H-1 is
220 260 lakhs Maximum. Hence
lakhs Consultant – R
(team- 1) shall be
awarded Package-
5
Package-7 R (team-1) U (team-1) 220 – 200 = (+) 20 lakhs
200 220 lakhs
lakhs
Step-3
(i) After the award of the above mentioned 4 packages namely, Package-1 to Consultant– P (team-1),
Package -6 to Consultant –Q, Package -3 to Consultant –V, Package-5 to Consultant –R (team-1) and
also considering that a Consultant with a particular team canbe awarded only one work, the details of
new H-1 and New H-2 in the remaining 4 packages are as mentioned below
H-1 (NewH-1) H-2 (New H- Remarks
2)
Package-2 U(team-1) X Since Consultant V is awarded
210 lakhs 240 lakhs Package-3 , Consultant U (team-1)
becomes the new H-1 and Consultant X
becomes the new H-2
Package-4 T U (team-2) Since Consultant -R(team-1) is awarded
Package-5 , Consultant T becomes the
new H-1 and Consultant U (team-2)
220 lakhs 240 lakhs
becomes the new H-2
Package-7 U (team-1) S Since Consultant R(team-1) is awarded
Package-5 , Consultant U (team-1)
becomes the new H-1 and Consultant S
becomes the new H-2
220 lakhs 255 lakhs
Package-8 W S Since Consultant V is awarded Package-3 ,

Consultant W becomes the new H-1 and
Consultants becomes the new H-2
220 lakhs 240 lakhs
(ii) Consultant T is the new H-1 for only one package namely Package-4. Similarly Consultant W is the
new H-1 for only one package namely Package-8. Accordingly Package-8 shall be awarded to
Consultant–W and Package-4 shall be awarded to Consultant–T.
Step-4:
Consultant U (team-1) is the new H-1 for package-2 and Package-7 respectively and Consultant U
(team-1) shall be awarded only one package out of these 2 packages. Package to be awarded to
Consultant –U (team-1) shall be determined as illustrated below
H-1 H-2 / New Financial Bid of H- Remarks
H-2 2/ New H-2 minus
21
Package-2 U(team-1) X 240-210 =(+) 30
210 240 lakhs lakhs
lakhs
Package-7 U (team- S 255 – 220 = (+) 35 H-2 minus H-1 is
1) lakhs Maximum. Hence
220 255 lakhs Consultant – U (team- 1)
lakhs shall be awarded Package-
7
Step-5:
(i) After the award of the above mentioned 7 packages namely, Package-1 to Consultant– P (team-1) ,
Package-6 to Consultant–Q, Package-3 to Consultant –V, Package-5 to Consultant –R (team-1),
Package-4 to Consultant-T, Package-8 to Consultant-W, package-7 to Consultant –U (team-1) team
and also considering that a Consultant with aparticular team can be awarded only one work , the details
of new H-1 and / New H-2 inthe remaining package i.e. package-2 is as mentioned below
H-1 (New H-1) H-2 (NewH-2) Remarks
Package-2 X A (team-2) Since Consultant V is awarded Package-3
240 lakhs 220 lakhs and Consultant U (team-1) is awarded
package- 7 , Consultant X becomes the new
H-1 and Consultant P(team-2) becomes the
new H-2
(ii) Consultant X is the new H‐ 1 for only one package namely Package‐ 2. Accordingly, Package -2 shall
be awarded to Consultant –X.
Thus as per the above mentioned procedure the 8 packages are awarded to the following
Consultant at the Financial Quoted(after arithmetic Corrections) by them forthe respective packages
Package No. Name of Consultants awarded packages
Package-1 Consultant- P (team-1)
Package-2 Consultant- X
Package-3 Consultant- V
Package-4 Consultant- T
Package-5 Consultant- R (team-1)
DATA SHEET
I (References to corresponding paragraphs of LOI are mentioned alongside)
1. The Name of the Assignment and description of project as mentioned in Annex-I (Ref.
Para 1.1)
(The Name of project and Package No. should be indicated in the format given in the
technical proposal)
2. The name of the Client is : <CE NH PWD/RO MoRTH>
3. Duration of the Project: 180 days
4. Date, Time and Venue of Pre-Proposal Conference
22
Date: <As per NIT>
Time: <As Per NIT>
Venue: <Nagaur>
5 The Documents are:
i. Appendix-I: Terms of Reference (TOR)
ii. Appendix-II Formats for Proof of Eligibility
iii. Appendix-III: Formats for Technical Proposal
iv. Appendix-IV: Formats for Financial Proposal
v. Appendix-V: Detailed Evaluation Criteria
vi. Appendix –VI Draft Contract Agreement
vii. Appendix –VII DPR Checklist
viii. Appendix –VIIII Sample Executive Summary
(Ref. Para 2.1)
6. Deleted
7. Tax and Insurance (Ref. Para 3.3.2)
(i). The Consultants and their personnel shall pay all taxes (including Goods & service
tax), custom duties, fees, levies and other impositions levied under the laws
prevailing seven days before the last date of submission of the bids. The effects of
any increase / decrease of any type of taxes levied by the Governmentshall be borne by
the Client / Consultant, as appropriate.
(ii).
Limitations of the Consultant‟s Liability towards the Client shall be as per Clause3.4 of Draft
Contract Agreement
(iii). The risk and coverage shall be as per Clause 3.5 of Draft Contract Agreement.
8. Deleted
9. Deleted
10. The date, time and Address of proposal submission are
Date <As per NIT>
Time < As per NIT >
Address <SE PWD NH Circle Jodhpur>
23
(Ref. Para 4.4)
11. Proposal Validity period (Number of days): 120 days (Ref. Para 4.5)
12. Evaluation criteria: (Ref. Para 3 &5)
13. First stage evaluation- eligibility requirement. (Ref. Para 3.1 &5.1)
Table-1: Minimum Eligibility Requirements
Sr. Minimum experience and performance of Preparation of DPR of Annual average

No. Highways/ Bridges in the last 7 years (NH/SH/Equivalent) (for past turnover
performance attach undertaking for any litigation history/
and arbitration).
1 A Firm applying for a package should have Experience of preparation of Annual average
Detailed Project Report of two/four/six lane / Feasibility of Two/ four/ turnover for last 3
six lane projects of aggregate length equal to the indicative length of the years of the firm
package (i.e. 100km if the indicative length of the package is 100 km). should be equal to
Firm should have also prepared DPR for at least one project of or more than Rs.
2/4/6laning of minimum 40% of the indicative length of the package 1.50 Crores.
(i.e. 40 km if the indicative length of the package is 100 km )or
Feasibility Study of two/four/six laning of minimum 60% of the
indicative length of the package (i.e. 60 km if the indicative length of
the package is 100 km )
Note: The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private
concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered.
(i) The sole applicant shall fulfill all the requirements given in Table-1.
(ii) In case of JV, the Lead Partner should fulfill at least 75% of all eligibility requirements and the other
partner shall fulfill at least 50% of all eligibility requirements.
(iii) If the applicant firm has / have prepared the DPR/FS projects solely on its own, 100% weightage shall
be given. If the applicant firm has prepared the DPR/FS projects as a lead partner in a JV, 75%
weightage shall be given. If the applicant firm have prepared the DPR projects as the other partner
(not lead partner) in a JV 50% weightage shall be given. If the applicant firm have prepared the
DPR/FS projects as an associate,25% weightage shall be given.
(iv) Similar project means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP is invited. For 2‐ lane
projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication factor of 1.5. Experience of
4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning projects,
experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.4, but only for those 2 lane
projects whose cost of consultancy services was more than Rs. 0.30 crore
Second stage technical evaluation (Refer 5.2)

S. Description Points
No.
1 Firm's relevant experience in last 7 years 40
Material testing, survey & investigation, equipment
2 20
and software proposed to be used
3 Qualification and Relevant experience of the 40
proposedkey personnel
24
Further break-up of each criteria has been detailed out below:
A. Firm's relevant experience in last 7 years (40)

For standard highways, the following is the break-up:
S. Description Maximum Sub-
No. Points Poins
1 Specific experience of the DPR consultancy related to the 20

assignment for eligibility
1.1 Aggregate Length of DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/ 6 lane 10
projects
1.1.1 More than the indicative Length of the package applied for 8
1.1. More than 2 times the indicative length of the package appliedfor 9
2
1.1.3 More than 3 times the indicative length of the package appliedfor 10
1.2 DPR for 2/4/6 laning projects each equal to or more than 40 10
% of indicative length of a package applied for (or Feasibility
Study for 2/4/6 laning projects each equal to or more than 60
% of indicative length of a package applied for)
1.2.1 1 project 8
1.2.2 2 projects 9
1.2.3 ≥3 projects 10
2 DPR of Bridge having length more than 200 m 5
2.1 1 bridge 1
2.2 2 bridges 2
2.3 >=3 bridges 3
2.2.4 4 projects 4
2.2.5 ≥ 5projects 5
3 Specific experience of firms in terms of turnover 5
3.1 Firm‟s Average Turnover of last 5 years > 50crore 5
3.2 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years 20 - 50 crore 4
3.3 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years > 5 but < 20 crore 3
4 Highway Professionals * working with the firm 10

4.1 < 10nos. 0
4.2 10-20 nos. 8
4.3 > 20-30 nos. 9
4.4 > 30 nos 10
*The professionals who possess degree in Civil Engineering/Transport Planning/Transport

Economics/Traffic Management/Geology/Environment Science or Engineering and 8 years
Experience in highway/bridge/tunnel with employment in the firm for more than one year. The
25
current Employment Certificate shall be uploaded byKey Personnel on INFRACON.
B. Material testing, survey and investigation, equipment and software proposed to be used (20)
S. Description Maximum Sub-
No. Points Points
1 Availability of Material Testing Facilities with 3
persons/resources having operational skills of the
equipment
1. Owned* (Available In House) 3.0
1
1. Outsourced (Hire basis/Through Associate) 3.0
2
* Shall be ascertained through the ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON in
regard to major equipments required for testing of materials to be used for
construction of Highway Project.
2 Availability of Field Investigation Facilities with 2
equipment
2.1 Owned** (Available In House) 2.0
2.2 Outsourced (Hire basis/Through Associate) 2.0
** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for

3 Availability of Office Equipment and Software with 3
equipment
3.1 Owned*** (Available In House) 3.0
3.1 Owned*** (Available In House) 3.0
*** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for
key hardware/software required for Highway consultancy assignment.
4 Experience of firm or the firm with which MoU has 5
been enter into in LiDAR or better technology
forto pographic survey (Infrastructure sector)
4.1 1 project 1
4.2 2 projects 2
4.3 3 projects 3
4.4 4 projects 4
4.5 ≥ 5 projects 5
been entered into in using GPR and Induction Locator
or better technologies for detection of sub-surface
utilities(Infrastructure sector)
5.1 1 project 1
26
5.2 2 projects 2
5.3 3 projects 3
5.4 ≥ 5 projects 4
beenenter into in digitization of cadastral maps for
landsurveys
6.1 Area upto 100 ha 1
6.2 Area between 100-500 ha 2
6.3 Area > 500 ha 3
Note: The experience of firm in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or equivalent
technologies and Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition shall be supported by
experience certificate. The experience of a firm in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction
Locator or equivalent technologies and Experience in Digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition
for a private concessionaire/contractor shall be considered only if the experience certificate is
authenticated by the concerned competent Government department/authority. In case of overseas
experience the weightage to be assigned to the certificate for experience in use of the equipment, a
self‐ certificate followed bythe client certificate may be accepted.
If the firm does not have experience in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or
equivalent technologies and in digitization of cadastral map then it will have to furnish a
Memorandum of Understanding with firm or firms having experience in aforementioned technologies
and work and furnish the same with the technical proposal
C. Qualification and relevant experience of the proposed key personnel (40)
The weightage for various key staff is asunder:C Normal Highway Project:
S.No. Key personnel Points

1 Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer 12
2 Senior Bridge Engineer 10
3 Highway cum Pavement Engineer 10
4 Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety 8
Expert
Total 40
The number of points assigned during the evaluation of qualification and competence of key staff
are as given below:
S. No. Description Maximum Sub-

Points Points
1 General Qualification 25
1.1 Essential education qualification 20
1.2 Desirable education qualification 5
2 Relevant experience and adequacy for the project 70
2.1 Total professional experience 15
2.2 Experience in Highway/Bridge/Tunnel Projects 25
2.3 Experience in Similar Capacity 30
27
3 Employment with the Firm 5
3.1 Less than 1 Year 0
3.2 1 year 3
3.3 Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to
maximum of 2 marks
Detailed evaluation criteria which is to be used for evaluation of technical bids is as indicated at
Appendix-V.
The Consultant should carryout self‐ evaluation based on the evaluation criteria at Appendix‐ V.
While submitting the self‐ evaluation along with bid, Consultant shall make references to the
documents submitted in their proposal which have been relied upon in self‐ evaluation Result of
technical evaluation shall be made available on thewebsite giving opportunity to the bidders to respond
within 7 days in case they haveany objection Third stage – Evaluation of Financial proposal
Financial Proposals of all Qualified Consultants in accordance with clause 5.2 and 5.3 of Letter of Invitation
shall be opened.
The consultancy services will be awarded to the consultant scoring highest marks in combined evaluation of
Technical and Financial proposals in accordance with clause 1.3 and 5.4 hereof.
The Factors are:
The weight given to Technical Proposal (T) = 0.70. The weight given to FinancialProposal (f) = 0.30
14. The common currency is “Indian Rupee”. (Ref. Para 3.3.3)
Consultant have to quote in Rupees both for domestic Consultant as well as ForeignConsultants
15. Commencement of Assignment (Date, Location): The Consultants shall commence the
Services within fifteen days of the date of effectiveness of the contract at locations as
required for the project stretch stated in TOR. (Ref. Para 1.2 of LOI and 2.3 of GCC/SC)
28
APPENDIX‐ I
TERMS OF REFERENCE (TOR)
(Agency may suitably modify the ToR in respect of Standalone Bridge& Tunnel Projects)
Consultancy Services for preparation of Detail Engineering report for ROB proper (Construction of Bow
String type girders) in railway portion from ROB chainage 1+696 to chainage 1+871 ( Total length=175 m) at km 30.00
on NH- l62E (Pali-Nadol Section) Crossing the Falna-Marwar Railway Section at LC No. C-67 near Somesar in the
state of Rajasthan.
Terms of Reference for Consultancy Services (TOR)
1. General
The Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur has been entrusted with the
assignment of of Consultancy Services for preparation of Detail Engineering report for ROB proper (Construction of
Bow String type girders) in railway portion from ROB chainage 1+696 to chainage 1+871 ( Total length=175 m) at km
30.00 on NH- l62E (Pali-Nadol Section) Crossing the Falna-Marwar Railway Section at LC No. C-67 near Somesar in
the state of Rajasthan. Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur now invites proposal from Technical
consultants for carrying out detailed project report as per details given in Annexure‐ 1. < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur> will be the employer and executing agency for the consultancy services and the
standards of output required from the appointed consultants are of international level both in terms of quality and
adherence to the agreed time schedule. The consultancy firm will solely be responsible for submission of quality work in
stipulated period.inistry has recently awarded works of consultancy services for construction of ROBs for replacing level
crossings in various states. In case a level crossing exists in a project reach, consultant is required to co‐ ordinate with those
consultants and finalize the alignment & configuration of road accordingly. However, if the same is not covered in the
above assignment of DPR/feasibility study awarded by Ministry, the consultant under this assignment shall be
responsible for preparing DPR for such level crossings.
2. Objective
The main objective of the consultancy service is to establish the technical, economical, and
financial viability of the project and prepare detailed project reports for rehabilitation and
upgrading of the existing road to 4 lane configuration.
The viability of the project shall be established taking into account the requirements with
regard to rehabilitation, upgrading and improvement based on highway design, pavement
design, provision of service roads wherever necessary, type of intersections, rehabilitation and
widening of existing and/or construction of new bridges and structures, road safety features,
quantities of various items of works and cost estimates and economic analysis within the given
time frame.
The Detailed Project Report (DPR) would inter‐ alia include detailed highway design, design
of pavement and overlay with options for flexible or rigid pavements, design of bridges and
cross drainage structures and grade separated structures, design of service roads, quantities of
various items, detailed working drawings, detailed cost estimates, economic and financial
viability analyses, environmental and social feasibility, social and environmental action plans as
appropriate and documents required for tendering the project on commercial basis for
international / local competitive bidding.
29
The DPR consultant should ensure detailed project preparation incorporating aspects of value
engineering, quality audit and safety audit requirement in design and implementation. The
Consultant shall ensure to carry out Road Safety Audit at various stages as per supplement‐ III
(Additional Requirement for Safety Audit) of TOR.
The consultant should, along with Feasibility Report, clearly bring out through financialanalysis
the preferred mode of implementation on which the Civil Works for the stretches are to be
taken up. The consultant should also give cost estimates along with feasibility report/ detailed
Project Report.
If at inception stage or feasibility stage, employer desires to terminate the contract, the contract
will be terminated after payment up to that stage.
3. Scope of Services
The general scope of services is given in the sections that follow. However, the entire scope of
services would, inter‐ alia, include the items mentioned in the Letter of Invitation, terms of
reference, general contract and any supplements and appendices tothese documents.
4. Row and Land related aspects
The Right of Way norms for National Highways should be as under:
(i) Expressways 90 m
(ii) Economic Corridors and major National Highways requiring 70 m
provisions for Service Roads and planned for expansion to 8-lanes
(iii) National Highways with planed capacity to 6-lane Configuration 60 m
(iv) National Highways with planned capacity to 4-lane 45 m
(v) NH with planned capacity to two-lane + PS configuration requiring 30 m
provision of Service Roads
In case of up gradation of an existing two lane Highway to a 4/6/8 lane configuration, a

comparative cost‐ benefit analysis shall necessarily be carried out while recommending
development of existing route/alignment visa‐ vis alternate option of a green –field
alignment. While carrying out the cost benefit analysis of both the options, the following factors
shall be considered:
(i) Extant of land acquisition and the associated costs;
(ii) Number of structures required to be acquired along their extant and costs.
(iii) The quantum of utilities and costs required for their shifting.
(iv) The extent of tree –felling and the associated cost & time for obtaining therequisite
permissions.
However, green‐ field option may not be resorted to in cases where growth of traffic is such
that ultimate capacity does not require widening beyond 4 lanes in future.
In case the green field alignment option works out to be a preferred option, then‐
(i) Entire ROW (60m -70m) may be acquired for a maximum capacity of 8 lane main carriage
way with provision for service roads.
(ii) Initially 4 lane carriage‐ way with 4 lane structures shall be developed with additional land
30
left in the median for future expansion.
(iii) The highway shall have provision for service roads in inhabited areas, preferably of 10 mtrs
width, with maximum access –control for the main carriage way
(iv) Access to the towns/cities/establishments located on the existing NationalHighway, may be
provided through spurs from the green field route.
All efforts shall be made to avoid any road alignment through National Parks and Wildlife
Sanctuaries, even if it requires taking a longer route / bypass. However, where it becomes
absolutely unavoidable and necessary to keep the alignment through such reserve forest /
restricted areas, land would be acquired with RoW of not more than 30mtrs.
Similarly, though it may be difficult, while determining the alignment for any bypass, efforts
be made to see if these could be along the revenue boundaries of two revenue estates thereby
minimizing the compulsions of land owners / farmers for cross‐ overs to the other side. In case
such an alignment is not found feasible, it should be ensured that access to common facilities for
the local people (e.g. schools, Healthcare facilities etc.) is maintained only on one side of the
alignment, thereby minimizing the need for cross‐ over for day‐ to‐ day life.
Protection of the acquired RoW against any possible encroachments is extremely important.
Boundary stones be provided at the end of the RoW as per provisions of IRC:SP:84 and also
supplemented as per Circular dated 08.12.2015 issued by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur. The boundary pillars alone, which are subject to removal with
passage of time, may not be enough to save against encroachments. As such, the typical cross
section of a Highway Road is being re‐ visited separately with the intention of providing
permanent features in this behalf. For a typical RoW of 60 mtrs, starting from one end, these
will require the following:
(a) Use barricading of the RoW with plantation of hedge‐ like species (Ficus / Poplars)
within a 3m wide strip area, dug up to 0.6 to 0.9 mtrs, of which 2.0 mtrs to serve as a
Utility Corridor.
(b) Provision of a Service Road (along the inhabited area) with its drainage slope towards the
drain / area reserved for Strip Plantation, for a width of 9.0 mtrs.
(c) Earmark width of 1.5 mtrs for construction of a drain so as to be able to capture the
rainwater flow from the Service Road (wherever provided) and themain carriageway.
(d) Three lane with paved shoulders: Main carriageway – 10.5 mtrs, paved shoulder
– 2.5 mtr and earthen shoulder – 1.5 mtr.
(e) Median – 5.0 mtrs (effective width 4.5 m), and
(f) A Mirror Image on the other end.
With regard to land acquisition, tree felling, utility shifting across the alignment, Ministry‟s
Guidelines issued vide letter no. NH -15017/21/2018-P&M dated 10th May, 2018, or any
amendment thereof, may be adhered to.
Provisions of short bypasses, service roads, alignment corrections, improvement of

intersections shall be made wherever considered necessary, practicable and cost effective.
However, bypasses proposals should also be considered, wherever in urban areas,
improvement to <lane> of the existing road is not possible.
Role and Responsibilities at different stages of Land Acquisition

The Consultant in the process of his deliverables is expected to:
(i) To delineate and propose the most optimal alignment and take care of geometrics of the road
31
to meet safety parameters while finalizing the DPR;
(ii) Identify and avoid (to the extent feasible) all such structures (religious structures, public
utilities cremation grounds, private structures) in the RoW of the road project that could
become major hindrances at the time of project execution;
(iii) Procure or create digitized, geo referenced cadastral/land revenue maps for the purpose of
land acquisition activities. Where state governments of local agencies have already digitize
cadastral maps, the consultant shall arrange to procure such maps. The digitized map should
exactly match the original map sothat the dimensions and area of plots can be extracted from the
map itself.
(iv) Co-ordinate collection of all relevant land revenue records (including Khasra maps,
Khatiyan, Jama bandi etc.) from the local land revenue administration office required for
preparation of Draft notification under Section 3A of the NHAct.
(v) Identify and list all land parcels that need to be acquired as part of project road. Conduct Joint
measurement survey in conjunction with CALA, the Executing Agency and the Land Revenue
Department to verify land records.
(vi) Assist the CALA and the Project Executing agency in preparation of statutory notification
under Sections 3A, the CALA during hearing of objections received under Section 3C,
recording of hearings and completion of this process, preparation of draft notification under
Section 3D and completion of the LA process at every upto 3CG Prepreation stage including
valuation of Land ,structures ,trees, timely publication of notifications and public notices in
newspapers at every stage;
(vii) Clear identification and preparation of an inventory of the assets attached to the land under
acquisition (e.g. Structures, trees, crops or any such assets which should be valued for payment
of compensation);
(viii) Co‐ ordination with offices of various departments like Land Revenue Office (or Tehsil),
Registrar office and other State departments (public works department, horticulture
department, forest department etc.) for evaluation ofassets (Structures, tree, crops etc.) attached
to the land and liaison with respective State authority for authentication of the valuation.
(ix) Prepare and inventory of all the utilities (electrical/water supply lines/gas pipelines etc.–
(x) both linear and cross overs) and all such structures (religious structure, public utilities,
cremation grounds, private structures) in the RoW of the road project that could become
major hindrances at the time of project execution;
(xi) Carefully avoid location of any Flyover/VUP/elevated structure where a high tension
electricity line (66/132/220/400 KV etc.) is crossing over so as to avoidraising of such line at
such point, while designing the road projects;
(xii) Assist in demarcation of the acquired land and installation of the boundary
stones/pillars/peg makings along the RoW of the alignment;
(xiii) Identification of land parcels missed out from acquisition in the first round and assist the
Authority and the CALA in preparation of Draft Notification for acquisition of the land
under missing plots upto excavation of project stretch
Approach to the provision and specifications for Structures:
The structures on roads viz. Bridges, ROBs (Road Over Bridges, and Flyovers), RUBs (Road
Under Bridges) etc. are designed for more than 50 years. It is difficult to increase the width of the
structures at a later date which may also have larger financial implications a part from
construction related issues in running traffic. Therefore, it has been decided tokeep provision for
32
all the structures including approaches comprising of retaining structures as 6‐ lane (length
of such approaches shall, in no case, be less than 30m on either side) on all the four‐ lane
highways except in the following cases (i) Reserve Forest
(ii) Wild life Areas (iii) Hilly Areas (iv) Urban Areas where site condition do not permit this.
Wherever elevated sections are designed through any inhabited areas, these should be
six‐ lane structures supported on single piers so that the road underneath serves as effective
service roads on both sides.
Highway projects shall be designed for separation of local traffic especially for Vulnerable
Road Users (VRUs), for longitudinal movements and crossing facilities through viaduct(s)
located at convenient walking distance. Provision of PUPs and CUPswith size of 7.0m x 3.0m, as
specified in para 2.10 of the IRC specifications, has proved to be insufficient keeping in view the
increased use of mechanization in agriculture practices. These structures do not support the
easy passage / crossing for the tractors with trolleys so often used for agricultural operations.
As traffic on cross roads is increasing day‐ by‐ day, it has been decided to substitute the
provision of Pedestrian Underpass (PUP) / Cattle Underpass (CUP) [for para 2.10 of IRC
specifies the dimensionsof 7.0m x 3.0m] with aLVUP with a minimum size of 12 (lateral clearance)
x 4m (vertical clearance). Out of 12m lateral width, 2.5m width on one side shall be raised for
pedestrian sidewalks with grills to make pedestrian movement convenient and safe. A third
smaller dimension VUP‐ SVUP (4m*7m) for all cross roads carriageway width lesser than 5.5m
may also be considered. Thus VUPs would be of three grades i.e.VUP‐ 5.5mx20m ;
LVUP‐ 4mx12m ; and SVUP‐ 4mx7m These structures shall be located at the most preferred
place of pedestrian / cattle / day‐ to‐ day crossings. Depending on the site conditions,
feasibility of clubbing the crossing facilities through service roads shall also be explored.
Further, the bed level of these crossings shall not be depressed as any such depression, in the
absence of proper drainage facilities becomes water‐ logged rendering the same unusable.
Ideally, the bed level of the crossings should be a bit higher with proper connectivity to a drain,
which could serve the drainage requirements of the main carriageway, the underpass and the
service road as well.
Wherever the alignment of 4‐ lane Highway road project is retained in‐ situ while passing
through inhabited areas (e.g. villages), it should be ensured that Service Roads are provided
on both sides of the carriageway, connected underneath with a cross‐ over structure (VUP/
LVUP/SVUP). Thus each habitation should preferably have crossing facility at the highways
with a vertical clearance of 4 mtrs.
To ensure that bypass once constructed serves the intended purpose during its life, all thebypasses
shall be well designed and access controlled. The entry / exit from / to side roads shall be
controlled such that they are grade separated at major roads or at spacing not less than 5 kms.
Side roads at closer spacing shall be connected to the service roads on either side and taken to
major roads for provision of grade separated interchange.
The provision of embankments shall be kept minimum so as to save land as well as earth
which are scarce resources. This can be decided on case to case basis with due
deliberations. However, economic considerations may also be given due weightage before
deciding the issue.
The Consultant shall study the possible locations and design of toll plaza if applicable to the
project. Wayside a menities Land (minimum 5 acres, length and depth preferably in theratio of
3:2) shall also be acquired for establishment of Way‐ side amenities at suitable locations at
33
distances varying between 30 to 50 kms on both sides of the Highway. The local and slow
traffic may need segregation from the main traffic and provision of service roads and
fencing may be considered, wherever necessary to improve efficiencyand safety.
The Consultant will also make suitable proposals for widening/improvement of the
existing road and strengthening of the carriageways, as required at the appropriate time to
maintain the level of service over the design period. The Consultants shall prepare
documents for EPC/PPP contracts for each DPR assignment.
All ready to implement „good for construction‟ drawings shall be prepared incorporating all
the details.
Environmental Impact Assessment, Environmental Management Plan and Rehabilitation

and Resettlement Studiesshall be carried out by the Consultant meeting the requirements of the
lending agencies like ADB/ World Bank/JICA, etc.Wherever required, consultant will liaise
with concerned authorities and arrange all clarifications. Approval of all drawings including
GAD and detail engineering drawings willbe got done by the consultant from the Railways.
However, if Railways require proof checking of the drawings prepared by the consultants, the
same will be got done by <Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur> and
payment to the proof consultant shall be made by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur directly. Consultant will also obtain final approval from Ministry of
Environment and Forest for allapplicable clearances. Consultant will also obtain approval for
estimates for shifting of utilities of all types from the concerned authorities and Chief
Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur. Consultant is also required to prepare all
Land Acquisition papers (i.e. all necessary schedule and draft 3a, 3A, and 3D, 3G notification
as per L.A.act) for acquisition of land either under NH Act or State Act.
The DPR consultant may be required to prepare the Bid Documents, based on the feasibility
report, due to exigency of the project for execution if desired by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur.
Consultant shall obtain all types of necessary clearances required for implementation of the
project on the ground from the concerned agencies. The client shall provide the necessary
supporting letters and any official fees as per the demand note issued by suchconcerned agencies
from whom the clearances are being sought to enable implementation.
The consultant shall prepare separate documents for BoT as well as EPC contracts at
Feasibility stage / DPR stage. The studies for financing options like BoT, Annuity, EPC will be
undertaken in feasibility study stage.
The consultant shall be guided in its assignment by the Model Concession/ Contract
Agreements for PPP/ EPC projects, as applicable and the Manual of Specifications and
Standards for two/ four/ six laning of highways published by IRC (IRC:SP:73 or IRC:SP:84 or
IRC:SP:87, as applicable) along with relevant IRC codes for design of longbridges.
The consultant shall prepare the bid documents including required schedules (as mentioned
above) as per EPC/ PPP documents. For that it is suggested that consultant should also go
through the EPC/PPP documents of ministry before bidding the project. The Consultant shall
assist the Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur and the Legal Adviser by
furnishing clarifications as required for the financial appraisal and legal scrutiny of the Project
Highway and Bid Documents.
Consultant shall be responsible for sharing the findings from the preparation stages during the
bid process. During the bid process for a project, the consultant shall support the authority in
34
responding to all technical queries, and shall ensure participation of senior team members of
the consultant during all interaction with potential bidders including pre‐ bid conference,
meetings, site visits etc. In addition, the consultant shall also support preparation of detailed
responses to the written queriesraised by the bidders.
5. General
A. Primary Tasks
General Scope of Services shall cover but be not limited to the following major tasks
(additional requirements for Preparation of Detailed Project Report for Hill Roads and Major
Bridges are given in Supplement I and II respectively):
i. Review of all available reports and published information about the project road and the
project influence area;
ii. Environmental and social impact assessment, including such as related to cultural
properties, natural habitats, involuntary resettlement etc.
ii Public consultation, including consultation with Communities located along the road,
NGOs working in the area, other stake‐ holders and relevant Government departments at
all the different stages of assignment (such as inception stage, feasibility stage, preliminary
design stage and once final designs are concretized).
iii. Detailed Reconnaissance;
iv. Identification of possible improvements in the existing alignment and bypassing congested
locations with alternatives, evaluation of different alternatives comparison on
techno‐ economic and other considerations and recommendations regarding most
appropriate option;
v. Traffic studies including traffic surveys and Axle load survey and demand forecasting for
next thirty years;
vi. Inventory and condition surveys for road;
vii. Inventory and condition surveys for bridges, cross‐ drainage structures, other Structures,
river Bank training/Protection works and drainage provisions;
viii. Detailed topographic surveys using LiDAR equipped with minimum engineering grade
system or any other better technology having output accuracy not less than (a) specified
in IRC SP 19 (b) Total Station (c) GPS/DGPS. The use of conventional high precision
instruments i.e Total Station or equivalent can be used at locations such as major bypasses,
water bodies etc. where it may not be possible to survey using LiDAR. Use of mobile /
Aerial LiDAR survey is preferable.
ix. Pavement investigations;
x. Sub‐ grade characteristics and strength: investigation of required sub‐ grade and sub‐ soil
characteristics and strength for road and embankment design and sub soil investigation;
xi. Identification of sources of construction materials;
xii. Detailed design of road, its x‐ sections, horizontal and vertical alignment and design of
embankment of height more than 6m and also in poor soil conditions and where density
consideration require, even lesser height embankment. Detailed design of structures
preparation of GAD and construction drawings and cross‐ drainage structures and
underpasses etc.
xiii. Identification of the type and the design of intersections;
35
xiv. Design of complete drainage system and disposal point for storm water
xv. Value analysis / value engineering and project costing;
xvi. Economic and financial analyses;
xvii. Contract packaging and implementation schedule.
xviii Strip plan indicating the scheme for carriageway widening, location of all existing utility
services (both over‐ and underground) and the scheme for their relocation, trees to be
felled, transplanted and planted and land acquisition requirements including schedule for
LA: reports documents and drawings arrangement of estimates for cutting/ transplanting
of trees and shifting of utilities from the concerned department;
xix Develop 3D engineered models of terrain and elevation, as‐ is project highway, proposed
and project highway along with all features, current and proposed structures, current and
proposed utilities and land acquisition plans.
xx To find out financial viability of project for implementation and suggest the preferred
mode on which the project is to be taken up.
xxi. Preparation of detailed project report, cost estimate, approved for constructionDrawings, rate
analysis, detailed bill of quantities, bid documents for execution of civil works through
budgeting resources.
xxii. Design of toll plaza and identification of their numbers and location and office cum
residential complex including working drawings
xxiii. Design of weighing stations, parking areas and rest areas.
xxiv. Any other user oriented facility en‐ route toll facility.
xxv. Tie‐ in of on‐ going/sanctioned works of MORT&H/ Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur / other agencies.
xxvi. Preparation of social plans for the project affected people as per policy of the lending agencies/
Govt. of India R&R Policy.
While carrying out the field studies, investigations and design, the development plans being
implemented or proposed for future implementation by the local bodies, should be taken into
account. Such aspect should be clearly brought out in the reports and drawings.
The consultant shall study the possible locations and design of toll plaza, wayside amenities
required and arboriculture along the highway shall also be planned.
The local and slow traffic may need segregation from the main traffic and provision of service
roads and physical barrier including fencing may be considered, wherever necessary to
improve efficiency and safety.
B. Standards and Codes of Practices
1. All activities related to field studies, design and documentation shall be done as per the
latest guidelines/ circulars of MoRT & H and relevant publications of the Indian
Roads Congress (IRC) and Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS). For aspects not covered by
IRC and BIS, international standards practices, may be adopted. The Consultants, upon
award of the Contract, may finalize this in consultation with Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan,Jacob Road, Jaipur and reflect the same in the inception report.
2. All notations, abbreviations and symbols used in the reports, documents and
drawingsshall be as per latest IRC:84 .
36
C. Quality Assurance Plan (QAP)
1. The Consultants should have detailed Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) for all field
studies including topographic surveys, traffic surveys, engineering surveys and
investigations, design and documentation activities. The quality assurance
plans/procedures for different field studies, engineering surveys and investigation,
design and documentation activities should be presented as separate sections like
engineering surveys and investigations, traffic surveys, material geo‐ technical and
sub‐ soil investigations, road and pavement investigations, investigation and design
of bridges & structures, environment and R&R assessment, economic & financial
analysis, drawings and documentation, preparation, checking, approval and filing of
calculations, identification and tractability of project documents etc. Further,
additional information as per format shall be furnished regarding the details of
personal who shall be responsible for carrying out/preparing and checking/verifying
various activities forming part of feasibility study and project preparation, since
inception to the completion of work. The detailed Draft QAP Document must be
discussed and finalized with the concerned Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur officers immediately upon the award of the Contract and
submitted as part of the inception report.
(ii) It is imperative that the QAP is approved by < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur> before the Consultants start the field work.
2. Data formats for report and investigation results
i. Required data formats for some reports, investigations and documents are
discussed in ENCLOSURE‐ IV
ii. Formats for submission of Reports and Documents.

iii. The consultants will need to propose data formats for use in all other field
studies and investigations not covered in enclosure IV.
iv. The proposed data forms will need to be submitted for the approval of Chief
Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur after the commencement
of services.
D. Review of Data and Documents
1. The Consultants shall collect the available data and information relevant for the Study.
The data and documents of major interest shall include, but not be limited to, the
following:
i. Climate;
ii. Road inventory
iii Road condition, year of original construction, year and type of major
maintenance/rehabilitation works;
iv. Condition of bridges and cross‐ drainage structures;
v. sub‐ surface and geo‐ technical data for existing bridges;
vi. Hydrological data, drawings and details of existing bridges;
vii Existing geological maps, catchment area maps, contour plans etc. for the project area
37
viii Condition of existing river bank / protection works, if any.
ix. Details of sanctioned

/ on‐ going works on the stretch sanctioned by
MoRT&H/other agencies for Tie‐ in purposes
x. Survey and evaluation of locally available construction materials;
xi. Historical data on classified traffic volume (preferably for 5 years or more);
xii. Origin‐ destination and commodity movement characteristics; if available
xiii. Speed and delay characteristics; if available;
xiv. Commodity‐ wise traffic volume; if available;
xv. Accident statistics; and,
xvi. Vehicle loading behavior (axle load spectrum), if available.
xvii. Type and location of existing utility services (e.g. Fibre Optical Cable,O/H and U/G
Electric, Telephone line, Water mains, Sewer, Trees etc.)
xvii Environmental setting and social baseline of the project.
4.8. Social Analysis
The social analysis study shall be carried out in accordance with the
MORT&H/World Bank/ADB Guidelines. The social analysis report will, among
other things, provide a socio‐ economic profile of the project area and address in
particular, indigenous people, communicable disease particularly HIV/AIDS poverty
alleviation, gender, local population, industry, agriculture, employment, health,
education, health, child labor, land acquisition and resettlement.
Traffic Surveys
All traffic surveys and studies will be completed in feasibility studies.
Number and Location of Survey Stations
1. The type of traffic surveys and the minimum number of survey stations shall normally be
as under, unless otherwise specifically mentioned.
Sl. Description Number of SurveyStations

No.
1. Classified Traffic Volume Count 3
2. Origin-Destination and Commodity Movement Minimum 2
Characteristics
3. Axle Loading Characteristics 2
4. Intersection Volume Count All Major Intersections
5. Speed-Delay Characteristics Project Road Section
6. Pedestrian/animal cross traffic count All major inhabitationsalong the
highway
38
7. Turning movement surveys For all majorintersections
2. The number of survey locations indicated in the table above are in dicative only for
each road stretch under a package. The Consultants shall, immediately upon award of
thework, submit to <Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur>, proposals regarding the total number as well as the locations of
the traffic survey stations as of inception report. Suitable maps and charts
should accompany the proposals clearly indicating the rationale for
selecting the location of survey Station.
3. The methodology of collection and analysis of data, number and location of traffic survey
stations shall be finalized in consultation with Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur prior to start of the traffic survey.
Classified Traffic Volume Count Survey
1. Consultant shall make use of traffic survey done by Indian Highways Management
Company Limited (IHMCL) using ATCC systems. However in isolated locations where
there are site constraints, manual counting can be done. If required, especially in cases
where a particular stretch is not covered by IHMCL, DPR consultant should carry out
classified traffic volume count survey using ATCC systems or latest modern technologies.
2. Consultant shall use ATCC systems that can meet the following accuracy levels after
validation/ calibration:
(a) Classification of vehicles: better than 95%
(b) Counting of vehicles: better than 98% Before validation and calibration, the ATCC system shall
meet the following accuracy levels:
(c) Classification of vehicles: better than 90%
(d) Counting of vehicles: better than 95% For verification of above accuracy levels, audit of
raw ATCC shall be done by the consultant on a sampling basis and should submit a
certificate in this regard.
3. ATCC systems such as Pneumatic Tube Detector, Inductive Detector Loop, Video Image
Detection, and Infrared Sensor or latest technologies shall be adopted.
4. The classified traffic volume count surveys shall be carried out for 7 days (continuous,
direction‐ wise) at the selected survey stations. The vehicle classification system as given in
relevant IRC code may be followed. However, the following generalized classification
system is suggested in view of the requirements of traffic demand estimates and
economic analysis:
Motorised Traffic Non-Motorised Traffic
2-Wheeler Bi-Cycle
3-Wheeler Cycle-Rickshaw
Passenger Car Animal Drawn Vehicle (ADV)
Utility Vehicle (Jeep, Van etc.) Hand Cart
Other Non-Motorised Vehicle
Bus Mini BusStandard Bus
LCV LCV-Passenger LCV-Freight
39
Truck MCV : 2-Axle Rigid Chassis
HCV : 3-Axle Rigid Chassis
MAV Semi Articulated
Articulated
5. All results shall be presented in tabular and graphical form. The survey data shall be
analyzed to bring out the hourly and daily variations. The traffic volume count per day
shall be averaged to show a weekly average daily traffic (ADT) by vehicle type. The
annual average daily traffic (AADT) shall be worked out by applying seasonal factors.
6. The consultant shall compile the relevant traffic volume data from secondary sources
also. The salient features of traffic volume characteristics shall be brought out and
variations if any, from the traffic census carried out by the State PWD shall be suitably
explained.
Origin Destination and Commodity Movements Surveys

1. The consultants shall carry out 1‐ day (24 hour, both directions) O‐ D and commodity
movement surveys at locations finalized in consultation with Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur. These will be essentially required around congested towns to
delineate through traffic. The road side interviews shall be carried out on random sample
basis and cover all four‐ wheeled vehicles. The location of the O‐ D survey and
commodity movement surveys shall normally be same as for the classified traffic count.
2. The location of origin and destination zones shall be determined in relation to each
individual station and the possibility of traffic diversion to the Project Road from/to
other road routes including bypasses.
3. The trip matrices shall be worked out for each vehicle type information on weight for
trucks should be summed up by commodity type and the results tabulated, giving total
weight and average weight per truck for the various commodity types. The sample size for
each vehicle type shall be indicated on the table and also in the graphical
representations.
4. The data derived from surveys shall also be analyzed to bring out the lead and load
characteristics and desire line diagrams. The data analysis should also bring out the
requirement for the construction of bypasses.
5. The distribution of lead and load obtained from the surveys should be compared. The
axle load surveys shall normally be done using axle load pads or other sophisticated
instruments. The location(s) of count station(s) and the survey with those derived from theaxle
load studies.
6. The commodity movement data should be duly taken into consideration while making the
traffic demand estimates.
Turning Movement Surveys
1. The turning movement surveys for estimation of peak hour traffic for the design of major
and minor intersections shall be carried out for the Study. The details regarding
composition and directional movement of traffic shall be furnished by the Consultant.
40
2. The methodology for the surveys shall be as per IRC: SP: 41‐ 1994. The details including
location and duration of surveys shall be finalized in consultation with Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur officials. The proposal in response to this TOR
shall clearly indicate the number of locations that the Consultants wish to conduct
turning movement surveys and the rationale for the same.
3. The data derived from the survey should be analyzed to identify requirements of suitable
remedial measures, such as construction of underpasses, fly‐ overs, interchanges,
grade‐ separated intersections along the project road alignment. Intersections with high
traffic volume requiring special treatments either presently or infuture shall be identified.
Axle Load Surveys
1. Axle load surveys in both directions shall be carried out at suitable location(s) in the
project road stretch on a random sample basis normally for trucks only (both empty and
loaded trucks) for 2 normal days ‐ (24 hours) at special count stations to be finalized in
consultation with Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur. However, a
few buses may be weighed in order to get an idea about their loading behavior. While
selecting the location(s) of axle load survey station(s), the locations of existing bridgeswith
load restrictions, if any, should be taken into account and such sites should be avoided.
2. Axle load surveys shall normally be done using axle load pads or other sophisticated
instruments. The location(s) of count station(s) and the survey methodology including the
data formats and the instrument type to be used shall be finalized before taking up the axle
load surveys
3. The axle load data should be collected axle configuration‐ wise. The number ofequivalent
standard axles per truck shall be calculated on the basis of results obtained. The results of
the survey should bring out the VDF for each truck type (axle configuration, if the
calculated VDF is found to be below the national average, then national average shall be
used. Furthermore, the data from axle load surveys should be analyzed to bring out the
Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) and Single Axle Load (SAL) Distributions by truck type
(axle configuration).
4. The Consultant shall ascertain from local enquiries about the exceptional live loads thathave
used the highway in the past in order to assess the suitability of existing bridges to carry
such loads.
Speed-Delay Surveys
The Consultants shall carry out appropriate field studies such as moving car survey to
determine running speed and journey speed. The data should be analyzed to identify
sections with typical traffic flow problems and congestion. The objective of the survey
would be to recommend suitable measures for segregation of local traffic, smooth flow of
through traffic and traffic safety. These measures would include the provision of
bypasses, under‐ passes, fly-overs, interchanges, grade‐ separated intersections and
service roads.
Pedestrian / animal cross traffic surveys:
1. These shall be conducted to determine if provision of viaduct for pedestrians/animals is

necessary to improve the traffic safety.
2. Consultant shall leverage information from local consultations, inputs from local
governmental/ non‐ governmental agencies in selecting sites for checking pedestrian/
41
animal crossing traffic surveys.
3. Surveys for provision of pedestrian crossings shall minimum be conducted at all

junctions being replaced by grade separators.
Truck Terminal Surveys
The data derived from the O‐ D, speed‐ delay, other surveys and also supplementary
surveys should be analyzed to assess requirements for present and future development
of truck terminals at suitable locations en route.
Traffic Demand Estimates
1. The consultants shall make traffic demand estimates and establish possible traffic growth
rates in respect of all categories of vehicles, taking into account the past trends, annual
population and real per capita growth rate, elasticity of transport demand in relation to
income and estimated annual production increase. The other aspects including
socio‐ economic development plans and the land use patterns of the region having
impact on the traffic growth, the projections of vehicle manufacturing industry in the
country, development plans for the other modes of transport, O‐ D and commodity
movement behavior should also be taken into account while working out the traffic
demand estimates.
2. The values of elasticity of transport demand shall be based on the prevailing practices in the
country. The Consultants shall give complete background including references for
selecting the value of transport demand elasticity.
3. It is envisaged that the project road sections covered under this TOR would be completed
and opened to traffic after 3 years. The traffic demand estimates shall be done for a
further period of 30 years from completion of two/four lane. The demand estimates shall
be done assuming three scenarios, namely, optimistic, pessimistic and most likely traffic
growth. The growth factors shall be worked out for five‐ yearly intervals.
4. Traffic projections should be based on sound and proven forecasting techniques. In case
traffic demand estimated is to be made on the basis of a model, the application of the
model in the similar situation with the validation of the results should be established.
The traffic projections should also bring out the possible impact of implementation of any
competing facility in the near future. The demand estimates should also take into account
the freight and passenger traffic along the major corridors that may interconnect with the
project. Impact of toll charges on the traffic estimates should be estimated.
5. The methodology for traffic demand estimates described in the preceding paragraphs isfor
normal traffic only. In addition to these timates for normal traffic, the Consultants shall also
work out the estimates for generated, induced and diverted traffic.
6. The traffic forecasts shall also be made for both diverted and generated traffic.
7. Overall traffic forecast thus made shall form the basis for the design of each pavementtype
and other facilities/ancillary works.
Engineering Surveys and Investigations Reconnaissance and Alignment
1. The Consultants should make an in‐ depth study of the available land width (ROW)
42
topographic maps, satellite imageries and air photographs of the project area, geological
maps, catchment area maps, contour plans, flood flow data and seismological data and
other available relevant information collected by them concerning the existing alignment.
Consultant himself has to arrange the required maps and the information needed by him
from the potential sources. Consultant should make efforts for minimizing land
acquisition. Greater use of technology for LA be adopted by the consultant at the DPR
stage so as to have a precise land acquisition process.
2. The detailed ground reconnaissance may be taken up immediately after the study of
maps and other data. The primary tasks to be accomplished during the reconnaissance
surveys include;
(i). topographical features of the area;
(ii). typical physical features along the existing alignment within and outside ROW
i.e. land use Pattern;
(iii). possible alignment alternatives, vis‐ a‐ vis, scheme for the construction of additional lanes
parallel to the existing road;
(iv). realignment requirements including the provision of bypasses, ROBs / Flyovers and via‐
duct for pedestrian crossings with possible alignment alternatives;
(v). preliminary identification of improvement requirements including treatments and
measures needed for the cross‐ roads;
(vi). traffic pattern and preliminary identification of traffic homogenous links; (vii). sections
through congested areas;
(vii). inventory of major aspects including land width, terrain, pavement type, carriageway
type, bridges and structures (type, size and location), intersections(type, cross‐ road
category, location) urban areas (location, extent), geologically sensitive areas,
environmental features:
(viii). critical areas requiring detailed investigations; and, (x).Requirements for carrying out
supplementary investigations. (xi).soil (textural classifications) and drainage conditions
Type and extent of existing utility services along the alignment (within ROW). (xiii).
(ix). Typical physical features along the approach roads Possible bridge locations, land
acquisition problems, nature of crossings, likely length of approaches and bridge,
firmness of banks, suitability of alignment of approach roads.
3. The data derived from the reconnaissance surveys are normally utilized for planning and
programming the detailed surveys and investigations. All field studies including the
traffic surveys should be taken up on the basis of information derived from the
reconnaissance surveys.
4. The data and information obtained from the reconnaissance surveys should be
documented. The data analysis and the recommendations concerning alignment and the
field studies should be included in the Inception Report. The data obtained from the
reconnaissance surveys should form the core of the database which would be
supplemented and augmented using the data obtained from detailed field studies and
investigations.
5. The data obtained from the reconnaissance surveys should be compiled in the tabular as
well as graphical (chart) form indicating the major physical features and the proposed
widening scheme for Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur comments.
The data and the charts should also accompany the rationale for the selection of traffic
survey stations.
Topographic Surveys
1. The basic objective of the topographic survey would be to capture the essential ground
features along the alignment in order to consider improvements and for working out
43
improvements, rehabilitation and upgrading costs. The detailed topographic surveys
should normally be taken up after the completion of re co naissance surveys.
2. The carrying out of topographic surveys will be one of the most important and crucial
field tasks under the project. Technologies which can meet the following accuracy levelsshall
be adopted. For land based surveys (a) Fundamental horizontal accuracy of 5cm or better
(b) Fundamental vertical accuracy of 5cm or better (c) More than 50 points shall be
measured per sq. m and for aerial based surveys (a) Fundamental horizontal accuracy of
5 cm or better (b) Fundamental vertical accuracy of 5 cm or better (c) More than 10 points
shall be measured per sq. m. To establish accuracy, a check point survey using DGPS (for
horizontal accuracy) and Auto Level (for vertical accuracy) shall be carried out to establish
the fundamental horizontal and vertical accuracy. A minimum of 25 check points, or check
points once every 4 km should be established, and these should be strictly different from
any geo‐ referencing or control network points.
3. The following are the set of deliverables which should be submitted after completion of
survey:
(a). Raw DGPS data for the entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest
(b). Point cloud data or equivalent for the entire highway length and adjoining areas of
interest in a format/ platform as per industry good practice which shall be amenable to
operations by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur / Consultant.
Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,Jaipur may decide about format/
platform of point cloud data
(c). Topographic map of scale 1:1000 of the entire highway length and adjoining areas of
interest
(d). Contour map of 50 cm of entire highway length and adjoining areas of interest (e). Cross
section of the highway at every 50 m in drawing format.
(f). Develop a digital elevation/surface model (bare earth model from survey data) digital
terrain model combining topographic data from LiDAR, road inventory and other
available sources of data for use while modeling the road alignment and road and
structure design.
(g). For land based surveys, Mobile LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) or better
technology that can meet above requirements shall be adopted. For aerial based surveys,
Aerial Mobile LiDAR (Light Detection and Ranging) or better technology that can meet
above requirements shall be adopted. Where possible, mobile/terrestrial LiDAR and
total station or better studies should be used to supplement aerial LiDAR for the final
alignment chosen. Aerial based surveys shall be used as the primary source of
topographical data only in cases where a new/green field alignment is being planned
and/or major junctions are being planned where it is necessary to significantly increase
the survey corridor beyond the capabilities of mobile LiDAR. In shadow areas such as
invert levels below culverts, terrestrial LiDAR shall be used where LiDAR or better
technologies cannot survey accurately, traditional methods of Total Station/ Auto Level
shall be used to complete the study.
(h). In case of mobile LiDAR or better technology, 360 degree panoramic images of the entire
highway length and adjoining areas of interest shall be submitted. In case of aerial LiDAR
or better technology, ortho‐ images of the entire highway length and adjoining areas of
interest shall be submitted.
(i). The detailed field surveys would essentially include the following activities:
i. Topographic Surveys along the Existing Right of Way (ROW): Carrying out topographic
survey using LiDAR or better technology along the existing road and realignments,
wherever required and properly referencing the same with reference pillars fixed on
44
either side of the centre‐ line at safe places within the ROW
ii. The detailed field surveys would essentially include the topographic surveys along the
proposed location of bridge and alignment of approach road.
iii. The detailed topographic surveys should be carried out along the approach roads
alignment and location of bridge approved by < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur >.
iv. Collection/ Extraction of details for all features such as structures (bridges, culverts etc.)
utilities, existing roads, electric and telephone installations (both O/H as well as
underground), huts, buildings, fencing and trees (with girth greater than 0.3metre) oil and
gas lines etc. falling withinthe extent of survey.
4. The width of survey corridor will generally be as given under:

(i). The width of the survey corridor should take into account the layout of the existing
alignment including the extent of embankment and cut slopes and the general ground
profile. While carrying out the field surveys, the widening scheme (i.e. right, left or
symmetrical to the centre line of the existing carriageway) should be taken into
consideration so that the topographic surveyscover sufficient width beyond the centre line
of the proposed divided carriageway. Normally the surveys should extend a minimum
of 30 m beyond either side of the centre line of the proposed divided carriageway or land
boundary whichever ismore
(ii). In case the reconnaissance survey reveals the need for bypassing the congested locations,
the traverse lines would be run along the possible alignments in order to identify and
select the most suitable alignment for the bypass. The detailed topographic surveys
should be carried out along the bypass alignment approved by Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur. At locations where grade separated intersections
could be the obvious choice, the survey area will be suitably increased. Field notes of the
survey should be maintained which would also provide information about traffic, soil,
drainage etc.
(iii). The width of the surveyed corridor will be widened appropriately where developments
and/ or encroachments have resulted in a requirement for adjustment in the alignment, or
where it is felt that the existing alignment can be improved upon through minor
adjustments.
(iv). Where existing roads cross the alignments, the survey will extend a minimum of100 m
either side of the road centre line and will be of sufficient width to
allow improvements, including at grade intersection to be designed.
8. The surveyed alignment shall be transferred on to the ground as under:
i. Reference Pillar and Bench Mark / Reference pillar of size 15 cm X 15 cm X 45cm shall be
cast in RCC of grade M 15 with a nail fixed in the centre of the top surface. The reference
pillar shall be embedded in concrete upto a depth of 30cm with CC M10 (5 cm wide all
around). The balance 15 cm above ground shall be painted yellow. The spacing shall be
250m apart, incase Bench Mark Pillar coincides with Reference Pillar, only one of the two
need be provided.
ii. Establishing Bench marks at site connected to GTS Bench marks at a interval of 250
metres on Bench mark pillar made of RCC as mentioned above with RL and BM No.
marked on it with red paint.
iii. Boundary Pillars‐ Wherever the proposed alignment follows the existing alignment, the
boundary pillars shall be fixed by the DPR consultant at an interval of 200m on either
side of proposed Right of Way. Wherever there is a proposal of realignment of the
existing Highway and/or construction of New Bypasses, Consultant shall fix boundary
45
pillars along the proposed alignment onthe extreme boundary on either side of the project
Highway at 50 m interval. Boundary pillars shall be strictly provided as per IRC:25:1967.
Longitudinal and Cross-Sections
The topographic surveys for longitudinal and cross‐ sections shall cover the following:
i. Longitudinal section levels along final centre line shall be taken at every 10 m interval.
The levels shall be taken at closer intervals at the curve points, small streams, and
intersections and at the locations of change in elevation. The interval shall also be
modified as per IRC:SP‐ 19 for rolling, mountainous &steep terrain.
ii. Cross sections at every 50 m interval in full extent of survey covering sufficient number of
spot levels on existing carriageway and adjacent ground for profile correction course and
earth work calculations. Cross sections shall be taken at closer interval at curves. The
interval shall be modified as per IRC SP 19 forrolling, mountainous & steep terrain.
iii. Longitudinal section for cross roads for length adequate for design and quantity
estimation purposes.
iv. Longitudinal and cross sections for major and minor streams shall cover Cross section of
the channel at the site of proposed crossing and few cross sections at suitable distance
both upstream and downstream, bed level upto top of banks and ground levels to a
sufficient distance beyond the edges of channel, nature of existing surface soil in bed,
banks & approaches, longitudinal section of channel showing site of bridge etc. These
shall be as per recommendations contained in IRC Special Publication No. 13 (Guidelines
for the Design of Small Bridges and Culverts) and provisions of IRC:5 (“Standard
Specifications & Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Section 1 – General Features of
Design”).
2. At feasibility study stage cross sections at 50m interval may be taken.
3. Consultants shall also develop an as‐ is map of the road including:
i. Geo‐ referenced digital map of as‐ is project highway

ii. Earth surface, road layers, utilities, buildings and trees with feature data extracted and
mapped in layers, marked on the map and tabulated data provided separately.
iii. All road, surface, sub surface inventory, pavement investigation and soil survey data to be
super‐ imposed as layers using geo-referencing data Details of utility Services and Other
Physical Features
1. The Consultants shall collect details of all important physical features along the
alignment. These features affect the project proposals and should normally include
buildings and structures, monuments, burial grounds, cremation grounds, places of
worship, railway lines, stream / river / canal, water mains, sewers, gas/oil pipes,
crossings, trees, plantations, utility services such as electric, and telephone lines (O/H &
U/G) and poles, optical fibre cables (OFC) etc. The survey would cover the entire right‐
of‐ way of the road on the adequate allowance for possible shifting of the central lines at
some of the intersections locations.
2. Consultant shall also map out sub‐ surface utilities. Accurate mapping and resolution of all
sub‐ surface utilities upto a depth of 4 m shall be carried out. Differentiation between sub‐
surface utilities such as live electric cables, metallic utilities and other utilities shall be
indicated and sub‐ surface utilities radargrams further processed into utility maps in
46
formats such as PDF, JPEG and AutoCAD shall be furnished. To meet the accuracy levels,
consultant shall use Ground Penetrating Radar, Induction Locator or better technologies.
3. The information collected during reconnaissance and field surveys shall be shown on a
strip plan so that the proposed improvements can be appreciated and the extent of land
acquisition with LA schedule, utility removals of each type etc. assessed and suitable
actions can be initiated. Separate strip plan for each of the services involved shall be
prepared for submission to the concerned agency.
Road and Pavement Investigations
The Consultants shall carry out detailed field studies in respect of road and pavement.The
data collected through road inventory and pavement investigations should be sufficient
to meet the input requirements of HDM‐ IV.
Road Inventory Surveys
1. Detailed road inventory surveys shall be carried out to collect details of all existing road
and pavement features along the existing road sections. The inventory data shall include
butnot limited to the following:
i. Terrain (flat, rolling, mountainous);
ii. Land‐ use (agricultural, commercial, forest, residential etc) @ every kilometer;
iii. Carriageway width, surfacing type @ every 500m and every change of feature
whichever is earlier;
iv. Shoulder surfacing type and width @ every 500m and every change of feature
whichever is earlier;
v. Sub‐ grade / local soil type (textural classification) @ every 500m and every change of
feature whichever is earlier;
vi. Horizontal curve; vertical curve
vii. Road intersection type and details, at every occurrence;
viii. Retaining structures and details, at every occurrence;
ix. Location of water bodies (lakes and reservoirs), at every occurrence;

x. Height of embankment or depth of cut @ every 200m and every change of feature
whichever is earlier.
xi. Land width i.e. ROW
xii. Culverts, bridges and other structures (type, size, span arrangement and location)
xiii. Roadside arboriculture
xiv. Existing utility services on either side within ROW. There shall be a provision of
utility corridor for appropriate categories / combination of utilities in the
construction of new 4/6 laning of National Highways. Such structures shall be
located at appropriate location preferably as close to the extreme edge of Right of
Way (RoW). In this connection, guidelines contained in IRC:98 shall befollowed.
xv. General drainage conditions

xvi. Design speed of existing road
2. The data should be collected in sufficient detail. The data should be compiled and
47
presented in tabular as well as graphical form. The inventory data would be stored in
computer files using simple utility packages, such as EXCEL.
Pavement Investigation
1. Pavement Composition
i. The data concerning the pavement composition may be already available withthe
PWD. However, the consultants shall make trial pits to ascertain the pavement
composition. The test pit interval will be as per Para 4 below.
ii. For each test pit, the following information shall be recorded:
 test pit reference (Identification number, location):
 pavement composition (material type and thickness); and
 subgrade type (textural classification) and condition (dry, wet)
 embankment (composition and geometry)
2. Road and Pavement Condition Surveys
i. Detailed field studies shall be carried out to collect road and pavement surface
conditions. The data should generally cover:
 pavement condition (surface distress type and extent);
 shoulder condition;
 embankment condition; and
 drainage condition
3. Pavement Condition
 cracking (narrow and wide cracking), % of pavement area affected;

 raveling, % of pavement area affected;
 potholing, % of pavement area affected;
 edge break, length (m); and,
 rut depth, mm
4. Shoulder Condition
 Paved: Same as for pavement

 Unpaved: material loss, rut depth and corrugation,
 Edge drop, mm.
5. Embankment Condition
 general condition ;and

 extent of slope erosion
ii. The objective of the road and pavement condition surveys shall be to identify
defects and sections with similar characteristics. All defects shall be
systematically referenced, recorded and quantified for the purpose of
determining the mode of rehabilitation.
iii. In addition to visual means, the pavement condition surveys shall be carried out
using Network Survey vehicles mounted with equipments such as high
48
resolution cameras, digital laser profilometer, transverse profiler‐ the data from
which should be geo‐ referenced using a DGPS receiver and in vehicle data
processing software or equivalent technology to accurately measure the
pavement surface properties covered earlier. This pavement condition survey
shall also be used as a repository for civil work and shall be carried out as per the
directions of Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur.
iv. Supplemented by actual measurements and in accordance with the widely
accepted methodology (AASHTO, IRC, OECD, TRL and World Bank
Publications) adapted to meet the study requirements. The measurement of rut
depth would be made using standard straight edges.
v. The shoulder and embankment conditions shall be evaluated by visual means
and the existence of distress modes (cuts, erosion marks, failure, drops) and
extent (none, moderate, frequent and very frequent) of such distress
manifestations would be recorded.
vi. For sections with severe distresses, additional investigations as appropriate shall
be carried out to determine the cause of such distresses.
vii. Middle 200m could be considered as representative sample for each one km. of
road and incase all other things are considered similar.
Drainage Condition
 General condition
 Connectivity of drainage turnouts into the natural topography
 Condition in cut sections
 Condition at high embankments
The data obtained from the condition surveys should be analyzed and the road
segments of more or less equal performance may be identified using the criteria
given inIRC: 81‐ 1997.
6. Pavement Roughness
i. The roughness surveys shall be carried out using a network survey vehicle
mounted laser profilometer or better technology with specifications as described
in para 2 above i (a)In addition, the following criteria should be met by the
process of defect detection:
 Roughness measurement with outputs of both raw longitudinal profiles

and IRI calculation shall be reported at 100m referenced to the preceding
LRP. The roughness must meet ASTM‐ E950 (equivalent to Class I road
profiler).
 The IRI shall be determined for both wheel paths over a minimum length
of 250m for a minimum of 6 calibration sites with a roughness range
between 2m/km and 8m/km. Calibration shall be made for speeds of 20,
30, 40, 50, 60 km/h.
ii. The surveys shall be carried out along the outer wheel paths. The surveys shall
cover a minimum of two runs along the wheel paths for each direction.
iii. The results of the survey shall be expressed in terms of BI and IRI and shall be
49
presented in tabular and graphical forms. The processed data shall be analyzed
using the cumulative difference approach to identify road segments homogenous
with respect to surface roughness.
7. Pavement Structural Strength
1. The Consultants shall carry out structural strength surveys for existing
pavements using Falling Weight Deflectometer metre (FWD) in accordance with
IRC 115 or IRC 117as the case may be.
i. It is suggested that the deflection surveys may be carried out as per the scheme
given below:
 mainline testing; and,
 Control section testing.
ii. The deflection tests for the mainline shall be carried out at every 500 m along the
road sections covered under the study. The control section testing shall involve
carrying out deflection testing for each 100 m long homogenous road segment
along the road sections. The selection of homogenous segment shall be based on
the data derived from pavement condition surveys. The total length of such
homogenous segments shall not be less than 100 m per kilometre. The deflection
measurements for the control section testing should be at an interval of not more
than 10 m.
iii. Test pits shall be dug at every 500 m and also along each homogeneous road
segment to obtain pavement composition details (pavement course, material type
and thickness) so as to be able to study if a correlation exists between deflection
and composition. If so, the relationship may be used while working out the
overlay thickness for the existing pavement.
iv. Falling weight deflecto metre surveys may not be carried out for severely
distressed sections of the road warranting reconstruction. The Consultants,
immediately upon the award of the contract, shall submit to <Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > the scheme describing the testing
schedule including the interval. The testing scheme shall be supported by datafrom
detailed reconnaissance surveys.
v. It is mandatory for the consultant to use Falling weight deflectometre or
alternative better technique for the evaluation of pavement strength, details of
such methods or innovative features for deflection testing using Falling weight
deflectometre along with the methodology for data analysis, interpretation and
the use of such data for pavement overlay design purposes using IRC or any other
widely used practices, such as AASHTO guidelines, should be got approved by
Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,Jaipur. The sources of such
methods should be properly referenced.
Sub grade Characteristics and Strength
1. Based on the data derived from condition (surface condition, roughness) and
structural strength surveys, the project road section should be divided into segments
homogenous with respect to pavement condition and strength. The delineation of
segments homogenous with respect to roughness and strength should be done
using the cumulative difference approach (AASHTO, 1993).
2. The data on soil classification and mechanical characteristics for soils along the existing
alignments may already be available with the PWD. The testing scheme is, therefore,
50
proposed as given under:
(i). For the widening (2‐ Laning) of existing road within the ROW, the Consultants
shall test at least three sub‐ grade soil samples for each homogenous road
segment or three samples for each soil type encountered, whichever is more.
(ii). For the roads along new alignments, the test pits for sub grade soil shall be
@5km or for each soil type, whichever is more. A minimum of three samples
should be tested corresponding to each homogenous segment.
3. The testing for sub grade soil shall include:
(i) in‐ situ density and moisture content at each test pit
(ii) Field CBR using DCP at each test pit
(iii) Characterization (grain size and Atterberg limits) at each test pit and,
(iv) Laboratory moisture‐ density characteristics (modified AASHTO compaction);
(v) Laboratory CBR (uncooked and 4‐ day soak compacted at three energy levels) and
swell.
4. For problematic soils, the testing shall be more rigorous. The characteristics with regard
to permeability and consolidation shall also be determined for these soils. The frequency
of sampling and testing of these soils shall be finalized in consultation with the Chief
Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur officers after the problematic soil
types are identified along the road sections.
5. The laboratory for testing of material should be got approved from Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur before start of work.4.11.4 Investigations
for Bridges and Structure
Inventory of Bridges, Culverts and Structures
The Consultants shall make an inventory of all the structures (bridges, viaducts,
ROBs/RUB and other grade separated structures, culverts, etc.) along the road under the
project. The inventory for the bridges, viaducts and ROBs shall include the parameters
required as per the guidelines of IRC‐ SP:35. The inventory of culverts shall be presented
ina tabular form covering relevant physical and hydraulic parameters.
Hydraulic and Hydro logical Investigations
1. The hydrological and hydraulic studies shall be carried out in accordance with IRC
Special Publication No. 13 (“Guidelines for the Design of Small Bridges and Culverts”)
and IRC:5 (“Standard Specifications & Code of Practice for Road Bridges, Section I
General Feature of Design”). These investigations shall be carried out for all existing
drainage structuresalong the road sections under the study.
2. The consultant shall also collect information on observed maximum depth of scour.
3. In respect of major bridges, history of hydraulic functioning of existing bridge, if

any, under flood situation, general direction of river course through structure, afflux,
extent and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any,
aggradation/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used to augment
the available hydrological data. The presence of flood control/ irrigation structures,
if affecting the hydraulic characteristics like causing obliquity, concentration of flow,
scour, silting of bed, change in flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be studied and
considered in design of bridges. The details of any future planned work that may
51
affect the river hydraulics shall be studied and considered.
4. The Consultants shall make a desk study of available data on topography

(topographic maps, stereoscopic aerial photography), storm duration, rainfall
statistics, top soil characteristics, vegetation cover etc. so as to assess the catchment
areas and hydraulic parametres for all existing and proposed drainage provisions.
The findings of the desk study would be further supplemented and augmented
by a reconnaissance along the area. All‐ important hydrological features shall be
noted during this field reconnaissance.
5. The Consultants shall collect information on high flood level (HFL), low water
levels (LWL), high tide level (HTL), low tide level (LTL) where applicable, discharge
velocity etc.from available past records, local inquiries and visible signs, if any, on
the structural components and embankments. Local inquiries shall also be made
with regard to the road sections getting overtopped during heavy rains.
6. Conducting Model studies for bridges is not covered in the scope of consultancy
services. If Model study is envisaged for any bridge, requirement of the same
shall be spelt out in the RPF documents separately indicating scope and time
frame of such study. Salient features of the scope of services to be included for model
study are given inthe supplement‐ II Terms of Reference.
Condition Surveys for Bridges, Culverts and Structures
1. The Consultants shall thoroughly inspect the existing structures and shall
prepare a report about their condition including all the parametres given in the
Inspection pro‐ forma of IRC‐ SP:35. The condition and structural assessment
survey of the bridges / culverts / structures shall be carried out by senior
experts of the Consultants.
3. For the bridges identified to be in a distressed condition based upon the visual
condition survey, supplementary testing shall be carried out as per IRC‐ SP:35
and IRC‐ SP:40. Selection of tests may be made based on the specific
requirement of the structure.
3. The assessment of the load carrying capacity or rating of existing bridges shall be
carriedout under one or more of the following scenarios:
i. when the design live load is less than that of the statutory commercial vehicle
plying or likely to ply on bridge;
ii. if during the condition assessment survey and supplementary testing the
bridge is found to indicate distress of serious nature leading to doubt about
structural and / or functional adequacy, and
iii. Design live load is not known nor are the records and drawings available.
4. The evaluation of the load carrying capacity of the bridge shall be carried out as per
IRC‐ SP:37 (“Guidelines for Evaluation of Load Carrying Capacity of Bridges”).
The analytical and correlation method shall be used for the evaluation of the load
carrying capacity as far as possible. When it is not possible to determine the load
carrying capacity of the bridge using analytical and correlation method, the same
shall be carried out using load testing. The consultant has to exhaust all other
methods of evaluation of strength of bridges before recommending to take up
load testing of bridges. Road closure for testing if unavoidable shall be arranged
52
by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur for limited duration
say 12 hours or so.
5. Consultant shall carryout necessary surveys and investigations to establish the

remaining service life of each retainable bridge or structure with and without the
proposed strengthening and rehabilitation according to acceptable international
practice in thisregard.
Geo-technical Investigations and Sub‐ Soil Exploration
1. The Consultants shall carry out geo‐ technical investigations and sub‐ surface
explorations for the proposed Bridges / Road over bridges/ tunnels/ viaducts/
interchanges etc., along high embankments and any other location as necessary for
proper design of the works and conduct all relevant laboratory and field tests on soil
and rock samples. The minimum scope of geo‐ technical investigations for bridge and
structures shall be as under:
S. Description Location of Boring

No.
1 Overall length = 6 – One abutment location and at least one
30 m intermediate location between abutments for
structures having more than one span
2 Overall length = 30 One abutment location and at least
– 60m one intermediate location
between abutments fo structures having more
than one span.
3 Overall length >60 Each abutment and each pier locations.
m
2. The deviation(s), if any, by the Consultants from the scheme presented above should be
approved by <Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur >.
3. However, where a study of geo‐ technical reports and information available from
adjacent crossings over the same waterway (existing highway and railway bridges)
indicates that subsurface variability is such that boring at the suggested spacing will be
insufficient to adequately define the conditions for design purposes, the Consultants
shall review and finalize the bore hole locations in consultation with the Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur officers.
4. Geotechnical Investigations and Sub soil Exploration shall be carried out to determine the
nature and properties of existing strata in bed, banks and approaches with trial pits and
bore hole sections showing the levels, nature and properties of various strata to a
sufficient depth below the level suitable for foundations, safe intensity of pressure on
the foundation strata, proneness of site to artesian conditions, seismic disturbance and
other engineering properties of soil etc. Geotechnical investigation and Sub‐ soil
Exploration will be done as per IRC 78.
5. The scheme for the borings locations and the depth of boring shall be prepared by the
Consultants and submitted to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur for approval. These may be finalized in consultation with Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,Jaipur.
6. The sub‐ soil exploration and testing should be carried out through the Geotechnical
Consultants empanelled by MORT&H. The soil testing reports shall be in the format
prescribed in relevant IRC Codes.7. For the approach road pavement, bore holes at each
53
major change in pavement condition or in deflection readings or at 2 km intervals
whichever is less shall be carried out to a depth of at least 2 m below embankment base orto
rock level and are to be fully logged. Appropriate tests to be carried out on samples
collected from these bore holes to determine the suitability of various materials for use in
widening of embankments or in parts of new pavement structure
4.11.5. Material Investigations
1. The Consultants shall identify sources (including use of fly‐ ash/ slag), quarry
sites and borrow areas, undertake field and laboratory testing of the materials to
determine their suitability for various components of the work and establish
quality and quantity of various construction materials and recommend their use
on the basis of techno‐ economic principles. The Consultants shall prepare mass
haul diagram for haulage purposes giving quarry charts indicating the location of
selected borrow areas, quarriesand the respective estimated quantities.
“Environment friendly materials”
“As per MORTH circular No. RW /NH‐ 33044/53/2013‐ S&R(R) dated 20th
November, 2013, alternative pavement materials and technologies for road
construction shall be assessed and compared in the design stage. The alternative
resulting in substantial reduction in GHG emission and with least life cycle cost
shall be recommended for implementation.
Technical and economic feasibility of using industrial byproducts, recyclable and

waste materials shall be assessed depending on their availability in the concerned
region.
2. It is to be ensured that no material shall be used from the right‐ of‐ way except by
way of leveling the ground as required from the construction point of view, or for
landscaping and planting of trees etc. or from the cutting of existing ground for
obtaining the required formation levels.
3. Environmental restrictions, if any, and feasibility of availability of these sites to

prospective civil works contractors, should be duly taken into account while selecting
newquarry locations.
4. The Consultants shall make suitable recommendations regarding making the
borrow andquarry areas after the exploitation of materials for construction of works.
5. The Material Investigation aspect shall include preparation and testing of

bituminous mixes for various layers and concrete mixes of different design mix
grades using suitable materials (binders, aggregates, sand filler etc.) as identified
during Material Investigationto conform to latest MoRT&H specification.
Detailed Design of Road and Pavements, Bridges, Structures General
1. The Consultants are to carryout detailed designs and prepare working drawings for
thefollowing:
i. High speed highway with divided carriageway configuration complete in all
respects with service roads at appropriate locations;
ii. Design of pavement for the additional lanes and overlay for the existing
road,paved shoulders, medians, verges;
54
iii. Bridges, viaduct/subways and other grade separated structures including
ROBs/RUBs etc.
iv. At‐ grade and grade‐ separated intersections, interchanges (if required);
v. ROB for railway crossings as per the requirement and the standards of the
Indian Railways; and,
vi. Prepare alignment plans, longitudinal sections and cross‐ sections@

50mintervals;
vii. Designs for road furniture and road safety/traffic control features;
viii. Designs and drawings for service road/under passes/overpass / cattle
passestree planting/fencing at locations where necessary / required
ix. Toll plazas and office‐ cum‐ residential complex for Chief Engineer (NH),
PWDRajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur (one for each civil contract package)
x. Short bypasses at congested locations
xi. Drainage design showing location of turnouts, out falling structures,
separatedrawings sheet for each 5 km. stretch.
xii. Bridges and structures rehabilitation plan with design and drawings
xiii. Traffic amenities (Parking Areas, Weighing Station and Rest Areas, etc.).
xiv. Design of pavement for approach road
xv. Design of river bank protection / training works. Innovative type of
structures with minimum joints, aesthetically, pleasing and appropriate to
the topography of the region shall be designed wherever feasible.
Design Standards
1. The Consultants shall evolve Design Standards and material specifications for the
Study primarily based on IRC publications, MoRT&H Circulars and relevant
recommendationsof the international standards for approval by Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, JacobRoad, Jaipur.
2. The Design Standards evolved for the project shall cover all aspects of detailed
design including the design of geometric elements, pavement design, bridges and
structures,traffic safety and materials.
Geometric Design
1. The design of geometric elements shall, therefore, take into account the essential
requirements of such facilities.
2. Based on the data collected from reconnaissance and topographic surveys, the
sections with geometric deficiencies, if any, should be identified and suitable
measures for Improvement should be suggested for implementation.
3. The data on accident statistics should be compiled and reported showing accident
typeand frequency so that black spots are identified along the project road section.
The possible causes (such as poor geometric features, pavement condition etc.) of
accidents should be investigated into and suitable cost‐ effective remedial measures
suggested forimplementation.
55
4. The detailed design for geometric elements shall cover, but not be limited to the
following major aspects:
i. horizontal alignment;
ii. longitudinal profile;
iii. cross‐ sectional elements, including refuge lane (50m) at every 2kms.
iv. junctions, intersections and interchanges;
v. bypasses; and,
vi. service roads as and when require i.e built up area.
5. The alignment design shall be verified for available sight distances as per the standard
norms. The provision of appropriate markings and signs shall be made wherever the
existing site conditions do not permit the adherence to the sight distance requirements as
per the standard norms.
6. The consultants shall make detailed analysis of traffic flow and level of service for the
existing road and workout the traffic flow capacity for the improved project road. The
analysis should clearly establish the widening requirements with respect to the different
horizon periods taking into account special problems such as road segments with
isolatedsteep gradients.
7. In the case of closely spaced cross roads the Consultant shall examine different options
such as, providing grade separated structure for some of them with a view to reduce
number of at‐ grade crossings, services roads connecting the cross‐ roads and closing
access from some of the intersections and prepare and furnish appropriate proposals for
this purpose keeping in view the cost of improvement, impact on traffic movement and
accessibility to cross roads. The detailed drawings and cost estimate should include the
provisions for realignments of the existing crossroads to allow such arrangements.
8. The Consultant shall also prepare design of grade separated pedestrian crossings
(viaducts) for large cross traffic of pedestrians and / or animals on the basis of passenger
and animal cross traffic surveys conducted.
9. The Consultant shall also prepare details for at‐ grade junctions, which may be adopted
as alternative to the grade separated structures. The geometric design of interchanges
shall take into account the site conditions, turning movement characteristics, level of
service,overall economy and operational safety.
10. The Consultants shall prepare design and other details in respect of the parallel service
roads in urbanized locations and other locations to cater to the local traffic, their effect of
the viability of the project on commercial basis if service roads are constructed as part of
the project and the implications of not providing the service roads.
11. The consultant shall prepare complete road and pavement design including drainage
fornew bypass option identified around congested town en‐ route.
Pavement Design
1. The detailed design of pavement shall involve:
i. strengthening of existing road pavement and design of the new pavement if

any, if the findings of the traffic studies and life‐ cycle costing analysis
56
confirm the requirement for widening of the road beyond 2lane undivided
carriagewaystandard;;
ii. pavement design for bypasses; and,
iii. Design of shoulders.
2. The design of pavement shall primarily be based on IRC publications.
3. The design of pavement shall be rigorous and shall make use of the latest Indian
and International practices. The design alternatives shall include both rigid and
flexible design options. The most appropriate design, option shall be established
on life‐ cyclecosting and techno‐ economic consideration.
4. For the design of pavement, each set of design input shall be decided on the basis
of rigorous testing and evaluation of its suitability and relevance in respect of
in‐ service performance of the pavement. The design methodology shall
accompany the design proposals and shall clearly bring out the basic assumptions,
values of the various design inputs, rationale behind the selection of the design
inputs and the criteria for checkingand control during the implementation of works.
In other words, thedesign of pavement structure should take due account of the
type, characteristics of materials used in the respective courses, variability of their
properties and also the reliability of traffic predictions. Furthermore, the
methodology adopted for the design of pavement shall be complete with flowcharts
indicating the various steps in the design process, their interaction with one another
and the input parametre required at each step.
5. For the design of overlays for the existing 2‐ lane pavement, the strengthening
requirement shall duly take into account the strength of the existing pavement
vis‐ à‐ visthe remaining life. The overlay thickness requirements shall be worked out
for each road segment homogenous with respect to condition, strength and sub‐
grade characteristics. The rehabilitation provisions should also include the
provision of regulating layer. For existing pavement with acceptable levels of
cracking, provision of a crack inhibiting layershould also be included.
5 (a) For rehabilitation and strengthening, consultant shall consider the alternatives
of rehabilitating the existing pavement, overlaying with the same or alternate
pavement type (e.g. white/black topping) and also the option of removal and
replacement of existing pavement layers and chose the best alternative basis
lifecycle costing, and any local considerations such as material availability, time
available for construction etc.
6. Latest techniques of pavement strengthening like provision of geo‐ synthetics and

cold/hot pavement recycling should be duly considered by the consultant for
achieving economy. The use of technology particularly environment friendly
technology viz. recycling of bituminous mixes, warm mixes and soil stabilization
etc. should be adoptedwherever feasible. Clause 519 of the “Specifications for Road
and Bridge Works” (Fifth Revision) covers specifications for recycling of existing
bituminous pavement materials to upgrade the pavements. These provisions
notwithstanding, recycling of existing bituminous materials is yet to be
implemented in most of the Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur projects. The reclaiming and reprocessing of pavement materials involve
both design (how the pavement should be designed using reclaimed materials
with the given properties) and technology (the methods to reclaim and
reprocess, equipment, Know how and quality) issues. After addressing these
issues, the recycling of pavements will be environmentally and economically better
57
option for rehabilitation, repair or reconstruction compared to the use of fresh or
virgin materials. Indian Road Congress has published IRC: 120‐ 2015 on
“recommended practice for recycling of bituminous pavements” giving a detailed
procedure for its implementation
7. The paved shoulders shall be designed as integral part of the pavement for the
main carriageway. The design requirements for the carriageway pavement shall,
therefore, beapplicable for the design of shoulder pavements. The design of granular
shoulder should take into account the drainage considerations besides the structural
requirements.
8. The pavement design task shall also cover working out the maintenance and
strengthening requirements and periodicity and timing of such treatments.
Design of Embankments
1. The embankments design should provide for maximum utilization of locally

available materials consistent with economy. Use of fly ash wherever available with
in economical leads must be considered. In accordance with Government
instructions, use of fly ash within 300 km from Thermal Power Stations is
mandatory as per extra ordinary Gazette Notification No. S.O. 254 (E) Part Section –
III – Sub Section (ii) dated 25th January, 2016 and subsequent amendment, if any of
Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate change, New Delhi.
2. The Consultants shall carry out detailed analysis and design for all embankments
of height greater than 6 m based on relevant IRC publications.
3. The design of embankments should include the requirements for protection works
andtraffic safety features.
Design of Bridges and Structures

1. The data collected and investigation results shall be analyzed to determine the
following:
i. HFL
ii. LWL
iii. LBL
iv. Erodibility of bed/scour level
v. Design discharge
vi. Linear waterway and effective linear waterway
vii. Likely foundation depth
viii. Safe bearing capacity
ix. Engineering properties of subsoil

x. Artesian conditions
xi. Settlement characteristics
xii. Vertical clearance
xiii. Horizontal clearance
58
xiv. Free board for approach road
xv. Severity of environment with reference to corrosion
xvi. Data pertaining to seismic and wind load
xvii. Requirement of model study etc.

2. The Consultant shall prepare General Arrangement Drawing (GAD) and
Alignment Plan showing the salient features of the bridges and structures proposed to
be constructed / reconstructed along the road sections covered under the Study.
These salient features such as alignment, overall length, span arrangement, cross
section, deck level, founding level, type of bridge components(superstructure,
substructure, foundations, bearings, expansion joint, return walls etc.) shall be
finalized based upon hydraulic and geo‐ technical studies, cost effectiveness and
ease of construction. The GAD shall be supplemented by Preliminary designs. In
respect of span arrangement and type of bridge a few alternatives with
cost‐ benefit implications should be submitted to enable Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur to approve the best alternative. After approval of
alignment and GAD the Consultant shall prepare detailed design as per IRC codes
/guidelines and working drawings for all components of bridges and structures.
3. The location of all at‐ grade level crossings shall be identified falling across the
existing level crossings for providing ROB at these locations. The Consultants shall
prepare preliminary GAD for necessary construction separately to the Client. The
Consultant shall pursue and get approval the GAD from the Indian Railways
Authorities or/and any statutory authority of State/Central Government for
approval of the GAD from concerned Authorities or IIT/MNIT any government
college.
4. GAD for bridges/structures across irrigation/water way channels shall be got
approved from the concerned Irrigation/Water way Authorities. Subsequent to
approval of GAD and alignment plan by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur, the Consultants shall prepare detailed design as per IRC
codes/guidelines for all componentsof the bridges and structures.
5. Subsequent to the approval of the GAD and Alignment Plan by Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur and Railways, the Consultant shall prepare
detailed design as per IRC and Railways guidelines and working drawings for all
components of the bridges and structures. The Consultant shall furnish the design
and working drawings for suitable protection works and/or river training works
wherever required.
6. Dismantling/ reconstruction of existing structures shall be avoided as far as
possible except where considered essential in view of their poor structural
conditions/ inadequacy of the provisions etc.
7. The existing structures having inadequate carriageway width shall be
widened/reconstructed in part or fully as per the latest MoRT&H guidelines. The
Consultant shall furnish the detailed design and working drawings for carrying
out theabove improvements.
8. Suitable repair / rehabilitation measures shall be suggested in respect of the
existing structures as per IRC‐ SP:40 along with their specifications, drawings and
cost estimate in the form of a report. The rehabilitation or reconstruction of the
structures shall be suggested based on broad guidelines for rehabilitation and
strengthening of existing bridges contained in IRC‐ SP:35 and IRC‐ SP:40.
9. Subsequent to the approval of the GAD and the alignment plan by Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur, detailed design shall also be carried
59
out for the proposed underpasses, overpasses and interchanges.
10. The Consultants shall also carry out the design and make suitable recommendations
forprotection works for bridges and drainage structures.
11. In case land available is not adequate for embankment slope, suitable design for
RCC retaining wall shall be furnished. However, RES wall may also be considered
depending upon techno‐ economic suitability to be approved by Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur.
12. All the bridge structures having a length of 100 m or less can be used for tapping
of water for serving dual purpose i.e., to cross the water body or to store water, if
technically feasible. Therefore, such structures shall be designed as bridge cum
barragestructures (bridge cum bandana). Ministry‟s guidelines in this regard issued
vide letterno. RW/NH‐ 34066/89/2015‐ S&R(B) dated 18.04.2017 may be referred.
Drainage System
1. The requirement of roadside drainage system and the integration of the same with
proposed cross‐ drainage system shall be worked out for the entire length of the
projectroad section.
2. In addition to the roadside drainage system, the Consultants shall design the
special drainage provisions for sections withs uper‐ elevated carriageways,
highembankments and for road segments passing through cuts. The drainage
provisions shall also be worked out for road segments passing through urban areas.
3. The designed drainage system should show locations of turnouts/outfall points

with details of outfall structures fitting into natural contours. A separate drawing
sheet covering every 5 km. stretch of road shall be prepared.
4. The project highway shall be designed to have well designed efficient drainage
system, which shall be subsurface, as far as possible. While constructing the
underpasses, the finished road level shall be determined so as to ensure that the
accumulation of rain water does not take place and run‐ off flows at the natural
ground level. The drains, wherever constructed, shall be provided with proper
gradient and connected to the existing outlets for final disposal.
5. The rain water harvesting requirements be assessed taking into consideration the
Ministry of Environment & Forest Notification Dt. 14.01.1997 (as amended on
13.01.1998, 05.01.1999 & 06.11.2000). The construction of rainwater harvesting
structure is mandatory in and around water scarce / crisis areas notified by the
Central Ground Water Board. The provisions for rainwater harvesting be executed
as per the requirements of IRC:SP:42‐ 2014 (Guidelines for Road Drainage) and
IRC:SP:50‐ 2013 (Guidelines on Urban Drainage).
6. All the bridge structures having a length of 100m or less can be used for tapping of
water for serving dual purpose i.e. to cross the water body and to store water, if
technically feasible. Therefore, such structures should be designed as bridge cum
barrage structures (bridge cum bandhara). Ministry‟s guidelines in this regard issued
vide letter no. RW/NH‐ 34066/59/2015‐ S&R(B) dated 18.04.2017 may be referred.
7. The locations of the culverts should be planned in such a way that the proposed
culvertcovers optimum catchment area & the location shall be decided on the basis
60
of topographical survey, local rainfall data, gradient of natural ground and enquiry
from the local habitants. All culverts should preferably be box culverts as pipe
culverts get filledup with silt, which is rarely cleared.
Traffic Safety Features, Road Furniture and Road Markings
1. The Consultants shall design suitable traffic safety features and road furniture including traffic
signals, signs, markings, overhead sign boards, crash barriers, delineators etc. The locations of these
features shall be given in the reports and also shown in the drawings.
2. The Consultant should make the provisions for “the overhead (gantry‐ mounted) signs on roads
with two or more lanes in the same direction” as per provisions of IRC‐ 67. The minimum height
of gantry mounted sign be 5.5 m above the highest point at the carriageway.
3. Road safety shall be the focus of design. The roads shall be forgiving, having self‐ explaining
alignment, safe designed intersections / interchanges segregation and safe crossing facilities for
VRUs with crash barriers at hazardous locations. The details of traffic signs and pavement
markings with their locations, types and configuration shall be shown on the plan so that they are
correctly provided.
4. DPR shall undergo the exercise of Road Safety Audit through the Road Safety Auditor (separate
from design team) and recommendations mentioned be incorporated.
5. Road markings and proper signage constitute another important aspect of the Road safety. The
DPR shall contain a detailed signage plan, indicating the places, directions, distances and other
features, duly marked on the chainage plan. It shall specify the suitable places where FoBs are to
be provided. Road marking and signage plan shall be included in DPR and shall be specifically
approved by the Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur.
6. Advanced Traffic Management System (ATMS) shall be in place for all 4/6 lane roads of <Chief
Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur > being put to tolling. This would provide real
time information, guidance and emergency assistance to users. ATMS would include outdoor
equipment including emergency call boxes, variable message sign systems, meteorological data
system, close circuit TV camera (CCTV) system in additionto any other equipment required to meet
the objective. Indoor equipment would include large display board, central computer with
Network Management System, CCTV monitor system and management of call boxes system with
uninterrupted power supply, all housed in a central control centre. In this connection, Chief
Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur‟s policy circular no.11041/218/2007‐ Admn
dated 15.09.2016 may bereferred.
7. As availability of suitable sight distance has a large effect on road safety, the alignment of all the NHs
should be finalized in such a way so as to have double the stopping sight distance available to the
road users at allocations.
Arboriculture and Landscaping
The Consultants shall work out appropriate plan for planting of trees (specifying type ofplantation),
horticulture, floriculture on the surplus land of the right‐ of way with a viewto beautify the highway
and making the environment along the highway pleasing. Theseactivities should be included in the
TOR for contractor/concessionaire and the cost of these activities shall also be added to the total
project cost for civil works. The existing trees / plants shall be retained to the extent possible. The
Transplantation of trees shallalso be proposed wherever feasible.
61
Toll Plaza :- Delated
1. The Consultants shall identify the possible toll plaza location(s) based on the data
and information derived from the traffic studies and a study of the existing physical
features including the availability of land. The location of the plaza should keep in
view that the project road is to be developed as a partially access controlled highway
facility and it is required to collect toll on rational basis from as much of the vehicular
traffic as possible consistent with economy of collection and operations. The
location of the toll plaza should be finalized in consultation with Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,Jaipur.
2. The minimum number of toll lanes at the toll plazas should be carefully designed
taking into consideration the projected peak hour toll able traffic, permissible service
time, adopted toll collection system and the capacity of service lanes. The number of
lanes at any toll plaza would, however, be not less than four times the number of
lanes for which the highway has been designed. Eventually, all the lanes have to be
designed / equipped with Electronic Toll Collection (ETC) systems and one lane at
the extreme outer side for OverDimensioned Vehicles (ODV) should be earmarked in
each direction.
3. Car lanes and lanes for commercial vehicles shall be earmarked at the toll plaza
with outer lanes earmarked for the commercial vehicles. At least 50% of the total
lanes on each side shall be equipped with weigh‐ in‐ motion facility for dedicated
use by commercial vehicles followed by a static weigh bridge on either side.
Number of lanes with weigh‐ in‐ motion facility may be suitably increased
depending on proportion of commercial vehicles in total traffic Provision should
be kept for acquisition and earmarking of about one acre area for parking of the
overloaded vehicles.
4. Toll Plaza shall be designed as per IRC 84.
Weighing Station, Parking Areas and Rest Areas
1. The consultant shall select suitable sites for weighing stations, parking areas and
rest areas and prepare suitable separate designs in this regard. The common
facilities like petrol pump, first‐ aid medical facilities, police office, restaurant,
vehicle parking etc. should be included in the general layout for planning. For
petrol pump, the guidelines issued by OISD of Ministry of Petroleum shall be
followed. The facilities should be planned to be at approximately 50 km interval. At
least each facility (1 no.) is foreseen to be provided for this project stretch. Weighing
stations can be located near toll plazas so that overloaded vehicles can be easily
identified and suitably penalized and unloaded before being allowed to proceed
further. The type of weighing system suitable for the project shall be brought out in
the report giving merits of each type of the state‐ of‐ the art and basis of
recommendations for the chosen system.
2. The Consultant should take into consideration the provisions for persons with
disabilities (PwD) in way side amenity centres / rest areas and provide ramp facilities,
exit / entrance door with minimum clear opening of 900 mm and special toilet
facilities for use of handicapped persons. The consultant shall also take into
consideration, the provisions for Pedestrians facilities as per IRC‐ 103. 4.12.12
Miscellaneous Works
1. The Consultants shall make suitable designs and layout for miscellaneous
62
works including rest areas, bus bays, vehicle parking areas,
telecommunication facilities etc. wherever appropriate.
2. The Consultants shall prepare the detailed scheme and lay out plan for the
works mentioned in Para 1.
3. The Consultants shall prepare detailed plan for the trafficmanagement and
safety during the construction period.
Enviro
nment and Social Impact Assessment
The consultant shall under take the detailed environmental and social impact
assessment in accordance with the standard set by the Government of India for projects
proposed to be funded by MORT&H/Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur. In respect of projects proposed to be funded by ADB loan assistance,
Environmental Assessment Requirements, Environmental Guidelines for selected
infrastructure projects, 1993 of Asian Development Bank shall be followed. Similarly, for
projects proposed to be funded by World Bank loan assistance, World Bank
Guidelinesshall be followed.
Environmental Impact Assessment
Environment impact assessment or initial environment examination be carried out in

accordance with ADB‟s Environmental Assessment Requirements of ADB 1998
guidelines for selected infrastructure projects 1993 as amended from time to
time/World Bank Guidelines / Government of India Guidelines, as applicable
1. The consultant should carry out the preliminary environmental screening to

assess the direct and induced impacts due to theproject.
2. The consultant shall ensure to document baseline conditions relevant to the
project with the objective to establish the benchmarks.
3. The consultant shall assess the potential significant impacts and identify the
mitigation measures to address these impactsadequately.
4. The consultant shall do the analysis of alternatives incorporating environmental

concerns. This should include with and without scenario and modification
incorporated in the proposed project due to environment considerations.
(a) Cultural property enhancement along the highways
(b) Bus bays and bus shelters including a review of their location,
(c) Highway side landscape and enhancement of the road
(d) junctions, Enhancement of highway side water bodies, and
(e) Redevelopment of the borrow areas located on public land.
6. The consultant shall prepare the bill‐ of‐ quantities (BOQ) and technical
specifications for all items of work in such a way that these may be
readily integrated to the construction contracts
7. water and noise pollution. The consultant will also provide additional inputs
in the areas of performance indicators and monitoring mechanisms for
environmental components during construction and operational phase of the
project.
8. The consultant shall provide the cost of mitigation measures and ensure that
63
environmental related staffing, training and institutional requirements are
budgeted in project cost.
9. The consultant shall prepare the application forms and obtain forestry and
environmental clearances from the respective authorities including the SPCBs
and the MOEF on behalf of Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur. The consultants will make presentation, if required, in defending the
project to the MOEF Infrastructure Committee.
10. The consultant shall identify and plan for plantation and Transplantation of the
suitable trees along the existing highway in accordance with IRC guidelines.
11. The consultant shall assist in providing appropriate input in preparation of

relevant environment and social sections of BPIP.
12. Provision should be made for Noise Barriers wherever (especially where
project highway passes through dense habitation) required as a mitigation
measure against noise pollution and nuisance. Their location, dimension, type,
material and shapes should be determined and defined in environment impact
assessment studies forming part of DPR.
Social Assessment
1 The consultant would conduct base line socio‐ economic and census survey to assess the
impacts on the people, properties and loss of livelihood. The socioeconomic survey will
establish the benchmark for monitoring of R&R activities. A social assessment is
conducted for the entire project to identify mechanisms to improve project designs to
meet the needs of different stakeholders. A summary of stakeholder discussions, issue
raised and how the project design was developed to meet stakeholders need would be
prepared.
2 The consultant shall prepare Land Acquisition Plan and assist Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur in acquisition of land under various Acts.
The consultant would prepare Resettlement and Rehabilitation Plan and assess feasibility
and effectiveness of income restoration strategies and suitability and availability to
relocation sites. The resettlement plan which accounts for land acquisition and resettlement
impacts would be based on a 25% socio‐ economic survey and 100 % census survey of
project affected people which provides the complete assessment of the number of affected
households and persons, including common propertyresources. All untitled occupants
are recorded at the initial stages and identify cards will be issued to ensure there is no
further influx of people in to the project area. All consultations with affected persons (to
include list of participants) should be fully documented and recordsmade available to Chief
Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur.
 Assessment on the impact of the project on the poor and vulnerable groupsalong the
project road corridor.
 Based on the identified impacts, developing entitlement matrix for the project
affected people.
 Assessment on social issues such as indigenous people, gender, HIV/AIDS, laborers
64
including child labour.
 Implementation budgets, sources and timing of funding and schedule of tasks.
 Responsibility of tasks, institutional arrangements and personnel for delivering
entitlement and plans to build institutional capacity.
 Internal and external monitoring plans, key monitoring indicators and grievance
redress mechanism.
 Incorporating any other suggestions of the ADB/ World Bank/ Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur, till the acceptance of the reports by the
ADB/ World Bank/ Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur
Reporting Requirements of EIA
 The consultant would prepare the stand‐ alone reports as per the requirement of
the ADB/World Bank /<Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur>, as applicable, with contents as per the following:
 Executive Summary
 Description of the Project
 Environmental setting of the project.
 Identification and categorization of the potential impacts (during pre‐
construction, construction and operation periods).
 Analysis of alternatives (this would include correlation amongst the finally
selected alternative alignment/routing and designs with the avoidance and
environmental management solutions).
 The public consultation process.
 Policy, legal and administrative framework. This would include mechanisms at
the states and national level for operational policies. This would also include a
description of the organizational and implementation mechanism
recommendedfor this project.
 Typical plan or specific designs for all additional environmental items as
described in the scope of work.
 Incorporating any other as per the suggestions of the ADB/ World Bank
/Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur, till the
acceptance of the reports by the ADB/ World Bank/Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur , as applicable.
 EMP Reports for Contract Package based on uniform methodology and
processes. The consultant will also ensure that the EMP has all the elements for it
to be a legal document. The EMP reports would include the following:
 Brief description of the project, purpose of the EMP, commitments on
incorporating environmental considerations in the design, construction and
operations phases of the project and institutional arrangements for
implementing the EMP.
 A detailed EMP for construction and operational phases with recourse to the
mitigation measures for all adverse impacts.
 Detailed plans for highway‐ side tree plantation (as part of the compensatory
a forestation component).
 Environmental enhancement measure would be incorporated.
 Enhancement measures would include items described in the scope of work and
shall be complete with plans, designs, BOQ and technical specifications.
 Environmental monitoring plans during and after construction including
scaling and measurement techniques for the performance indicators selected
for monitoring.
 The EMP should be amendable to be included in the contract documents for the
works.
 Incorporating any other as per the suggestions of the ADB/ World

65
Bank/Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur, till the
acceptance of the reports by the ADB/ World Bank/Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur as applicable.
Reporting requirements of RAP
Analysis on the resettlement plan be conducted based on ADBs Hand Book on

Resettlement, A Guide to Good practice 1998 as amended time to time/ World Bank
Guidelines / Government of India Guidelines, as applicable.
 Executive summary
 Description of project
 Objectives of the project.
 The need for Resettlement in the Project and evaluation of measures to minimize
resettlement.
 Description and results of public consultation and plans for continued participation
of PAPs.
 Definition of PAPs and the eligibility criteria.

 Census and survey results‐ number affected, how are they affected and whatimpacts
will they experience.
 Legal and entitlement policy framework‐ support principles for different categories
of impact.
 Arrangements for monitoring and evaluation (internal and external)

 Implementation schedule for resettlement which is linked to the civil works
contract
 A matrix of scheduled activities linked to land acquisition procedures to indicate
clearly what steps and actions will be taken at different stages and the time frame
 The payment of compensation and resettlement during the acquisition process

 An itemized budget (replacement value for all assets) and unit costs for different
assets
Land Acquisition:- Not applicable
Develop utilities relocation plan:-

1. Consultants need to develop and submit a utilities relocation plan in consultation with
Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur and user departments clearly
identifyingcurrent utilities and suggested relocations along with crossings as required
2. Plan and conduct discussions, consultations and joint site visits required for the planningof
utilities shifting and the development of required drawings and proposals
3. Prepare necessary details, documents and suggested relocation plan to be submitted to

user department
4. Develop initial cost estimates based on suggested relocation plan and the latest
66
available schedule of rates forinclusion in thecost of the project at the time of approval
Estimates and approvals

1. Consultants need to obtain draft utilities shifting proposal from user departments for all
utilities identified for shifting along project road
2. Prepare utility shifting cost estimates using latest schedule of rates and obtain approval
from user departments
3. Review final designs submitted, cost estimates, complete checklist, obtain required
declarations and submit to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur for
approval
4. Work with user department, Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur as
required to incorporate any changes requested in shifting proposal and cost estimate
5. Obtain all required utilities shifting proposal estimates and required approvals from both
user departments and Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur within the
time stipulated in DPR contract
Estimation of Quantities and Project Costs
1. The Consultants shall prepare detailed estimates for quantities (considering designs and
mass haul diagram) and project cost for the entire project (civil packages wise), includingthe
cost of environmental and social safeguards proposed based on MoRT&H‟s Standard
Data Book and market rate for the inputs. The estimation of quantities shall be based on
detailed design of various components of the projects. The estimation of quantities and
costs would have to be worked out separately for civil work Package as defined in this
TOR.
2. The Consultants shall make detailed analysis for computing the unit rates for the
different items of works. The unit rate analysis shall duly take into account the various
inputs and their basic rates, suggested location of plants and respective lead distances for
mechanized construction. The unit rate for each item of works shall be worked out in
terms of manpower, machinery and materials.
3. The project cost estimates so prepared for Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur/ADB/WB projects are to be checked against rates for similar on‐ going works
in India under Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur/World Bank/
ADBfinanced road sector projects.
4. The Consultant should work out the quantity of Bitumen, Steel and Cement likely to be
used in the project and indicate in the summary sheet.
Viability and Financing Options and Bidding process
1. The Project Road should be divided into the traffic homogenous links based on the
findings of the traffic studies. The homogenous links of the Project Road should be further
subdivided into sections based on physical features of road and pavement, sub‐ grade and
drainage characteristics etc. The economic and commercial analysis shall be carried out
separately for each traffic homogenous link as well as for the Project Road.
2. The values of input parametres and the rationale for their selection for the economic and
commercial analyses shall be clearly brought out and got approved by Chief Engineer
67
3. For models to be used for the economic and the commercial analyses, the calibration
methodology and the basic parametres adapted to the local conditions shall be clearly
brought out and got approved by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur.
4. The economic and commercial analyses should bring out the priority of the different
homogenous links in terms of project implementation.
Economic Analysis
1. The Consultants shall carry out economic analysis for the project. The analysis should be for
each of the sections covered under this TOR. The benefit and cost streams should be worked
out for the project using HDM‐ IV or other internationally recognized life‐ cycle costing
model.
2. The economic analysis shall cover but be not limited to be following aspects:
i. assess the capacity of existing roads and the effects of capacity constraints on
vehicle operating costs (VOC);
ii. calculate VOCs for the existing road situation and those for the project;
iii. quantify all economic benefits, including those from reduced congestion, travel
distance, road maintenance cost savings and reduced incidence of road accidents;
and,
iv. estimate the economic internal rate of return (EIRR) for the project over a 30‐ year
period. In calculating the EIRRs, identify the tradable and non‐ tradable
components of projects costs and the border price value of the tradable
components.
v. Saving in time value.
3. Economic Internal Rate of Return (EIRR) and Net Present Value (NPV), “with “and
“without time and accident savings” should be worked out based on these cost‐ benefit
stream. Furthermore, sensitivity of EIRR and NPV worked out forth different scenarios as
given under:
Scenario – I Base Costs and Bas
The sensitivity scenarios given above are only indicative. The Consultants shall select the
sensitivity scenarios taking into account possible construction delays, construction costs
overrun, traffic volume, revenue shortfalls, operating costs, exchange rate variations,
convertibility of foreign exchange, interest rate volatility, non‐ compliance or default by
contractors, political risks and force majeure.
4. The economic analysis shall take into account all on‐ going and future road and transport
infrastructure projects and future development plans in the project area.
Financial Analysis
Need for financial analysis
1. It is envisaged that project stretches should be implemented in a commercial, PPP

funded format
2. Therefore, the Consultant will need to study the financial viability of the project
under various available commercial formats and suggest a mode of funding and
execution that is most likely to be successful
68
3. The consultant shall study the financial viability of the project under several
different traffic volume, user fee scenarios and funding options to arrive at the
optimal execution mode and funding modalities
Financial analysis of the project
1. The Consultants shall in consultation with Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur finalize the format for the analysis and the primary parameters
and scenarios that should be taken into account while carrying out the commercial
analysis
2. The Financial analysis for the project should cover financial internal rate of return,
projected income statements, balance sheets and fund flow statements and should
bring out all relevant assumptions.
3. The financial analysis should cover identification, assessment, and mitigating
measures for all risks associated with the project. The analysis shall cover, but be not
limited to, risks related to construction delays, construction costs overrun, traffic
volume, revenue shortfalls, operating costs, exchange rate variations, convertibility
of foreign exchange, interest rate volatility, non‐ compliance or default by
contractors, political risks and force majeure.
4. The sensitivity analysis should be carried out for a number of probabilistic scenarios.
Outputs from financial analysis
1. The financial model so developed shall be handed over to and be the property of
Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur.
2. The consultant shall also suggest positive ways of enhancing the project viability
and furnish different financial models for implementing on BOT format
Bidding process
Consultant shall assist the authority in preparing the required bid documents and support the
authority through the bidding process
Preparation of documents
1. The consultant shall prepare all required bid documents and technical schedules
required for the bidding of the project
2. The Consultants shall prepare separate documents for each type of contract
(EPC/PPP) for each package of the DPR assignment
3. The consultant shall assist authority in reviewing bid documents and in making any
changes required basis their findings or the and finalising bid documents
4. Theconsultantshallassisttheauthorityincollectingandprovidingallrequired
supporting documents for initiating bid as defined by the SOP for contracting
5. The DPR consultant may be required to prepare the Bid Documents, based on the
feasibility report, due to exigency of the project for execution if desired byChief Engineer
a. To enable this, consultant should study the financial viability and financial options
for the project for modes such as BOT Toll/ Annuity during the feasibility
69
stage.
6. Provide any and all clarifications required by the authority or other functionaries such
as the financial consultant and legal advisor as required for the financial appraisal
and legal scrutiny of the Project Highway and Bid Documents.
7. The consultant shall be guided in its assignment by the Model Concession/

Contract Agreements for PPP/ EPC projects, as applicable and the Manual of
Specifications and Standards for two/ four/ six laning of highways published by
IRC (IRC:SP:73 or IRC:SP:84 or IRC:SP:87, as applicable) along with relevant IRC
codes for design of long bridges.
a. It is suggested that consultant should go through the EPC/ PPP documents of

ministry before bidding the project.
Support during the bidding process
1. Consultant shall support < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur> through the entire bid process and shall be responsible for sharing the
findings from the preparation stages during the bid process
2. The consultant shall ensure participation of senior team members of the consultant
during all interaction with potential bidders including pre‐ bid conference,
meetings, site visits etc.
3. During the bid process for a project, the consultant shall support the authority in:
a. Responding to all pre‐ bid technical queries

b. Preparation of detailed responses to the written queries raised by the bidders
4. The consultant shall assist < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur> and its functionaries as needed in the evaluation of technical bids
Time period for the service
1. Time period envisaged for the study of the project is indicated in Annex‐ I to LOI. The
final reports, drawings and documentation shall be completed within this time
schedule.
2. Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur shall arrange to give
approval on all sketches, drawings, reports and recommendations and other
matters and proposals submitted for decision by the Consultant in such reasonable
time so as not todelay or disrupt the performance of the Consultant‟s services.
8. Project Team and Project Office of the Consultant
1. The Consultants shall be required to form a multi‐ disciplinary team for this
assignment. The consultants‟ team shall be manned by adequate number of experts
with relevant experience in the execution of similar detailed design assignments.
70
2. List of suggested key personnel to be fielded by the consultant with appropriate
man‐ month of consultancy services is given in Enclosure‐ I as per client's
assessment.
3. A Manning Schedule for key personnel mentioned above is enclosed as Enclosure‐ I

along with broad job‐ description and qualification as Enclosure‐ II. The
information furnished in Enclosures‐ I & II are to assist the Consultants to
understand the client‟s perception about these requirements and shall be taken by
the Consultants for the purpose of Financial Proposal and deployment schedule etc.
in technical proposal to be submitted by them. Any deviation proposed may be
recorded in the comments on TOR. All the key personnel mentioned will be
evaluated at the time of evaluation of technical proposal. Consultants are advised in
their own interest to frame the technical proposal in an objective manner as far as
possible so that these could be properly assessed in respect of points to be given as
part of evaluation criteria as mentioned in Data sheet. The bio‐ data of the key
personnel should be signed on every sheet by the personnel concerned and the last
sheet of each bio‐ data should also be signed by the authorized signatory of the
Consultants.
4. The Consultants shall establish an office at the project site manned by senior
personnel during the course of the surveys and investigations. All the project
related office work shall be carried out by the consultant in their site office unless there
are special reasons for carrying out part of the office work elsewhere for which prior
approval of Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur shall be
obtained. The address of the site officeincluding the personnel manning it including
their Telephone and FAX numbers will be intimated by the Consultant to Chief
Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur before
commencement of the services.
5. All key personnel and sub professional staff of the DPR Consultants shall use the
fingerprint based (biometric) attendance system for marking their daily
attendance. Attendance shall be marked at least once a day and anytime during the
day. Biometric Attendance System shall be installed by the DPR Consultants at its
own cost at the site office and design office in order to facilitate the attendance
marking. A copy of attendance records shall be attached at the time of submission
of their bills to the Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur from
time to time. Proper justification shall be provided for cases of absence of key
personnel/sub‐ professional staff which do not have prior approval from Project
Director of Concerned stretch. If < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur> so desires, it shall facilitate electronic linking of the attendance
system with the Central Monitoring System of ChiefEngineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur.
9. Reports to be submitted by the Consultant toChief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,

Jacob Road, Jaipur All reports, documents and drawings are to be submitted
separately for each of the traffic homogenous link of the Project Road. The analysis
of data and the design proposals shall be based on the data derived from the
primary surveys and investigations carried out during the period of assignment.
The sources of data and model relationships used in the reports shall be indicated
with complete details for easyreference.
71
Project preparation activities will be split into eight stages as brought out below.
No Stage Key activities Report/deliverable

submitted
1 Inception Project planning and Inception Report and QAP
mobilization
2 Feasibility Alignment finalization, Alignment Options Report
preliminary surveys and Feasibility
Report
3 LA and LA, utilities identification; Strip Plan, LA Report (3a,
Clearances I creation of draft notifications 3A), Clearances and Utility
and proposals Shifting proposals
4 DPR Detailed design of highway, Draft DPR Report, Final DPR
preparation of detailed project Report, documents and
report with drawings drawings
5 Technical Preparation of bid documents Civil Works Contract
Schedules and technical schedules Agreement and Schedules
6 (i) LA II Land acquisition process, obtaining JMS and 3D Report, Final
(ii) Projec final utilities estimates and Project Clearances and
t required clearances Utilities Report
Clearanc
es
7 LA III- Land acquisition 3G Report
Award awarddetermination
Determinatio
n
8 LA IV- Obtaining possession of land Land Possession Report
Possession
Preliminary design work should commence without waiting for feasibility study to be
completed. Stage 3, 5 and 6 shall run in parallel with Stage 2 and 4 For stages 7 and 8
consultant will be required to submit a report at the completion of 90% of the activities
for that stage. In addition, an updated report will need to be submitted at the completion
of all land acquisition activities covering receipt of 100% of the land possession certificates
for the land parcels pertaining to the project road.
Timelines for the submission of reports and documents

Consultant shall be required to complete, to the satisfaction of the client, all the different
stages of study within the time frame indicated in the schedule of submission in para 10
pertaining to Reports and Documents for becoming eligible for payment for any part of
the next stage.
10 Reports and Documents to be submitted by the Consultant to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur
1. The Consultant shall submit to the client the reports and documents in bound volumes
(and not spiral binding form) after completion of each stage of work as per the schedule
and in the number of copies as given in Enclosure‐ III. Further, the reports shall also be
submitted in floppy diskettes / CD‟s in addition to the hardcopies as mentioned in
Enclosure‐ III. Consultant shall submit all other reports mentioned specifically in the
preceding paras of the TOR.
72
2. The time schedule for various submissions prescribed at Sl. No.1 above shall be strictly
adhered to. No time overrun in respect of these submissions will normally be permitted.
Consultant is advised to go through the entire terms of reference carefully and plan his
work method in such a manner that various activities followed by respective
submissions as brought out at Sl.No.1 above are completed as stipulated.
Consultant is, therefore, advised to deploy sufficient number of supporting personnel,

both technical and administrative, to undertake the project preparation activities in
construction package (Section) simultaneously. As far as possible, the proposal should
include completeinformation such as number of such persons, name, position, period of
engagement, remuneration rate etc. The Consultant is also advised to start necessary
survey works from the beginning so as to gain time in respect of various other activities in
that stage.
3. DPR Deliverables in each stage of project
1. The key stages, activities and deliverables for the detailed project report are as described in
these documents
2. The following section describes the detailed requirements for each report that needs to be
submitted
3. Consultants are also advised to refer to ENCLOSURE‐ IV
4. Formats for submission of Reports and Documents to understand any additional format
and content requirements
5. All reports must be submitted along with the relevant checklist form completed and signed
off by the consultant
73
STAGE 1
Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) Document
1. Immediately upon the award, the Consultants shall submit four copies of the QAP
document covering all aspects of field studies, investigations design and economic
financial analysis. The quality assurance plans/procedures for different field studies,
engineering surveys and investigation, design and documentation activities should be
presented as separate sections like engineering surveys and investigations, traffic
surveys, material geo‐ technical and sub‐ soil investigations, road and pavement
investigations, investigation and design of bridges &structures, environment and R&R
assessment, economic & financial analysis, drawings and documentation; preparation,
checking, approval and filing of calculations, identification and traceability of project
documents etc. Further, additional information as per format shall be furnished
regarding the details of personnel who shall be responsible for carrying out/preparing and
checking/verifying various activities forming part of feasibility study and project
preparation, since inception to the completion of work. The field and design activities
shall start after the QAP is approved by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur.
2. Data formats for report and investigation result submission
i. Required data formats for some reports, investigations and documents are
discussed in ENCLOSURE‐ IV
ii. Formats for submission of Reports and Documents.
iii. The consultants will need to propose data formats for use in all other field studies
and investigations not covered in enclosure IV.
iv. The proposed data forms will need to be submitted for the approval of Chief
Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur after the commencement of
services.
Inception Report (IR)
1. The report shall cover the following major aspects:
i. Project appreciation;
ii. Detailed methodology to meet the requirements of the TOR finalized in
consultation with the Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur
officers; including scheduling of various sub activities to be carried out for
completion of various stages of the work; stating out clearly their approach &
methodology for project preparation after due inspection of the entire project stretch
and collection/ collation of necessary information;
iii. Task Assignment and Manning Schedule;

iv. Work programme;
v. Proforma for data collection;
vi. Design standards and proposedcross‐ sections;
vii. Key plan and Linear Plan;
viii. Development plans being implemented and / or proposed for implementation in
74
the near future by the local bodies and the possible impact of such development
plans on the overall scheme for field work and design for the study;
ix. Quality Assurance Plan (QAP) finalized in consultation with Chief Engineer (NH),
PWDRajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur;
x. Draft design standards; and
2. The requirements, if any, for the construction of bypasses should be identified on the basis
of data derived from reconnaissance and traffic studies. The available alignment options
should be worked out on the basis of available maps. The most appropriate alignment
option for bypasses should be identified on the basis of site conditions and
techno‐ economic considerations. Inception Report should include the details regarding
these aspects concerning the construction of bypasses for approval by Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur.
i. Bypasses should be identified on the basis of data derived from reconnaissance and
initial traffic information/traffic studies
ii. The available alignment options should be worked out on the basis of available
topographic maps, publicly available mapping services or remote sensing based
topography and land use maps
iii. The most appropriate alignment option for bypasses should be identified on the
basis of site conditions and techno‐ economic considerations
STAGE 2:
Feasibility Report
Alignment options report
1. Basis review of the existing project road, local traffic patterns and initial reconnaissance
surveys, the consultant shall present possible alignment alternatives for the project road
2. Alignment options should include but not be limited to:
(i) Greenfield sections of the road

(ii) New alignments due to lack of RoW, opportunity to shorten road etc.
(iii) New/Re‐ alignment to cater to local traffic and o‐ d points
(iv) Re‐ alignment due to changes in local network and/or surrounding road network
(v) Bypasses as suggested and approved in alignment report
(vi) Re‐ alignment due to need to improve road geometry
(vii) Provision of ROBs, flyovers and other structures
3. The alignment report shall contain:
i. Drivers for re‐ alignment of road and re‐ alignment needed as discussed in para 2
above
ii. Alignment alternatives for each section where re‐ alignment of road is needed
iii. Analysis of alignment alternatives bringing out the pros and cons of each
alternative including, but not limited to: new construction required, land
acquisition requirements, environmental impact, utilities and structures
affected, cost of construction, road geometry and road safety aspects, input from
local consultation, Chief Engineer (NH),
75
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur views
iv. Recommendations from among the alignment options presented for the
authority to consider
a. Consultant will enable authority to visualize and compare alignment
options by providing alignment options in a GIS environment that should
include, but not be limited to:
i. Road alignment alternative centerlines
ii. Digital elevation model of the region
iii. Land use / land cover information
iv. Hydrology information
v. Surrounding road network including key NH, SH, MDR and ODRs
vi. Key O/D points and urban settlements
vii. High resolution satellite/airborne imagery of the region
Feasibility Report
1. The consultant shall commence the Feasibility Study of theproject in accordance with the
accepted IR and the report shall contain thefollowing:
i. Executive summary
ii. Overview of < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur>
organization and activities, and project financing and cost recovery mechanisms
iii. Project description including possible alternative alignments/bypasses and
technical/engineering alternatives
iv. Methodology adopted for the feasibility study
v. Socioeconomic profile of the project areas
vi. Indicative design standards, methodologies and specifications
vii. Traffic surveys and analysis
viii. Environmental screening and preliminary environmental assessment
ix. Initial social assessment and preliminary land acquisition/resettlement plan

x. Cost estimates based on preliminary rate analysis and bill of quantities,
xi. Cost analysis of all alternate identified alignments
xii. Economic and financial analysis
xiii. Conclusions and recommendations
2. In view of para 1 above the consultant has to submit the following documents in sixsets:
i. Technical Specifications: The MORT&H‟s Technical Specifications for Road and
Bridge works shall be followed for this study. However, Volume‐ IV: Technical
Specifications shall contain the special technical specifications which are not covered
by MORT&H Specifications for Roads and Bridges (latest edition / revision)and also
specific quality control norms for the construction of works.
ii. Rate Analysis: This volume will present the analysis of rates for all items of works.
The details of unit rate of materials at source, carriage charges, any other applicable
charges, labour rates, and machine charges as considered in arriving at unit rates will
be included in this volume.
iii. Cost Estimates: This volume will present the each item of work as well as a summary
76
of total cost.
iv. Bill of Quantities: This volume shall contain the detailed Bill of Quantities forall items
of works
3. The basic data obtained from the fieldstudies and investigations shall be submitted in a separate
volume as an Appendix to Feasibility Report.
4. The Final Feasibility Study Report incorporating comments, revisions and modifications
suggested by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur shall be submitted
within 15 days of receipt of comments from <Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur> on draft feasibility study report.
STAGE 3:
Strip Plan and Clearances
1. The Consultants shall submit the following documents:
i. Details of the center line of the proposed widened NH along with the existing and
proposed right‐ of‐ way limits to appreciate the requirements of landacquisition;
ii. The information concerning the area including ownership of land to be acquired
for the implementation of the project shall be collected from the revenue and other
concerned authorities and presented along with the strip plans;
iii. Strip plans showing the position of existing utilities and services indicating clearly
the position of their relocation;
iv. Details for various clearances such as environment and forest clearances;
v. Separate strip plan showing shifting / relocation of each utility services in
consultation with the concerned local authorities;
vi. The utility relocation plans should clearly show existing right‐ of‐ way and
pertinent topographic details including buildings, major trees, fences and other
installations such as water‐ mains, telephone, telegraph and electricity poles, and
suggest relocation of the services along with their crossings the highway at
designated locations as required and prepare necessary details for submission to
the Service Departments;
vii. Detail schedules for acquisition of additional land and additional properties in
consultation with the revenue authorities; and
viii. Land Acquisition Plan shall be prepared after digitization of cadastral / land
revenue maps. The digitized map shall exactly match the original map, like a
contact print, since the dimensions and area of plots, or the whole village is to be
extracted from the map itself. An accuracy of 1mm or higher in a 1:1000 scale map
shall be ensured, as this translates into an accuracy of 1 m or higheron ground.
2. The strip plans and land acquisition plan shall be prepared on the basis of data from
reconnaissance and detailed topographic surveys.
3. The Report accompanying the strip plans should cover the essential aspects as givenunder:
i. Kilometre‐ wise Land Acquisition Plan (LAP) and schedule of ownership

thereof and Costs as per Revenue Authorities and also based on realisticrates.
ii. Details of properties, such as buildings and structures falling within theright‐ of
way and costs of acquisition based on realistic rates.
iii. Kilometre‐ wise Utility Relocation Plan (URP) and costs for relocation per civil
construction package as per concerned authorities.
77
iv. Kilometre‐ wise account in regard to felling of trees of different type and girth
and value estimate of such trees based on realistic rates obtainable from
concerned District forest office.
4. The strip plans shall clearly indicate the scheme for widening. The views and
suggestions of the concerned State PWDs should be duly taken into account while
working out the widening scheme (left, right or symmetrical). The widening scheme
shall be finalized in consultation with Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur.
5. Kilometre‐ wise Strip Plans for section (Package) shall be prepared separately for
each concerned agency and suggested by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road,Jaipur.
Land
Acquisition Report:- Not applicable
Utility relocation plan
1. The consultant shall prepare a kilometer‐ wise Utility Relocation Plan (URP) and costs
forrelocation per civil construction package as per estimates from concerned authorities
2. The utility relocation shall contain details regarding:
i. All utilities identified in the existing and proposed road RoW such as
water‐ mains, telephone, telegraph and electricity poles
ii. Those utilities that will require shifting to enable construction of the project
road
iii. All necessary details required for submission of utilities shifting proposals to
the concerned user agencies
iv. Copies of utilities shifting proposals made to the concerned user agencies
along with suggested relocation of services along with their crossings across
the project road at designated locations as required
v. Details of consultations made with local people and user agencies
vi. Preliminary scheme for shifting and cost estimates for shifting as per the
concerned authorities
vii. Separate strip plan showing shifting/relocation of each utility servicesprepared
in consultation with the concerned local authorities
viii. Draft map and plans showing road centerline, existing right of way,
proposed right of way, pertinent topographic details and existing and
proposed location of utilities
Clearances report
1. The consultant shall prepare a report regarding all other clearances required to enable the
construction of the project road such as environment, forest, tree cutting and railways
clearances
2. The clearances report shall include kilometre‐ wise requirement of all clearances
required presented along with the strip plan including, but not limited to:
78
i. Requirements for environmental clearances along the project corridor
ii. Requirements for forest clearances including type of forest affected, extent of
land area needing diversion
iii. Account of required felling of trees of different type and girth and value
estimate of such trees based on realistic rates obtainable from concerned
District forest office
iv. Plan of compensating affore station, its land requirement with specific
locations and cost involved for undertaking all activities in this regard.
v. Requirements for wildlife clearances
vi. Requirements for CRZ clearances
vii. ROB/RUBs along the project corridor to be constructed, widened or modified
inany form requiring clearances from the railways
viii. Clearances from Irrigation Authorities regarding Irrigation structures, etc.
Note:- All expenses shall be borne by consultant viz. documentation, preparation
of Drawings & Traveling from one district to other district.
3. The clearances report shall also include:

i. Details of proposals made to concerned agencies and departments
ii. Date of submission of clearances proposals, Environmental impact assessment
report to the competent authority
iii. Copies of all actual clearance proposals made or drafts of proposals yet to be
submitted
iv. Information regarding points of contact, current status of proposals made, key
issues raised and clear next steps to obtaining clearances
4. The consultant shall also assist in attending to queries raised/ furnishing of clarifications
towards securing applicable clearances.
STAGE: 4
Draft
Detailed Project Report (DPR)
1. The draft DPR Submission shall consist of construction package‐ wise Main Report,
Design Report, Materials Report, Engineering Report, Drainage Design Report,
Economic and Financial Analysis Report, Environmental Assessment Report including
ResettlementAction Plan (RAP), Package‐ wise bid Documents and Drawings.
2. The Report volumes shall be submitted as tabulated in para 10above.
3. The Documents and Drawings shall be submitted for the Package and shall be in the
following format:
Reports
i. Volume‐ I, Main Report: This report will present the project background,
social analysis of the project, details of surveys and investigations carried out,
analysisand interpretation of survey and investigation data, traffic studies and
demand forecasts designs, cost estimation, environmental aspects, economic
andcommercial analyses and conclusions. The report shall include Executive
79
Summary giving brief accounts of the findings of the study and
recommendations. A sample executive summary has been enclosed in
AppendixVIII.
The Report shall also include maps, charts and diagrams showing locations
anddetails of existing features and the essential features of improvement and
upgrading. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Report for contract
package shall be submitted as a partof the main report.
The basic data obtained from the field studies and investigations and input
data used for the preliminary design shall be submitted in a separate volume
as anAppendix to Main Report.
ii. Volume ‐ II, Design Report: This volume shall contain design calculations,
supported by computer printout of calculations wherever applicable. The
Report shall clearly bring out the various features of design standards adopted
forthe study. The design report will be in two parts. Part‐ I shall primarily deal
with the design of road features and pavement composition while Part‐ II
shall deal with the design of bridges, tunnels and cross‐ drainage structures.
The sub‐ soil exploration report including the complete details of boring
done, analyses and interpretation of data and the selection of design
parameters shall be includedas an Appendix to the Design Report.
The detailed design for all features should be carried out as per the
requirements of the Design Standards for the project. However, there may be
situations wherein it has not been possible to strictly adhere to the design
standards due to the existing site conditions, restrictions and other
considerations. The report should clearly bring out the details of these aspect
and the standards adopted.
iii. Volume ‐ III, Materials Report: The Materials Report shall contain details
concerning the proposed borrow areas and quarries for construction materials
and possible sources of water for construction purposes. The report shall
include details on locations of borrow areas and quarries shown on maps and
charts and also the estimated quantities with mass haul diagram
including possible end use with leads involved, the details of
sampling and testing carried out and results in the form of
important index values with possible end use thereof.
The materials Report shall also include details of sampling, testing and test
results obtained in respect physical properties of sub grade soils. The
information shall be presented in tabular as well as in graphical representations
and schematic diagrams. The Report shall present soil profiles along the
alignment.
The material Report should also clearly indicate the locations of areas with
problematic soils. Recommendations concerning the improvement of such soils
for use in the proposed construction works, such as stabilization (cement, lime,
mechanical) should be included in the Report.
iv. Volume ‐ IV, Environmental Assessment Report including Environmental

Management Plan (EMP) & Resettlement Action Plan (RAP): The Report shall
be prepared conforming to the Guidelines of the Government of India, State
Government and World Bank / ADB as appropriate for construction package.
80
v. Volume‐ V, Technical Specifications: The MORT&H‟s Technical Specifications for
Road and Bridge works shall be followed for this study. However, Volume IV:
Technical Specifications shall contain the special technical specifications whichare
not covered by MOST Specifications for Roads and Bridges (latest edition /
revision) and also specific quality control norms for the construction of works.
vi. Volume ‐ VI, Rate Analysis: This volume will present the analysis of rates for all
items of works. The details of unit rate of materials at source, carriage charges,any
other applicable charges, labour rates, machine charges as considered in
arriving at unit rates will be included in this volume.
vii. Volume ‐ VII, Cost Estimates: This volume will present the contract package wise
cost of each item of work as well as a summary of total cost.
viii. Volume ‐ VIII, Bill of Quantities: This volume shall contain the
package‐ wise detailed Bill of Quantities for all items of works.
ix. Volume ‐ IX, Drawing Volume: All drawings forming part of this volume shall
be „good for construction‟ drawings. All plan and profile drawings will be
prepared in scale 1:250V and 1:2500H scale to cover one km in one sheet. In
addition this volume will contain „good for construction‟ drawings for the
following:
 Horizontal Alignment and Longitudinal Profile.

 Cross‐ section @ 50m interval along the alignment within ROW
 Typical Cross‐ Sections with details of pavement structure.
 Detailed Working Drawings for individual Culverts and Cross Drainage
Structures.
 Detailed Working Drawings for individual Bridges, tunnels and Structures.
 Detailed Drawings for Improvement of At‐ Grade and Grade‐ Separated
 Intersections and Interchanges.

 Drawings for Road Sign, Markings, Toll Plazas, and other Facilities.
 Schematic Diagrams (linear chart) indicating but be not limited to be
following:
 Widening scheme;
 Locations of median openings, intersections, interchanges, underpasses,
overpasses, bypasses;
 Locations of service roads;
 Location of traffic signals, traffic signs, road markings, safety features;
and,
 Locations of toll plaza, parking areas, weighing stations, bus bays, rest
areas, if any.
 Drawings for toll plaza, Bus Bays, Parking areas, Rest areas, weighing
stations etc. All drawings will be prepared in A2 size sheets. The format
for plan, cross section and profile drawings shall be finalized in
consultation with the concerned
Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur officers. The
81
drawings shall also include details of all BM and reference pillars, HIP
and VIP. The co‐ ordinates of all points should be referenced to a
common datum, preferably GTS referencing system. The drawings shall
also include the locations of all traffic safety features including traffic
signals, signs, markings, crash barriers, delineators and rest areas,
busbays, parking areas etc.
 The typical cross‐ section drawings should indicate the scheme for
future widening of the carriageway. The proposed cross‐ sections of
road segment passing through urban areas should indicate the
provisions for pedestrian movements and suitable measures for surface
and sub‐ surfacedrainage and lighting, as required.
 Digital drawings of proposed highway and features
a. The consultant shall deliver the final road alignment geometry, proposed
road way model and all proposed structures in a 3D engineered model with
all the required features as proposed in Enclosure IV
b. The consultant shall also provide digital versions of all drawings stated in para
1above in the format proposed in Enclosure IV
4. The draft Detailed Project report of specialized projects will be scrutinized by the Peer
Review consultant appointed by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur. The peer Review Consultant will be retired professional in the field, drawn
from the various Central/State Highway/Road Work departments having adequate
knowledge in the field. One professional will be earmarked from the standing panel
of Peer Review consultant approved by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur for each DPR. The Peer Review consultant will scrutinize the draft DPR
within 15 days of submission and the observations will be complied with and
incorporated in the final DPR.
Final Detailed Project Report, Documents and Drawings (6 Sets)
1. The Final package‐ wise DPR consisting of Main Report, Design Report, Drainage
Design Report and Materials Report, incorporating all revisions deemed relevant
following receipt of the comments from Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur on the draft DPR shall be submitted as per the schedule given in
Enclosure‐ III.
STAGE: 5
Bid documents and Technical Schedules
1. Bid documents
a. The consultant shall prepare bid documents for EPC, PPP or other modes of
contracting as suggested by < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur>
b. Individual bid documents will be submitted for each mode suggested and for
each individual package or section identified for execution
c. Consultant shall assemble and provide all supporting documents from the DPR
82
assignment that will be required for the bid, in the format required by the
contracting SOP in force at the time of bidding or as maybe required by the
authority
2. Technical Schedules
a. The consultant shall submit a Draft Contract/Concession Agreement derived

from the Master Contract/Concession Agreement maintained by the authority
with all required modifications and inclusions made with reference to the
b. The agreement submitted shall contain all required technical schedules updated
with the pertinent project details and data required
c. Draft agreement and schedules shall be finalised in consultation with the
authority and submitted for further processing and use with the
contractor/concessionaire awarded the bid packages
STAGE: 6
Clearances II ReportLand acquisition report II
Clearances Report II
1. The consultant shall obtain all the necessary project related clearances such as
environment, forest and wildlife clearance from MOEF, Railways in respect
of ROB/ RUBs, Irrigation Deptt, CRZ clearances from concerned authorities,
and anyother concerned agencies by the end of this stage
2. The final approvals shall be obtained and submitted to Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur so that project implementation can begin
straightaway
3. The accompanying report on clearances shall include:
i. An updated list of all clearances required, current status, expected

completion date in case the clearance is pending, key issues and
suggested next steps
ii. Details of all public hearings, consultations and meetings conducted in the
process of obtaining the required clearances
iii. Date/details of proposals submitted and estimated date for issue of
clearances
iv. Date and details of all joint measurement and site inspection surveys
completed
v. Date of final approval of clearances if any
vi. Copies of all clearances obtained
Utilities Report II
1. Consultant shall obtain final utility clearances from the relevant user agencies
toenable shifting of the utilities from project road
83
2. A report shall be submitted on the final completion status and costs of
utilitiesshifting along with other final clearances and land acquisition II report
3. The final utilities clearances report shall contain a summary view of utilities
shifting: type and extent of utility, length of road affected, chainage, user
agency, point of contact and approver at agency, date of approval at agency and
Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur, shifting estimate,
agency/super vision fees, executing agency – user agency or < Chief
Engineer(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur>
4. In addition, for each utility to be shifted, the report shall contain:
i. Copies of actual approvals granted at user agency and Chief Engineer

(NH), PWDRajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur
ii. Cost estimates and shifting plans approved, demand note from agency
iii. Approved utilities shifting proposal including strip plan showing scheme
of shifting
iv. Map and design/engineering drawings of existing utility and shifting to
be executed
v. Details of approved contractors, schedule of rates for state and bank
account/deposit details for agency
vi. Finance pro‐ forma, utilities checklist, no upgradation certificate and

other documentation as maybe required by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur at the time of approval
Stage 7: Award Determination:- NA
Submission of Award Determination Report
a. Consultant shall submit a a report on status of award upon approval by Chief

Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur of award declared for 90% of
area as per LA plan or as per the timeline as given in Enclosure III, whichever is
earlier
b. The Consultant shall also submit an updated report containing all required
details upon approval of award by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur of 100% of land required to be acquired
c. The Land award report shall contain details of:
i. Summary of compensation award status by village including:

1. total private and public land being acquired for the project (sq. m) ‐ by
village
2. date of 3A& 3D, final award by CALA, approval by Chief Engineer (NH),
PWDRajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur by village
3. variation of land area and nature of land use against that notified in 3D
with reasons
84
4. Total award declared by village, claims made by beneficiaries and status of
disbursement
ii. In detail for each village:
1. Updated land acquisition tracker containing parcel‐ wise status of each
notification, award and disbursement
2. Method used by CALA for arrival on market value
3. Valuation report and details of Award calculation
4. Claims report (received under sub‐ section 3 of 3G)
5. Copies of notifications published, certificates received
6. Deviations in area according to CALA from provisions under sec. 26‐ 30
iii. Key issues being faced in completing land acquisition and tentative timeline
for completion
iv. A GIS map containing digitised details of land parcels shall be updated
with all relevant land possession details and supplied in the agreed digital
format
Stage 8: Land Possession :- NA
11. Payment Schedule
12. The Consultant will be paid consultancy fee as a percentage of the contract values as per the
schedule given in the Draft Contract Agreement.
13. Data and Software
1. a. Consultants shall also deliver to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur all basic as well as the processed data from all field studies and
investigations, report, appendices, annexure, documents and drawings in a
digital format as described in Enclosure IV over the course of this assignment and
at the submission of the final report in the form of a removable storage device
(CD or USB pen drive) and hosted in a secure online file hosting platform
b. If required by <Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur> the
consultantshall arrange at their own cost
necessary software for viewing and measurement of imagery/ point cloud data.
i. Engineering Investigations and Traffic Studies: Road Inventory,

Condition, Roughness, Test Pit (Pavement composition), Falling Weight
Deflecto meter (FWD) Material Investigation including test results for
subgrade soils, Traffic Studies(traffic surveys), axle load surveys, Sub‐ soil
Exploration, Drainage Inventory, Inventory data for bridge and culverts
indicating rehabilitation, new construction requirement etc. in MS EXCEL
or any other format which could be imported to widely used utility
packages.
ii. Topographic Surveys and Drawings: All topographic data would be

supplied in (x, y, z) format along with complete reference so that the
data could be imported into any standard highway design software. The
85
drawing fileswould be submitted in dxf or dwg format.
iii. Rate Analysis: The Consultant shall submit the rate analysis for various
works items including the data developed on computer in this relation so
that it could be used by the Authority later for the purpose of updating the
cost of the project.
iv. Economic and Financial Analysis
2. Software: The Consultant shall also hand‐ over to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan,Jacob Road, Jaipur floppies/CD‟s containing any general software including the
financialmodel which has been specifically developed for the project.
3. The floppy diskettes/CD‟s should be properly indexed and a catalogue giving contents of
all floppies/CD‟s and print‐ outs of the contents (data from field studies topographic data
and drawings) should be handed over to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur at the time of submission of the Final Report.
4. Consultant shall include editable soft copies of the final versions of all documents,
including but not limited to the strip plan, plan & profile drawings, cross sections of rightof
way and details of structures as well as any cost workings.
86
SUPPLEMENT-I
ADDITIONAL POINTS TO BE CONSIDERED FOR HILL ROADS IN ADDITION TO POINTS

COVERED INMAINTOR :- Not applicable
Sr. Clause Additional

No. No. of points
TOR
1. 2.2 a) Provisions of tunnels if required.
2. 2.3 a) Design of tunnels, if required
b) Design of protective works, slope stabilization measures, erosion

control measures, land slide control/protection measures snow drift
control/snow clearance measures, avalanche
protection measures, if required
3. 3 Feasibility study and preparation of detailed project report for hill roads
shall be done in accordance with best international practices and
wherever practicable/feasible steep gradients and hair pin bends may be
avoided by realignments by provision of
structures and provision of tunnels if required
4. 4.1 a) Inventory and condition survey for tunnels, if required.
b) Identification of faults in rock strata and impact of faults in design of

tunnels, if required
c) Detailed design of road considering and incorporating specific aspects
related to hill region like terrain, topographic conditions, extreme weather
conditions, altitude effects etc.
d) Design of protective works, slope stabilization measures, erosion
control measures, land slide control/protection measures, snow drift
control/snow clearance measures, avalanche protection measures, if
required
e) Design of scenic overlooks/watering points etc.
5. 4.5 (1) All activities related to field studies, design and documentation shall be
done as per the latest guidelines/circulars of MORT&H and relevant
publications of the Indian Roads Congress (IRC)/Bureau of Indian
Standards (BIS) for hill roads. For aspects not covered by IRC and BIS,
international standard practices,
such as, British and American Standards may be adopted.
87
6. 4.7 Review of data and documents pertaining to
a) Terrain and soil condition
b) Condition of tunnels, if required.
c) Sub-surface and geo-technical data for existing tunnels, if

required.
d) Drawing and details of existing tunnels, if required.
e) Existing protective works, erosion control and land slide

control/protection works, slope stabilization measures, snow drift control
measures, avalanche protection measures
f) Existing land slide and snow clearance facilities
g) Geological details of rock strata in the area in case of tunnels
7. 4.11.1( The Consultant should make an in depth study of available geological

1) and Meteorological maps of the area.
8. 4.11.1( The primary tasks to be accomplished during the reconnaissance survey

2) shall also include:
a) details of terrain (steep or mountainous), cliffs and gorges, general
elevation of the road including maximum heights negotiated by main
ascents and descents, total number of ascents and descents, hair pin
bends, vegetation etc.
b) Climatic conditions i.e. temperature, rainfall data, snowfall data, fog
conditions, unusual weather conditions etc.
c) Realignment requirements including provision of tunnels, ifrequired.
d) Inventory of tunnels and geologically sensitive areas like slip prone

areas, areas subject to landslides, rockfall, snow drifts,
erosion, avalanche activity etc.
9. 4.11.2.1 Cross sections shall be taken at every 25 m. in case of hill roads and at
(3.ii) points of appreciable changes in soil conditions. While taking cross
sections, soil conditions shall also be recorded.
10 4.11.3.1 The inventory data shall also include:

. (1)
a) General elevation of road indicating maximum & minimum heights
negotiated by main ascents & descents and total no. of ascents & descents.
b) Details of road gradients, lengths of gentle & steep slopes, lengths &
location of stretches in unstable areas, areas with cliffs, areas with loose
rocks, land slide prone areas, snow drift prone areas, no. & location of
hairpin bends etc.
c) Details of tunnels
d) Details & types of protective structures, erosion & land slide
control/protection measures, snow drift control measures, avalanche
protection/control measures etc.
88
11 4.11.3.2 Pavement:
. (2)
a) Location of crust failures along with their causes
b) Conditions of camber/cross falls/super elevations etc., whether

affected by subsidence Embankment: Extent of slope erosion on hill
and valley side
12 -- Condition Surveys & Investigation for Slope Stabilization, Erosion

. Control, Landslide Correction/Protection & Avalanche Protection
Measures:
a) Inventory & Condition Surveys of Existing Protective/Control
Measures:
b) Landslide Investigation
This shall be carried out to identify landslide prone areas, to suggest
preventive measures or alternate routes that are less susceptible to
landslide hazard. Further in existing slide areas this shall help to
identify factors responsible for instability and to determine appropriate
control measures needed to prevent or minimize recurring of instability
problems. Initial preliminary studies shall be carried out using available
contour maps, topographical maps, geological/geo- morphological maps,
aerial photographs etc. for general understanding of existing slide area
and to identify potential slide areas. This shall be followed by further
investigations like geological/geotechnical/hydrological investigation to
determine specific site conditions prevailing in the slide area as per
relevant IRC specifications/publications, MORT&H circulars and relevant
recommendations of the international standards for hill roads.
The result of the investigations shall provide basis for engineering analysis
and the design of protection/remedial measures.
13. 4.11.4.4 a) For tunnels if required, geotechnical and subsurface
investigation shall be done as per IRC:SP:91.
b) b) Geotechnical and subsurface investigation and
testing for tunnels shall be carried out through the
geotechnical Consultants who have the experience of
geotechnical and subsurface investigation in similar
project.
14. 4.12.1 (1) The Consultant shall also carry out detailed designs and prepareworking
designs for the following:
a) cross sections at every 25 m intervals
b) Slope stabilization and erosion control measures
c) Design of protection/control structures in areas subject to

subsidence, landslides, rock fall, rock slide, snow drifts, icing,
scour, avalanche activity etc.
d) Design of protective structures in slip prone and unstable areas
e) Design of scenic overlooks, watering points etc.
f) Safety features specific to hill roads

15. 4.12.2 (1) The Consultant shall evolve Design Standards and material specifications
for the Study primarily based on IRC publications, MORT&H Circulars
and relevant recommendations of the international standards for hill
roads for approval by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
89
Road, Jaipur.
4.12.2 (2) The Design Standards evolved for the project shall cover all aspects of
detailed design including the design of geometric
elements, pavement design, bridges and structures, tunnels if required,
traffic safety and materials.
16. 4.12.3 Wherever practicable/feasible hairpin bends and steep gradients shall
be avoided by realignments, provision of structures or any
other suitable provisions.
17. 4.12.4 While designing pavement for hill roads specific aspects relevant to hill
regions like terrain & topographic conditions, weather conditions,
altitude effects etc. shall be duly considered and suitably incorporated
in design so that pavement is able to perform well for the design
traffic and service life. Effects of factors like heavy rainfall, frost
action, intensive snow and avalanche activity, thermal stresses due
to temperature difference in day and night, damage by tracked
vehicles during snow clearance operations etc. must also be considered
along with
traffic intensity, its growth, axle loads and design life.
18. 4.12.5(3) The design of embankments should include the requirements for
protection works and traffic safety features including features
19 4.12.6 Design and Drawing of Tunnels:

.
The Consultant shall prepare design and drawings for tunnels, if required
as per the results of feasibility study, as per the relevant specifications of
IRC:SP:91/MORT&H and other international
specifications.
20 4.12.7 a) Topography of hills generates numerous water courses and this
. coupled with continuous gradients of roads in hills and high intensity of
rainfall calls for effective drainage of roads. The drainage system shall
be designed to ensure that the water flowing towards the road surface
may be diverted and guided to follow a definite path by suitable provision
of road side drains, catch water drains, interceptors etc. and flow on
valley side is controlled so that stability is not affected.
b) Further, adequate provision shall be made for subsurface/subgrade
drainage to take care of seepage through the adjacent hill face of the road
& underground water flows.
21 4.12.8 The Consultant shall design suitable traffic safety features and road
. furniture including traffic signals, signs, markings, overhead sign
boards, crash barriers, delineators etc. including any feature specific
to hill roads. The locations of these features shall be given in the
reports and also shown in the drawings.
22 4.12.11 The Consultant shall make suitable designs and layout for
miscellaneous works including rest areas, bus bays vehicle
parking areas, telecommunication facilities, scenic overlooks,
watering points etc. whereverappropriate.
23 10.9.3 Volume II: Design Report :
. a)Inventory of protection measures and other structures b) Inventory
of tunnels, if required.
b) Proposed preliminary designs for tunnels, if required.
90
Volume III: Drawings
a) Drawings for protection/control measures and other structures
b) b) Drawings for tunnels, if required.
24 10.9.3 Volume II: Design Report (Part II)
. Part II of Design Report shall also deal with design of tunnels, if required
and design of other protection/control structures. Volume IX:
Drawing
Volume This shall also
include :
a) Detailed working drawings for tunnels, if required.
b) b) Detailed working drawings for protection/control structures
SUPPLEMENT-II
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR BRIDGES
Sr. Clause Additional points

No. No. of
TOR
1 4.1 For standalone bridge projects the scope of work shall include
detailed design of ROB proper with Bow string types girder in
connection already constructed approach road extending at least up to
2 km on either side of the bridge
4.11.4.2(6) Model Studies for Bridges
1. Objective
Physical/ Mathematical Model study for detailed Hydraulic / Hydrologic
investigations regarding the proposed bridge for hydraulic design of the
bridge and assessment and hydraulic design of required river training
works.
2. Methodology
Physical/Mathematical Model study shall be carried out at a
reputed/recognized institution. The consultant will be responsible for
identifying the institution, supplying Information /Documents /Data
required for modal studies as indicated in para 4 below and coordinating
the model study with the institution concerned
3. Scope of Work
Physical Model study
Physical modeling with appropriate model scale for Hydraulic and
Hydrologic Investigations to:
i) Finalize span arrangement (Bow string types girders) causing uniformity in
flow distribution, and work out the alignment and orientation of river
training works and bridge axis.
ii) Provide information on estimated/observed maximum depthof scour.
iii) Provide information on required river training works forproposed bridge
iv) Provide hydraulic design for the bridge and the required river training
91
works.
v) Quantify the general direction of river course through bridge, afflux,
extent and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any,
aggradation/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used to
augment the available hydrological data. The presence of flood
control/irrigation structures, if affecting the hydraulic characteristics like
causing obliquity, concentration of flow, scour, silting of bed, change in
flow levels, bed levels etc. shall be studied and considered in Hydraulic
design of proposed bridge. The details of any planned work in the
immediate future that may affect the river hydraulics shall be studied and
considered.
vi) Analyze effects of Wind Load on the Structures.
vii)
.2 Mathematical Model study
Mathematical modeling for detailed Hydraulic / Hydrologic investigations
regarding the proposed new bridge to:
i) Finalize the site/location of the proposed new bridge based on
mathematical modeling.
ii) Provide information on estimated/observed maximum depthof scour.
iii) Provide information on required river training works for proposed

bridge
iv) Provide hydraulic design for the bridge and the required river
training works.
v) Quantify the general direction of river course through bridge, afflux,
extent and magnitude of flood, effect of backwater, if any, aggradation
/degradation of bed, evidence of scour etc. shall be used to augment the
available hydrological data. The presence of flood control/irrigation
structures, if affecting the hydraulic characteristics like causing obliquity,
concentration of flow, scour, silting of bed, change in flow levels, bed
levels etc. shall be studied and considered in Hydraulic design of proposed
bridge. The details of any planned work in the immediate future that may
affect the river hydraulics shall be studied and considered.
vi) Analyze effects of Wind Load on the Structures
4. Information/Documents/Data required for Physical

/Mathematical Model study
i) Plan layouts showing the locations of the proposed bridge as well as
the existing bridges /barrages etc., in the vicinity of the proposed bridge
with the chainages with respect to a standard reference marked on it.
ii) High flood discharges and corresponding flood levels at the locations of
the existing bridges in the vicinity of the proposed bridge.
iii) General arrangement drawing (GAD) of the existing bridges
showing number of spans, pier and well dimensions, founding levels,
maximum scour level, the design discharge and the HFL, guide bund
details. On this, the plan form of the river course with the bridge
alignment may also be shown as far as possible.
iv) General arrangement drawing (GAD) of the proposed new bridge
showing number of spans, pier and foundation dimensions. On this,
the plan form of the river course with the bridge alignment may also be
shown as for as possible.
ii) River cross sections at 500m longitudinal spacing (maximum) up to a
92
distance of 2 times the bridge total length on the upstream side and up
to a distance equal to the bridge total length on the downstream with
right bank and left bank clearly marked on it. At least one cross
section to be provided at the location of the proposed bridge. At each
cross section, the bed levels to be taken at a maximum lateral
distance of 8 m in flow section and at 25 m in non-flow section
respectively. The abrupt variations in the bed levels to be captured
by taking
vi) The cross sections, as for as possible, from high bank tohigh bank.
vii) The longitudinal profile of the river along the length of the proposed
alignment.
viii) Size distribution of the river bed material and the bore log data at
different locations at the site of the proposed bridge.
iii) The series of annual peak rainfall and flood of the river for at least 30
years period
SUPPLEMENT-III
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENT FOR SAFETY AUDIT
The use of checklists is highly recommended as they provide a useful “aide memoire” for the audit
team to check that no important safety aspects are being overlooked. They also give to theproject manager
and the design engineer a sense of understanding of the place of safety audit in the design process. The
following lists have been drawn up based on the experience of undertaking systematic safety audit
procedures overseas. This experience indicates that extensive lists of technical details has encouraged
their use as “tick” sheets without sufficient thought being given to the processes behind the actions.
Accordingly, the checklists provide guidelines on the principal issues that need to be examined during
the course of the safety audits.
Stage F‐ During Feasibility Study
1. The audit team should review the proposed design from a road safe perspective andheck
the following aspects
CONTENTS ITEMS
Aspects to be checked A. Safety and operational implications of proposed
alignment and junction strategy with particular references
to expected road users and vehicle types likely to use
the road.
B. Width options considered for various sections.
C. Departures from standards and action taken.
D. Provision of pedestrians, cyclists and intermediate
transport
E. Safety implications of the scheme beyond its physical
limits i.e. how the scheme fits into its environs and road
Hierarchy
93
A1 : General < Departures from standards
< Cross-sectional variation
< Drainage
< Climatic conditions
< Landscaping
< Services apparatus
< Lay-byes
< Footpath
< Pedestrian crossings
< Access (minimize number of private accesses)
< Emergency vehicles
< Public Transport
< Future widening
< Staging of contracts
< Adjacent development
A2 : Local Alignment < Visibility

< New/Existing road interface
< Safety Aids on steep hills
A3 : Junctions < Minimise potential conflicts
CONTENTS ITEMS
< Layout
< Visibility
A4 : Non- < Adjacent land
Motorised road users < Pedestrians
Provision < Cyclists
< Non-motorised vehicles
A5 : Signs and Lighting < Lighting

< Signs/Markings
A6 : Construction and < Build ability

Operation < Operational
< Network Management
Stage 1 – Completion of Preliminary Design
1. The audit team should review the proposed check the following aspects design from a
road safety perspective and check the following aspects
CONTENTS ITEMS
A. Safety and operational implications of proposed
Aspects to be checked alignment and junction strategy with particular
references to expected road users and vehicle types
likely to use the road.
B. Width options considered for various sections.
C. Departures from standards and action taken.
D. Provision of pedestrians, cyclists and intermediate
transport
E. Safety implications of the scheme beyond its
physical limits i.e. how the scheme fits into its
environs and road hierarchy
94
< Departures from standards
B1 : General < Cross-sectional variation
< Drainage
< Landscaping
< Lay-byes
< Footpaths
< Pedestrian crossings
< Access (minimize number of private accesses)
< Emergency vehicles
< Public Transport
< Future widening
< Staging of contracts
< Visibility
B2 : Local Alignment < New/Existing road interface
< Safety Aids on steep hills
< Minimise potential conflicts

B3 : Junctions
< Layout
< Visibility
< Adjacent land
B4 : Non-Motorised road users
< Pedestrians
Provision
< Cyclists
< Lighting
B5 : Signs and Lighting
< Signs/Markings
< Build ability

B6: Construction and
< Operational
Operation
< Network Management
stage 2 – Completion of Detailed Design
1. The audit team should satisfy itself that all issues raised at Stage 1 have been resolved.
Items may require further consideration where significant design changes haveoccurred.
2. If a scheme has not been subject to a stage 1 audit, the items listed in Checklists B1 to B6
should be considered together with the items listed below.
CONTENTS ITEMS
Aspects to be checked A. Any design changes since Stage 1.

B. The detailed design from a road safety viewpoint,
including the road safety implications of future
maintenance (speed limits; road signs and markings;
visibility; maintenance of street lighting and central
reserves).
95
C1 : General < Departures from standards
< Drainage
< Landscaping
< Lay-byes
< Access
< Skid-resistance
< Agriculture
< Safety Fences
C2 : Local Alignment < Visibility
< New/Existing road interface
C3 : Junctions < Layout
< Visibility
< Signing
< Lighting
< Road Marking
< T,X,Y-junctions
< All roundabouts
< Traffic signals
C4 : Non-Motorised road < Adjacent land
users Provision < Pedestrians
< Cyclists
C5 : Signs and Lighting < Advanced direction signs

< Local traffic signs
< Variable message signs
< Other traffic signs
< Lighting
Network Management
96
ENCLOSURE-I
MANNING SCHEDULE.
A. Normal Highway Projects :- Not applicalbe
Sr. No Key Personnel Total Project Assignment 180 days

At site At design Total Time
(man month) office (man Period
month) (manmonth)
1 Team Leader Cum Senior
HighwayEngineer
2 Senior Bridge Engineer
3 Highway cum Pavement Engineer
4 Material-cum-Geo-technical Engineer
–Geologist
5 Senior Survey Engineer Not applicable
6 Traffic and Safety expert
7 Environmental Specialist
8 Quantity Surveyor /
DocumentationExpert
9 Utility Expert (For PHED )
10 Utility Expert (For Electrical)
Total
1. Consultants have to provide a certificate that all the key personnel as envisaged in theContract Agreement
have been actually deployed in the projects. They have to furnish the certificate at the time of submission of
their bills to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,Jacob Road, Jaipur from time to time.
2. Deleted
3. The Consultant shall provide one Land Acquisition Expert along with allied team and supporting
logistic as envisaged in Clause 5.1.5.1 of TOR for each 100 km stretches proposed for DPR preparation or
part thereof If delay in LA process occurs beyond the reasonable control of consultant, the extension of LA
team staff/s along with logistic support/transportation shall be granted by Nodal Project Director and
beyond further 6 months, Regional Officer, Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur is
empowered to grant extension to LA team staff/s.
97
B. Standalone Bridge Projects:-
Sr. No Key Personnel Total Project Assignment 180 days

At site At design Total Time
(man office (man Period
month) month) (manmonth)
1 Team Leader cum Sr. Bridge Engineer 2 1 3
3
2 Highway cum Pavement Engineer 2 1 3
3 Bridge / Structural Engineer 1 2 3

4 Material-cum-Geo-technical Engineer –Geologist 1 2 3
5 Senior Survey Engineer 1 1 2

6 Senior Geologist 1 1 2
7 Environmental Specialist 1 1 2
8 Quantity Surveyor / Documentation 1 2 3
Expert
9 Utility Expert 1 1 2
Total 11 12 23
98
ENCLOSURE-II
Qualification and Experience Requirement of Key Personnel
Team Leader cum Senior Bridge Engineer
i) Educational Qualification
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent as

approved by AICTE
Desirable Post graduate in Structural Engineering,
Degree/Diploma/Certificate in Project Management
ii) Essential Experience

a)Total Professional Min. 15 years
Experience
b) Experience in Highway Min. 5 years in major Bridge Construction /
projects Development Project.
c) Experience in similar He should have handled as Team Leader/Project

capacity (Either as Team Manager or similar capacity of at least Two projects in
Leader or in Similar Construction Supervision / IC involving 4 laning/6-
capacity ) laning/Expressway of minimum 50km length and atleast
two major bridge of a Length 500 mtr. (Excluding
approaches).
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of proposal
99
Enclosure-II (contd.)
QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT OF KEY PERSONNEL
Highway cum Pavement Engineer
Essential Degree in Civil Engineering
Desirable Masters in highway engineering/ Transportation
Engineering
ii) Experience
Experience
b) Experience in Minimum 06 years‟ experience in pavement design
Highwayprojects and maintenance of highways
c) Experience in similar Pavement design for major highway projects
capacity (2/4/6 lane NH/SH/Expressways) of minimum
aggregate length of 9 km.
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of Proposal
100
Bridge/ Structural Engineer
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or equivalent
Desirable Masters in Bridge Engineering / Structural Engineering

Experience
b) Experience in Bridge Min. 05 years in project preparation and
projects design of bridge projects.
c) Experience in similar Bridge Engineer in highway design
capacity consultancy projects (2/4/6 lane NH/SH/
Expressways)involving design of minimum two major
bridges (length more than 200 m)
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of Proposal
101
Material Engineer – cum – Geotechnical Engineer cum Geologist
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering or M.Sc. Geology
Desirable Masters in Foundation Engineering / Soil
Mechanics / Phd in Geology /Geo Tech
Engineering
a) Total Professional Min. 10 years
Experience
b) Experience in Min. 7 years on similar projects in design and/or
HighwayProjects construction
c) Experience in similar Material cum Geo-technical Engineer on
capacity highway projects (2/4/6 lane
NH/SH/Expressways) of minimum
aggregate length of 9 km.
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission ofProposal
102
Senior Survey Engineer

Essential Graduate or equivalent in Civil Engineering or
Diploma in Civil Engg or Diploma in Surveying
Desirable Masters in Survey Engineering/ Surveying /
Remote Sensing
Experience
b) Experience in Min. 8 years on similar projects in project
HighwayProjects preparation and construction & thorough
understanding of modern computer based
methods of surveying
c) Experience in similar Survey Engineer for projects preparation of highway
capacity project (NH/SH/Expressways) involving 2/4/6-
laning of minimum aggregate length of 80 km.
iii Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of bid
)
103
Environmental Specialist
Essential Graduate in Civil Engineering / Environment
Engineering / Masters in Environment Science
Desirable Post Graduate in Environmental Engineering
Experience
b) Experience in Min. 5 years in environment impact assessment
HighwayProjects and permitting of highway projects (2/4/6
laning)
c) Experience in similar Environmental Specialist in at
capacity least two highway projects(2/4/6 laning)
iii Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission of bid

)
104
QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT OF KEY
Quantity Surveyor/Documentation Expert
Essential Graduate or equivalent in Civil Engineering /
Certificate course from „Institution of Quantity
Surveying‟
Desirable
Experience
b) Experience in Min. 8 years in Preparation of Bill of Quantities,
HighwayProjects Contract documents and documentation for
major highway projects involving two/ four laning
c) Experience in similar Quantity Surveyor / Documentation Expert in
capacity highway projects (NH/SH/Expressways)
involving two/four/six laning of minimum
aggregate lengthof 80 km.
iii) Age Limit 65 years on the date of submission ofProposal
105
QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE REQUIREMENT OF KEY
Utility expert
Essential Graduate or equivalent in major engineering
disciplines viz. mechanical/ electrical/ civil
engineering
a) Total Professional Experience Min 10 years Desirable: Ex- officers F r o m
G o v t engineers from utility agencies
b) Role specific experience Min. 8 years in Utility estimation and
relocation/ erection of electric/ other
utilities Desirable: Experience with utilities
along the highway/road.
iii) Age Limit 60 years on the date of submission of bid
106
ENCLOSURE-III
Schedule for submission of Reports and Documents
Stage Activity No. ofcopies Time Period in days

No. from date of
commencement
1 Monthly Reports 3 th
By 10 day of every
month
2 Inception Report
(i) 3 21 D
raft Inception Report including QAP
3 30
document
(ii) Inception Report including QAP
document
3 F.S. REPORT
i) Draft Feasibility Study Report 4 40
including option study report
1 45
includingdraft 3(a) report
4 60
ii) Comments of client
iii) Final Feasibility Study Report
incorporating compliance of comments
of Client
4 LA & Clearances I Report 4 40
i) Draft LA & Clearances I Report 1
including draft 3(A) report 4 45
ii) Comments of client 60
iii) Final LA & Clearances I Report
incorporating compliance of comments
of Client
5 Detailed Project Report
i) Draft DPR 4 13
1 5
6 14
iii) Final DPR incorporating
5
compliance of comments
16
ofClient 0
6 Technical Schedules
i) Draft Technical Schedules 4 13
1 5
6 14
iii) Final technical schedule
5
16
0
7 Land Acquisition II Submission of 4 108-160
draft 3D publicationreport
8 Land Acquisition III, Award 144-170
determination (3G)
9 Project Clearances & LA IV Report 6
Approval of Project clearances Original letters 180-180
fromConcerned agencies e.g. from from the concerned
107
MOEF; Rly for approval of GAD and agencies and 5
detail engineering drawing of ROB/RUB; photocopies of each
Irrigation Dept., Utility Report and
Possession of Land
The checklist for different stages of submission of report has been enclosed as under and the same shall
be appended with proper references and page numbering. The checklist/s shall be appended with the
report without which no payment shall be made.
Schedule for approval of Reports and Documents by PD after submission by Consultant.
Stag Activity Time Period in days from

e date of submission of
No. Comment and acceptance
by PD/RO
1 Inception Report 7 days
2 Feasibility Study Report
15days
i) Draft Feasibility Study Report
including option study report
includingdraft 3(a) report
ii) Final feasibility Study report 7 days
3 LA & Clearances Report

15 days
i) Draft LA & Clearances Report
ii) Final LA & Clearances Report 7 days
incorporating compliance of
comments of Client
4 Detailed Project Report
30 days
i) Draft DPR
7 days
ii) Final DPR incorporating compliance
ofcomments of Client
5 Technical Schedules
30 days
i) Draft Technical Schedules
7 days
ii) Final technical schedule
The checklist for different stages of submission of report has been enclosed as under and the same shall be
appended with proper references and page numbering. The checklist/s shall be appended with the report
without which no payment shall be made.
108
ENCLOSURE-IV
Formats for submission of Reports and Documents
1. Standard formats for deliverables
i. During the course of the assignment to prepare detailed project report, several
reports, drawings and documents will need to be submitted by the consultants
toChief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur.
ii. For the purposes of submission, format requirements have been laid out for
some of the reports and drawing deliverables in this enclosure, which shall
be adhered to strictly
iii. In addition, consultants are to align and agree with Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur officials the format of submission for all
reports, during the inception stage as mentioned in clause 10.2 of this terms of
reference
2. Format for submission of report deliverables Printed hard copies of reports
i. All reports and documents shall be submitted in both printed hard copy and
digital formats
ii. For hard copies, the consultant shall submit bound volumes (and not in
spiral binding form) after completion of each stage of work as per the schedule
and inthe number of copies as given in Enclosure III
Digital copies of reports

1. Every report shall also be submitted in digital format to the authority in the following
formats:
i. The final report as submitted in the portable document format (.pdf)

ii. An editable document in the relevant Open Document Format for Office
Applications (ODF) and if available the relevant Microsoft Office document
format (MS Office)
iii. All tables and models used to and referred to in the reports shall also be
submitted as spread‐ sheets in the relevant ODF format and MS Office format
iv. The digital copies of reports shall be submitted in the form of removable
storage devices (CD or USB pen drive) and also hosted on a secured online
document storage and retrieval platform as described in clause 2 Data products
2. The removable storage device submitted at each deliverable stage shall contain:
i. Reports for that stage

ii. All draft and final reports previously submitted
iii. Correspondence with Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur
iv. Clients‟ comments on submitted reports
v. Any communication, letters and approvals to and from other government and
local agencies and any other relevant body
vi. An updated index of all the contents on the removable storage device Every
submission will be accompanied by a table of contents and index of all
documentssubmitted for ease of reference
2 Data products
109
1. During the course of the assignment, the consultant shall perform several surveys and
collect data that will be used for the design of the road and delivered to the client.
2. Consultants are encouraged to keep commonly available software and data packages,
and typical uses for data while deciding final formats of data within the constraints of this
document or where a format has not been defined
3. As required in clause Error! Reference source not found. Error! Reference source not
found., consultants are required to agree with < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan,Jacob Road, Jaipur> all actual data formats proposed to be used for the project
4. In order to standardize data formats and simplify hand over and re‐ use of data, some
requirements for minimum content and format are laid down below.
S Data product Contents required (definition) Data format

r
N
o
0 Formats to be List of data, drawing and design outputs, CSV or ODF sheet,
used reporting format, digital format suggested, .xlsx optional
key data to be included (column headers),
units and system to be used
1 Traffic surveys
1.1 List of Point no, location coordinates (lat, long), CSV or ODF sheet,
traffic location of survey point, chainage, no .xlsx optional
survey points lanes/type of junction, type of survey, date
of survey, length of survey, any
commentary, equipment/technique used,
link to survey output
1.2 Classified Survey point, survey location, location id Raw data: IHMCL Traffic
traffic volume (ihmcl), no of lanes, chainage, location survey data format
count survey coordinates (lat, long), date, time and Processed, corrected with
period of survey AADT:
ODF sheet, .xlsx optional
1.3 O-D, Survey point, survey location, location lat, CSV or ODF sheet,
turnin long, chainage, date, time, period of .xlsx optional
g movement, survey, technique/equipment used in
axle load and addition to the survey data itself
other surveys
2 Engineering surveys and investigations
2.1 Raw DGPS Notes must contain Date, time of survey, CSV or ODF,
data equipment Receiver
used, corrections applied is any. Data: Independent Exchange
Survey benchmarks, benchmark points, Format (RINEX)
location data points
110
2.2 LiDAR point Notes must contain Date, time of survey, LA Ser file fo rmat for
cloud equipment, summary post processing exchange CS Vsheet,
applied. Data: Survey benchmarks, data .xlsxoptional
points, point cloud of entire project corridor
as defined in
2.3 Images 360 Deg/ ortho images of entire project Geographic Tagged
road way Image File Format
(GeoTIFF)
2.4 Video Traverse video of entire project length Audio video interleave
(.avi) or MPEG-4 file
(.mp4)
2.5 Topographic 1:1000 scale map with 50 cm contours with Contours:geo referenced
map roadway marked on maps shape files (.shp)or.dxf
+ contours files, .dwg/.dgn files
options
2.6 Digital Digital terrain modeled from aerial Digital elevation model
elevation andground surveys in USGS Spatial Data
model transferstandard (SDTS)
format
2.7 Longitudinal Location of cross section - existing, design .dxf files,.dwg/.dgn

and cross chainage, lat, long, Cross section drawing filesoptions
sections
2.8 As-is road 3D digital map of as-is project highway Digital terrain model and
map containing earth surface, road layers, maps in Land XML/.dxf
utilities, buildings and trees with feature format, .dwg/.dgn files
data extracted and mapped in layers, options Separate CSV or
marked on the map and tabulated data ODF sheet, .xlsx optional
provided separately. All road, surface, sub of feature data in
surface inventory, pavement investigation addition to map
and soil survey data to be super-imposed
as layers
2.9 Details of type of utility, no, class and category of CSV or ODF sheet,
utility utility installation (e.g. 66 kV xlpe), location, .xlsx optional
distance from centerline, user agency
2.10 Utility maps geo-referenced schematic map, existing Geo referenced shape
and design road centerline, type of utility, files (.shp) and drawings
size, no, class and category in .dxf format
2.11 Road All data as required in clause 4.11.3.1, geo- CSV or ODF sheet
inven tory referencing for each row of data in lat, long
surveys form
Sr Data Contents required (definition) Data format

No product
Test pit reference id, location, chainage, geo- CSV or ODF sheet
2.12 Pavement
reference (lat, long), pavemet composition -
investigati
layer no, material type, thickness, sub grade
on
type, and condition
111
Data as required in clause 4.11.3.2, along CSV or ODF sheet
2.13 Pavement
condition with location/chainage and geo-reference
survey for all data
FWD results as per IRC guidelines, geo- CSV or ODF sheet
2.14 Paveme
referencing for test points
nt
structur
al
strength
In the format of the testing lab, summary Summary in CSV or ODF
2.15 Sub-grade
details must be tabulated and must sheet
a
include: test pit no, location, chianage,
n d
lat/long, date, time of test, tester/lab details,
soil strength
in-situ density, moisture content, field CBR,
characterization, in-lab moisture and
density, lab CBR
Proposed roadway designs
3
Geo referenced centerline horizontal and Geometry or shape files:

3.1 Propos ed
vertical alignment for the road .shp/.dxf, .dwg/.dgn
alignment
To be presented superimposed on surface files options
geomet
map, satellite imagery and digital elevation
ry
model of region
Geo referenced centerline horizontal and Geometry or shape files:

3.2 Final
vertical alignment for the road. Additional .shp/.dxf, .dwg/.dgn
alignment
detail on lanes, super elevation, junctions, files options
geometry
structures, under/overpasses, PUP/CUP,
wayside amenities etc
Proposed digital roadway model and .dxf/.dtm
3.3 Proposed
design data- including embankment, road
roadway
way, road layers, roadside amenities,
model
signals, road furniture, markings and other
construction elements in 3D
Geo referenced location and alignment, 3D .dxf/.dtm
3.4 Propos ed
model of structure and appurtenances,cross
structures
section, plan and profile drawings for
construction as per IRC
Roadway cross sections for homogenous .dxf files Digital surface
3.5 Proposed modelin.dxf format
sections
highway
cross sections
Other deliverables
4
Digitized revenue map overlaid with key Geometry or shape

4.1 Digitized
landmarks, land size, survey number and files: .shp/.dxf,
cadastral
ownership data. min 1:1000 scale map with .dwg/.dgn files
maps
>1mm accuracy options
4.2 Financial Spreadsheet model with instructions, index ODF sheets, MSoffice
analysis and containing all inputs and assumptions, .xlsx optional
time series construction and operating
costs, revenues, financing and equity cash
flows, NPV/IRR, sensitivity scenarios and
results
112
3 Online hosting and archival of deliverables
Hosting deliverables online
i. The consultant shall store all deliverables from this assignment on a secure online file hosting platform that is
remotely accessible by authorised users on theworld wide web
ii. The consultant shall provide read only access to all relevant officers of Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road, Jaipur and provide further access to additional users as and when requested by <Chief Engineer
(NH), PWDRajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur>
iii. Consultant shall provide a point of contact for access to these files, solving any technical issues and shall
respond to all requests in a timely manner
iv. Consultant shall ensure that the files are hosted in a platform that conforms toany file hosting and file sharing
security standards as may be laid down by the government of India
Deliverables to be hosted
i. Data and deliverables to be hosted in an online accessible format shall includebut not be limited to:
ii. All draft and final deliverables in the digital formats prescribed in this TOR and in file formats in wide use where
formats are not specified
iii. Data, images and videos from all surveys and investigations conducted of thisenclosure
iv. All correspondence to and from Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur including clients‟
comments on submitted reports
v. Any communication, letters and approvals to and from other government local agencies and any other relevant
body
vi. The platform shall also contain an index and table of contents of information being hosted for ease of access and
use
Time period and costs
i. Access to above mentioned files will be provided till the end of construction (final commercial operations date
of contractor/ concessionaire) of all packagesthat form a part of this assignment at the cost of the consultant
ii. Access to additional users shall also be at no additional cost to the authority
APPENDIX-II
Proof of Eligibility
Form-E1
Letter of Proposal (On Applicant‟s letter head)
(Date and
Reference) To,
**********
*********
*********
Sub: Appointment of Consultant for preparation of Detailed Project Report for ……………...
Dear Sir,
With reference to your RFP Document dated , I/we i.e M/s-----------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------ (Name of Bidder) having examined all
113
relevant documents and understood their contents, hereby submit our Proposal for
selection asConsultant. The proposal is unconditional and unqualified.
2. All information provided in the Proposal uploaded on INFRACON and in the Appendices is
true and correct and all documents accompanying such Proposal are true copies of their
respective originals.
3. This statement is made for the express purpose of appointment as the Consultant for the
aforesaid Project.
4. I/We shall make available to the Authority any additional information it may deem
necessary or require for supplementing or authenticating the Proposal.
5. I/We acknowledge the right of the authority to reject our application without assigning any
reason or otherwise and hereby waive our right to challenge the same on any account
whatsoever.
6. I/We certify that in the last three years, we or any of our Associates have neither failed to
perform on any contract, as evidenced by imposition of a penalty by an arbitral or judicial
authority or a judicial pronouncement or arbitration award against the Applicant, nor been
expelled from any project or contract by any public authority nor have had any contract
terminated by any public authority for breach on our part.
7. I/We understand that you may cancel the Selection Process at any time and that you are
neither bound to accept any Proposal that you may receive nor to select the Consultant,
without incurring any liability to the Applicants in accordance with Clause 1.7 of the RFP
document.
8. I/We declare that we/any member of the consortium, are/is not a Member of any other
Consortium applying for Selection as consultant.
I/We certify that in regard to matters other that security and integrity of the country, we or
any of our Associates have not been convicted by a Court of Law or indicted or adverse
orders passed by a regulatory authority which would cast a doubt honorability to
undertake the Consultancy for the Project or which relates to a grave offence that outrages
the moral sense of the community.
9. I/We further certify that in regard to matters relating to security and integrity of the
country, we have not been charge‐ sheeted by any agency of the Government or convicted
by a Court of Law for any offence committed by us or by any of our Associates.
10. I/We further certify that no investigation by a regulatory authority is pending either
against us or against our Associates or against our CEO or any of our
Directors/Managers/employees.
11. I/We hereby irrevocably waive any right or remedy which we may have at any stage at law or
howsoever otherwise arising to challenge or question any decision taken by the Authority
[and/ or the Government of India] in connection with the selection of Consultant or in
connection with the Selection Process itself in respect of the above mentioned Project.
12. Deleted.
13. I/We agree and understand that the proposal is subject to the provisions of the RFP
document. In no case, shall I/we have any claim or right of whatsoever nature if the
Consultancy for the Project is not awarded to me/us or our proposal is not opened or
114
rejected.
14. I/We agree to keep this valid for 120 (One hundred and twenty) days from the Proposal Due
Date specified in the RFP.
15. A Power of Attorney in favor of the authorized signatory to sign and submit this Proposaland
documents is attached herewith.
16. In the event of my/our firm/consortium being selected as the Consultant, I/we agree to
enter into any Agreement in accordance with the form Appendix V of the RFP. We agree not
to seek any changes in the aforesaid form and agree to abide by the same.
17. I/We have studied RFP and all other documents carefully and also survey edthe Project site.We
understand that except to the extent as expressly set forth in the Agreement, we shall have
no claim, right or title arising out of and documents or information provided to us by the
Authority or in respect of any matter arising out of or concerning or relating to the Selection
Process including the award of Consultancy.
18. The Proof of Eligibility and Technical proposal are being submitted in separate covers in
hard copy (as per clause 4.1 of LoI) and INFRACON Team I.D no. . Financial Proposal is
being submitted online only. This Proof of Eligibility read with Technical Proposal and
Financial Proposal shall constitute the Application which shall be binding on us.
19. I/We agree and undertake to abide by all the terms and conditions of the RFP Document. In
witness thereof, I/we submit this Proposal under and in accordance with the terms of the RFP
Document.
Yours faithfully,
(Signature, name and designation of the authorized signatory)
(Name and seal of the Applicant/Lead Member)
115
Appendix-II
Form-E2/T3 FIRM‟SREFERENCES
Relevant Services Carried out in the Last Seven Years (2015-16 onwards) Which Best
Illustrate Qualifications
The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference assignment for
which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the major companies within a
consortium, was legally contracted by the client:
Assignment Name: Country:

Location within Country : Professional Staff
Provided by your firm:
Name of Client : No. of Staff :

Address : No. of Staff Months :
Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of
(Month / (Month / Year) Services : (in INR/current USD) :
Year)
Name of JV/Association Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff
provided by Associated Firm(s)
Status of your Company in the Assignment i.e., Sole/Lead Member/Other
Member/Associate
Narrative Description of Project :
Description of Actual Services Provided by your Company:
Signature of Authorized Representative
(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished)
116
APPENDIX-II
Form- E3
Financial Capacity of the Applicant
Name of Applicant:
Sr. [Financial Annual Revenue (Rs/US $ in million)

No. Year]*
1 2021-22
2 2020-21
3 2019-20
4 2018-19
5 2017-18
6 2016-17
7 2015-16
Certificate from the Statutory Auditor$
This is to certify that ------- (name of the Applicant) has received the payments shown
above against
the respective years on account of Consultancy Services.
Name of the audit firm Seal of the audit firm Date
(Signature, name and designation of the authorized signatory)
$In case he Applicant does not have a statutory auditor, it shall provide the certificate fromits
chartered accountant that ordinarily audits the annual account of the Applicant.
Note:
*Financial year to be modified as applicable
Please do not attach any printed Annual Financial Statement.
117
APPENDIX-II
Form-E4(Deleted)
APPENDIX-III
(Form‐ T1)
TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
FROM: TO:
Sir:
Subject Consultancy Service for
Regarding Technical Proposal
I/We (name of Bidder) Consultant/Consultancy firm here

withenclose Technical Proposal for selection of my/our firm/organization as Consultant for
Yours faithfully,
Signature
Full NameDesignation Address
(Authorized Representative)
118
(Form-T-2)
Details of projects for which Technical and Financial Proposals have been submitted
Sl. No. Name of Consultancy Package No. Names of Proposed

Project Key Personnel
119
Form-E2/T3
FIRM‟S REFERENCES
Relevant Services Carried out in the Last Seven Years Which Best Illustrate
Qualifications
The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference assignment for
which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the major companies within a
consortium, was legally contracted by the client:

Location within Country : Professional Staff Provided by your firm:
Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of Services : (in INR/current
(Month / (Month / Year) USD) :
Year)
Name of JV/Association Firm(s) if any : No. of Months of Professional Staff
provided by Associated Firm(s)
Member/Associate
Signature of Authorised Representative
(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished
120
Form- T4
SITE APPRECIATION
Shall give details of site as per actual site visit and data provided in RFP and collected from site
supported by photographs to demonstrate that responsible personnel of the Consultant
have actually visited the site and familiarized with the salient details/complexities and
scope of services.
121
Form-T5
Composition of the Team Personnel and the task Which would be assigned to each
Team Member
I. Technical/Managerial Staff
Sr .No. Name Position Task
Assignment1.
2.
3.
4.
……
II. Support Staff
Sr. No. Name Position Task Assignment
1.
2.
3.
4.
….
….
122
Form‐ T6 APPROACH
PAPER ON METHODOLOGY PROPOSED FOR PERFORMING THE ASSIGNMENT
The approach and methodology will be detailed precisely under the following topics.
1) Methodology for services, surveying, data collection [not more than 2 pages] and
analysis
2) Quality Assurance system for consultancy assignment [not more than 1 page]
3) The key challenges foreseen and proposed solutions will be detailed precisely under the
following topics
a) proposed alignment and bypass required
b) land acquisition requirements
c) access control, rehabilitation of existing road, drainage and utilities
d) adoption of superior technology along with proof (to be submitted in Form T9)
Replies to items 3) a) to c) should be limited to six A4 size pages in 1.5

space and 12 fontincluding photographs, if any
123
Form-T7
Details of Material Testing Facility
1. State whether the Applicant has in‐ house Material Testing Facility Available /Outsourced /
Not Available
2. In case answer to 1 is Available, attach alist of Lab equipment and facility for testing ofmaterials
and location of laboratory
3. In case laboratory is located at a distance of more than 400 km from the project site, state
arrangements made / proposed to be made for testing of materials
4. In case answer to 1 is Outsourced /Not Available state arrangements made / proposed to be

made for testing of materials.
124
Form-T8
Facility for Field investigation and Testing
1. State whether the Applicant has in‐ house Facility for
a) Geo‐ technical investigation Available (created in‐ house at site)/Outsourced/

NotAvailable
b) Pavement investigation Available(created in‐ house at site)/

Outsourced/NotAvailable
2. In case answer to 1 is Available (created in‐ house at site) a list of field investigation and
testing equipments available in‐ house
3. In case answer to 1 is Outsourced/ Not Available arrangements made/proposed to

bemade for each of above Field investigation and testing
4. For furnishing experience of firm or the firm with which MoU has been entered
into in LIDAR or better technology for topographic survey, GPR and Induction
Locator or better technologies for detection of sub-surface utilities and digitization of
cadastral maps for land acquisition, references need to be provided in following
format :
125
REFERENCES
Relevant Services Carried Out Which Best Illustrate Qualifications
The following information should be provided in the format below for each reference
assignment for which your firm, either individually as a corporate entity or as one of the major
companies within a consortium, was legally contracted by the client:

Location within Country : Professional Staff Provided by your firm:
Technology Used:
Start Date Completion Date Approx. Value of Services : (in INR/current USD)
(Month / (Month / Year) :
Year)
Name of JV/Association Firm(s) if any No. of Months of Professional Staff provided by
: Associated Firm(s)
Member/Associate
Signature of Authorised Representative
(Certificate from Employer regarding experience should be furnished)
126
Form‐ T9
Office Equipment and software
Attach a list of office equipment and software owned by the Applicant

Form‐ T10
(Curriculum Vitae as per INFRACON)
CVs of the Key Personnel should be uploaded on INFRACON and the hard copies of the CVs as
uploaded on the INFRACON is to be submitted along with the Technical Proposals.
UNDERTAKING FROM THE PROFESSIONAL
Name of Work:
Position in the Team:
I, .............................. (Name and INFRACON registered ID) have not left any assignment
with the consultants/ contractors engaged by Client viz. MoRT &H /NHAI/NHIDCL/ IAHE/BRO/
State PWD or any other MoRTH implementing agency without completing my assignment. I will be
available for the entire duration of the current project for which I am being included in the team. If I
leave this assignment in the middle of the completion of the work, I may be debarred for an
appropriate period to be decided by Client. I shall also have no objection if my services are extended by
Client for this work in future.
I, the undersigned, also certify that to the best of my knowledge and belief, my biodata,
information and credentials uploaded on INFRACON portal truly describe myself, my qualification
and my experience. I shall be liable for any action, as deemed fit, in case there is any mis‐ representation in
this regard.
Date:
Place:
Signature
(Name of Key Personnel)
127
UNDERTAKING FROM CONSULTING FIRM
Name of Work:
The undersigned on behalf of.........................................(Name of Consulting Firm)

with…………….(INFRACON ID) certify that none of the Key Personnel included in our team to the best
of our knowledge has left his/her assignment with any consulting/ contracting firm engaged by
MoRT&H /NHAI/NHIDCL/ IAHE/BRO/ State PWD or any other MoRTH implementing agency.
We also confirm the truthfulness of the credentials uploaded by our firm/JV Member/Associate and
all the Key Personnel proposed in our team on INFRACON.
We understand that if any information about our firm/JV Member/Associate / Key

Personnel is found contrary to what has been uploaded on INFRACON, the Client would be at liberty
to remove the concerned personnel from the present assignment and debar our firm/JV
Member/Associate / Key Personnel for an appropriate period to be decided by the Client.
Date:
Place:
Signature
(Name of Authorized Signatory)
128
APPENDIX-IV
(Form‐ I)
FINANCIAL PROPOSALS
FROM: TO:
Sir:
Subject: Consultants‟ Services for
Regarding Price Proposal
I/We Consultant/consultancy firm herewith enclose

*Price Proposal for selection of my/our firm/organization as Consultant for
Yours faithfully,
Signature
Full Name
Designation
Address
(Authorized Representative)
*The Financial proposal is to be filled strictly as per the format given in RFP.
129
(Form-II)
Format of Financial Proposal Summary of Cost in Local Currency
No. Description Amount (LC)* (INR)

I Local Consultants
Remuneration for Local Staff (inclusive of per diem
allowance)
II Support Staff (inclusive of per diem allowance)
III Transportation
IV Duty Travel to Site
V Office Rent
VI Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication
VII Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental)
VIII Reports and Document Printing
IX Surveys & Investigations
A Topographical Survey
B Investigations
C Net Work Survey and GPR
X Cost of supply and fixing Boundary Pillars

XI Land Acquisition Team including support
staff and logistics/transportation
Subtotal Local Consultants :
Foreign Consultants
F-I Remuneration for Expatriate Staff
F-II Mobilization and Demobilization
Total Cost Net of Tax :
Taxe I. Income Tax (Expatriate)
s ll. Other Taxes/ Duties (if any) Specify clearly
and
Duti
e
s
Total cost net of Goods & service tax**
Goods & Service Tax
TOTAL COSTS (Including GST)
LC* Local Currency

** Total Cost Net of Goods & Service Tax shall be considered for financial evaluation Note: No escalation
will be payable during the services Insurances shall not be allowed separately. These will be
incidental to main items.
Rates for all items shall be quoted in figures as well as in words.
130
(Form-III)
Estimate of Local Currency Costs
I. Remuneration for Local Staff (including per diem allowance)
(Normal Highway Project) :- Not applicable
Sr. Position Name Rate Staff Amt.(INR)

No. (INR) Month
1 Team Leader Cum TBN - -
Senior Highway
Engineer
2 Senior Bridge Engineer TBN - -
3 Highway cum Pavement TBN - -

Engineer
4 Material-cum-Geo-technical TBN - -
Engineer –Geologist
5 Senior Survey Engineer TBN - -
6 Traffic and Safety expert TBN - -
7 Environmental Specialist TBN - -
8 Quantity Surveyor / TBN - -

DocumentationExpert
9 Land Acquisition ( Expert TBN - -

rank of Tehsildar)
10 Ex-Land Revenue TBN - -

Inspector/Officer pr equivalent
11 Ex-Kangogo/Patwari or - -
equivalent
12 Ex-Patwari or equivalent - -
13 Utility Expert (For PHED ) - -

14 Utility Expert (ForElectrical) TBN - -
Sub-Professional Staff (To be assessed by Consultant as per requirement

of assignment and one sub-professional be a fresh
graduate)
1
2
Sub-Total:
TOTAL
131
(For Standalone Bridge Project)

No. (INR) Month
Professional Staff - - -
1 Team Leader cum Senior Bridge - - 3 -

Engineer
2 Bridge Structural Engineer - - 3 -
3 Highway cum Pavement Engineer - - 3 -
4 Material-cum- - - 3 -
Geotechnical Engineer-
Geologist
5 Senior Survey Engineer - - 2 -
6 Senior Geologist - - 2 -
7 Environmental Specialist - - 2 -
8 Quantity Surveyor/ Documentation - - 3 -

Expert
9 Utility expert - - 2 -
Sub-Total: - - 23 -

graduate)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Sub-Total:
TOTAL
132
For Standard Tunnel Project :- Not applicable
Sr. Position Name Rate (INR) Staff Amt.(INR)

No. Month
Professional Staff - - - -
1 Team Leader cum Senior Tunnel - - - -
Engineer
2 Tunnel Design Expert - - - -
3 Senior Geophysicist - - - -
4 Senior Geotechnical Engineer - - - -
5 Senior E&M Expert - - - -
6 Senior Geologist - - - -
7 Environmental Specialist - - - -

No. (INR) Month
- - - -
8 Material Engineer - - - -
9 Highway cum Pavement Engineer - - - -
10 Quantity Surveyor - - - -
cum Documentation
Expert
11 Senior Survey Engineer - - - -
Sub-Total: - - - -

graduate)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Sub-Total:
TOTAL
133
I. Support Staff
No. Position Name/ with Staff Months Billing Rate Amou nt

Number of (INR) ( INR)
person
1 Office Manager 1 3 x1 =3
2 Computer Operator 2 3 x2 =6
3 Office Boy 1 1 x1 =3
4 Night Watchman 1 3 x1 =3
Total :
II. Transportation (Fixed costs)
S. No Description Qty. Nos. of Rate/ Amount

months Mont (INR)
h
(INR)
1 The vehicles provided by the Consultants 2 3
shall include the cost for rental, drivers,
operation, maintenance, repairs,
insurance,etc.
A. For use of consultants
Total
I. Duty Travel to Site (Fixed Costs)
II. Office Rent (FixedCosts)

The rent cost includes maintenance, cleaning, repairs, etc. months x Total
III. Office Supplies, Utilities and Communication (Fixed Costs)
No. Item Months Monthly Amou

Rate (INR) nt In
INR.
1 Office Supplies Drafting
2 Supplies Computer
3 Running Costs
4 Domestic and International
Communication
TOTAL
II. Office Furniture and Equipment (Rental)
134
No. Description Unit Quantity Rat Amount
e ( (INR )
INR
)
1 Office Furniture and LS
Equipment
Total
III. Reports and Document Printing
No Descriptio No. of Rate per Amount

. n Copies Copy (INR)
(INR. )
1 Monthly Report 3 Per Month
2 Inception Report & QAP 3
3 Environment and Social Impact 4
Screening Report
4 Draft Feasibility Report 4
5 Final Feasibility Report 6
6 Strip Plan with L.A. Reports 6
7 Draft LA and Clearances I Report 4
8 Final LA and Clearances I Report 4
9 Draft Environmental Assessment 4
report &RAP
10 Final Environmental Assessment report 6
&RAP
11 Draft Detailed Design Report & 4
Drawings etc.
Draft EMP 4
12 Draft Bidding Documents 4
13 Final Detailed Project Report with Bill 6
of Quantities, Cost Estimates, Updated
Drawings etc.
6
Final EMP
14 Final Bidding Documents 6
15 Draft 3(a) ,3(A) and 3(D) notification 9
forland acquisition ( 3 copies each)
16 LA & Clearances II Report 6
Total
IV. Survey and Investigation

A. Topographical Survey (Fixed Rate)
135
No. Item Kms Rate per Amount
Km (INR)
(INR)
1 Topographic Survey including hire charges
for equipment and supply of survey teams
comprising of project survey filed staff etc.
inclusive of cost of materials, labourer
2 Detailed topographic surveys using mobile/
aerial LiDAR or better technology
B. Investigation (Fixed cost)
No Description Quantity Amount (INR)

.
1 Road and Bridge Inventory
2 FWD Test and Pavement Evaluation
3 Roughness Survey
4 Axle Load Survey
5 Material Survey and Investigation
6 Sub-grade Investigation
7 Traffic Survey
8 Socio-economic & Census Survey/Studies
9 Land Acquisition Studies

10 Any other investigations/surveys
11 *Sub-Soil Investigation(Boring) Rate Qty.
a) Boring in all type of soils (other than hard rock) 1500m(f o r
projectsof length
< 110 km) or
2000m(f o r
projectsof length
> 110 km)
b) Boring in hard rock 200m(fo r projects
of length< 110
km) or 300m
(fo r projects of
length
> 110 km
Total
Note: * Quantities of borings shall be taken from Financial Proposal Form No. V. For financial evaluation,
these quantities and rates quoted by the consultant will be considered. However, Payment shall be made
on the actual quantity of boring at rates quoted above by the Consultant, which may be substantially more or
less than the estimated quantities.
C. Net Work Survey and GPR
136
No. Description Unit Quantity Rat Amount
on e( (INR )
INR)
1 Net work Survey of the existing Job 1
Highways as a repository for civil
workas per directions from Authority.
2 GPR Survey for detection of Job 1
underground utilities
Total
V. Cost of supply and fixing Boundary Pillars

Item Amount
(INR.)
Procuring and fixing boundary pillars and its installation, complete
in all respect as per IRC:25,1967: Wherever the proposed alignment
follows the existing alignment, the boundary pillars shall be fixed at
an interval of 200m on either side of proposed Right of Way.
Wherever there is a proposal of realignment of the existing Highway
and/or construction of New Bypasses, Consultant shall fix boundary
pillars along the proposed alignment on the extreme boundary on
either side of the project Highway at 50 m interval. (lump sum )
(Form-IV)
Estimate of Costs for Expatriate Consultants (in Indian Rupees)
I. Remuneration of Expatriate Staff including per diem allowances
II. Mobilization and Demobilization
1. International Airfares (Fixed costs)
137
2 Inland Travel in Home Country (Fixed
Costs)Lump Sum ……
3. Other Miscellaneous expenses(like DA, internal travel expenses other incidentals)(fixed cost)
Lump Sum …….
138
TENTATIVE QUANTITIES FOR SUB‐ SOIL INVESTIGATIONS
(BORING) (Form –V)
S. Stretch Proposed for NH Approxima Package State Cumulative

No DPR No. te te Length No. Tentative
(in Km.) Quantities ( in m )
In Soils In
other than hard
hard rock rock
1 For projects of length < As per As per List As per As per 1500 200
110
km<Details of List at at Annex-1 List at List at
packages> Annex- Annex Annex-
1 -1 1
2 For projects of length > As per As per ListAs per As per 2000 300
110
km - <Details of List at at Annex- List at List at
packages> Annex- 1 Annex-1 Annex-1
1
APPENDIX-V
DETAILED EVALUATION CRITERIA
139
1. F irst Stage Evaluation ‐ Proof of Eligibility (Para 12.1 of Data Sheet) Eligibility criteria for sole applicant
firm.
The sole applicant firm shall satisfy the following 3 (Three) Nos. of criteria.
(a) & (b) Firm should have experience of preparation of DPR/Feasibility of 2/4/6 lane of aggregate
length as given below. The firm should have also prepared DPR/Feasibility of at least one project of
2/4/6 laning of minimum length as indicated below in the last 7 years.
S. PackageNo. Tentative Minimum Minimum length of a Eligible

No. Length Aggregate Project (2/4/6 lane)
Length
required
DPR/ Feasibility DPR = 0.4 x Feasibility = 0.6
= Tentative Tentative x Tentative
Length Length Length
1 2 3 4 5 6
Note: Similar project means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP is invited. For 2‐ lane
projects experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication factor of
1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning
projects, experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.4, but only for those 2
lane projects whose cost of consultancy services was more than Rs.1.0 crore
(a) Annual Average Turn Over for the last 5 years {In cases where, Audited/Certified copy of
Balance Sheet for the FY 2016‐ 17 is available, last five years shall be counted from 2012‐ 13 to
2016‐ 17. However, where audited/certified copy of the Balance Sheet for the FY 2016‐ 17 is not
available (as certified by the Statutory auditor) then in such cases last five years shall be considered
from 2011‐ 12 to 2015‐ 16} of the firm from Consultancy services should be equal to more than
Rs.5crore.
(Financial Year to be modified as applicable)
Eligibility criteria for Lead Partner/Other Partner in case of JV.
In case of JV, the Lead Partner should fulfill at least 75% of all eligibility requirements and the other
partner shall fulfill at least 50% of all eligibility requirements as given at 1.1 above. Thus a Firm applying
as Lead Partner/Other Partner in case of JV/Associate should satisfy the following
(a) & (b) Firm should have experience of preparation of DPR/Feasibility of 4/6 lane of aggregate length
as given below. The firm should have also prepared DPR/Feasibility of at least one project of 4/6 laning
of minimum length as indicated below in the last 7 years (i.e. from 2008‐ 09 onwards)
S. Package No. Minimum Minimum length of a Eligible Project (4/ 6

No. Aggregate Length lane)
required of
DPR/ Feasibility
km)
DPR Feasibility
140
Lead inJV Other Lead inJV Other Lead inJV Other
Partnerin Partner inJV Partner
JV in JV
(c) Minimum Annual Average Turn Over for the last 3 years {In cases where, Audited / Certified
copy of Balance Sheet for the FY 2019‐ 20 is available, last three years shall be counted from
2017‐ 18 to 2019‐ 20. However, where audited/certified copy of the Balance Sheet for the FY 2019‐ 20
is not available (as certified by the Statutory auditor) then in such cases last five years shall be
considered from 2016‐ 17 to 2018‐ 19} of affirm applying as Lead Partner/Other Partner in case of JV
from Consultancy services should be as given below :
(Financial Year to be modified as applicable)
No Mode of Submission by a firm Annual Average Turn Over

. for the last 3 years
1 Lead Partner in a JV Rs. 1.125 crore
2 Other Lead partner in a JV Rs. 0.375 crore
Note: (i) Weightage to be given when experience by a Firm as Sole Firm/Lead Partner in a JV/Other
Partner in a JV/As Associate
No. Status of the firm in carrying out DPR/ Feasibility Weightage for
Study experience
1 Sole firm 100%
2 Lead partner in a JV 75%
3 Other partner in a JV 50 %
4 As Associate 25%
(ii) The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private Concessionaire/contractor shall not be
considered.
1. SecondStageEvaluation-TechnicalEvaluation(Para12.2ofDataSheet)AFirm‟s Relevant Experience (40)
For standard highways, the following is the break‐ up:
S. No. Description Maximum Sub*-

Points Points
1 Specific experience of the DPR consultancy related to 20
the assignment for eligibility
1.1 Aggregate Length of DPR / Feasibility study of 2/4/ 6 10
lane projects
1.1.1 More than the indicative Length of the package applied 8
for
1.1.2 More than 2 times the indicative length of the package 9
applied for
141
applied for
1.2 DPR for 2/4/6 laning projects each equal to or more 10
than 40 % of indicative length of a package applied
for (or Feasibility Study for 2/4/6 laning projects each
equal to or more than 60% of indicative length of a
package applied for)
1.2.1 1 project 8
1.2.2 2 projects 9
1.2.3 ≥ 3 projects 10
2.1 1 bridge 1
2.2 2 bridges 2
2.3 3 bridges 3
2.4 4 bridges 4
2.5 ≥ 5 bridges 5
3 Specific experience of firms in terms of turnover 5
3.1 Firm‟s Average Turnover of last 5 years > 50 crore 5
3.2 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years, 20‐ 50 crore 4
3.3 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years >1. 5 crore but < 20 3
crore
4.1 < 10 nos. 0
4.2 10‐ 20 nos. 8
4.3 >20‐ 30 nos. 9
4.4 > 30 nos. 10
*The professionals who possess degree in Civil Engineering/Transport
Planning/Transport Economics/Traffic Management/Geology/Environment Science or
Engineering and 8 years Experience in highway/bridge/tunnel with employment in the
firm for more than one year. The current Employment Certificate shall be uploaded by
Key Personnel on INFRACON.
For special projects such as special bridges, tunnels and expressways that require specialized capabilities
and skill sets, the following is the break‐ up:
S. No. Description Maximu Sub-

mPoints Points
1 Specific experience of the DPR consultancy related 15
to the assignment for eligibility
1.1 Aggregate Length of DPR / Feasibility study of 8
2/4/ 6 lane projects
1.1.1 More than the indicative Length of the package 6
applied for
applied for
applied for
142
1.2 DPR for 2/4/6 laning projects each equal to or more 7
than 40 % of indicative length of a package
applied for (or Feasibility Study for 2/4/6 laning
projects each equal to or more than 60 % of
indicative length of a package applied for)
1.2.1 1 project 5
1.2.2 2 projects 6
1.2.3 ≥ 3 projects 7
2.1 1 bridge 1
2.2 2 bridges 2
2.3 3 bridges 3
2.4 4 bridges 4
2.5 ≥ 5 bridges 5
3 Specific experience of firms in terms ofturnover 5
3.1 Firm‟s Average Turnover of last 5 years > 50 crore 5

3.2 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years 20-50 crore 4.
5
3.3 Firm Average Turnover of last 5 years > 1.5 crore 4
but < 20 crore
4 DPR for special category projects (Special bridges/
tunnels or expressways, whichever applicable). It
is to be noted that either 4.1 or4.2 shall be
applicable, and not both.
4.1 DPR of number of special bridges/ tunnels (if 5
applicable)
4.1.1 1 project 1
4.1.2 2 projects 2
4.1.3 3 projects 3
4.1.4 4 projects 4
4.1.5 ≥ 5 projects 5
4.2 Aggregate length of DPR/ Feasibility 5
study for expressways
4.2.1 Upto 50km 2
4.2. 50km to 100km 3
2
4.2. 100km to 150km 4
3
4.2. > 150 km 5
4
5.1 <10 nos. 0
5.2 10-20 nos. 8
5.3 >20-30 nos. 9
5.4 >30 nos. 10
143
*The professionals who possess degree in Civil Engineering/Transport
Planning/Transport Economics/Traffic Management/Geology/Environment Science or
Engineering and 8 years Experience in highway/bridge/tunnel with employment in
the firm for more than one year. The current Employment Certificate shall be
uploaded by Key
Personnel on INFRACON.
Note:
A. In case feasibility study is a part of DPR services the experience shall be counted in DPR only. In case bridge is
included as part of DPR of highway the experience will be (1) and (2)
B. Similar project means 2/4/6 lane as applicable for the project for which RFP is invited. For 2‐ lane projects
experience of 4/6 lane also to be considered with a multiplication factor of
1.5. Experience of 4/6 lane shall be considered interchangeably for 4/6 laning projects. For 4/6 laning projects,
experience of 2 lane will be considered with a multiplication factor of 0.4, butonly for those 2 lane projects whose
cost of consultancy services was more than Rs.1.0 crore
Note: (i) Weightage to be given when experience by a Firm as Sole Firm/Lead Partner in a JV/Other Partner in a JV/As
Associate
No Status of the firm in carrying out Weightage forexperience

. DPR/ Feasibility Study
1 Sole firm 100 %
2 Lead partner in a JV 75%
3 Other partner in aJV 50 %
4 As Associate 25%
(ii) The experience of a firm in preparation of DPR for a private Concessionaire/contractor shall not be
considered.
Material testing ,survey and investigation ,equipment and software proposed to be

used(20)
S. Description Maximu Sub-

No. mPoints Point
s
1 Availability of Material Testing Facilities with 3
persons/resources having operational skills
of the equipment
1. Owned* (Available In House) 3
1
1. Outsourced (Hire basis/Through Associate) 3
2
* Shall be ascertained through the ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON in
regard to major equipments
S. Description Sub-
Maximu
No. Point
mPoints
s
required for testing of materials to be used for construction of Highway Project.
2 Availability of Field Investigation Facilities with 2
persons/resources having operational skills
of the equipment
2. Owned** (Available In House) 2
1
144
2
** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for
3 Availability of Office Equipment and Software 3
with persons/resources having
operational
skills of the equipment
3. Owned*** (Available In House) 3
1
2
*** Shall be ascertained through ownership evidence uploaded on INFRACON for
key hardware/software required for Highway consultancy assignment.
4 Experience of firm or the firm with which MoU 5
has been enter into in LiDAR or better technology
for topographic survey
(Infrastructure sector)
4. 1 project 1
1
4. 2 projects 2
2
4. 3 projects 3
3
4. 4 projects 4
4
4. ≥ 5 projects 5
5
has been enter into in using GPR and Induction
Locator or better technologies for detection of sub-
surface
utilities (Infrastructure sector)
5. 1 project 1
1
5. 2 projects 2
2
5. 3 projects 3
3
5. ≥ 5 projects 4
4

has been enter into in digitization of cadastral
maps for land
surveys
6. Area upto 100 ha 1
1
6. Area between 100-500 ha 2
2
6. Area > 500 ha 3
3
Note: The experience of firm in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or
equivalent technologies and Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for land acquisition shall be
supported by experience certificate. The experience of a firm in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR
145
and Induction Locator or equivalent technologies and Experience in digitization of cadastral maps for
land acquisition for a private concessionaire/contractor shall not be considered.
If the firm does not have experience in Lidar or equivalent technology, GPR and Induction Locator or
equivalent technologies and in digitization of cadastral map then it will have to furnish a
Memorandum of Understanding with firm or firms having experience in aforementioned technologies
and work and furnish the same with the technical proposal.
Qualification and Competence of the Key Staff for adequacy of the Assignment. (Para 12.2 of
Data Sheet and Enclosure II of TOR)
TEAM LEADER cum SENIOR HIGHWAY ENGINEER
S. Description Max.
No. Points
I General Qualification 25
i) Degree in Civil Engineering or equivalent [AICTE Approved] 20
ii) Post Graduation in Highway Engg./Structures/Traffic 5
andTransportation/Soil Mechanics
Engineering/Construction Management/ Transportation[AICTE
Approved]
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the Project 70
a) Total Professional Experience 15
<9 years 0
9-11 years 11
>11-13 years 13
> 13 years 15
(b) Experiencein Highway Projects- Experiencein Planning, project 25
preparation and design of Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH /
SH / Expressways)
<7 years 0
7-9 years 19
>9-11 years 22
>11 years 25
c) Experience in Similar 30
Capacity
(i) In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR/IC/Construction 20
Supervision of major highway projects i.e. 2/4/6 laning of
NH/SH/Expressways in Similar Capacity ( Minimum Aggregate
length of 80 km )
< 9km 0
9 km-16km 15
>16km-28km 17
> 28km 20
146
(ii In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR/IC/Construction 10
) Supervision of major highway projects i.e. 2/4/6 laning of
NH/SH/Expressways in Similar Capacity- Number of
Projects
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 8
3- 5 projects 9
> 5 projects 10
III Employment with Firm 5
> 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each
subsequent year subject to
maximum of 2 marks
Total 100
HIGHWAY cum PAVEMENTENGINEER
S. Description Max. Points

No.
ii) Post graduation in Highway Engg/ 5
Transportation Engineering[AICTE Approved]
<8years 0
8-12 years 1
1
>12-15 years 1
3
>15 years 1
5
(b) Experience in Highway Projects - Experience in Design/ 25
Pavement Design
of Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways)
<6 years 0
6-10years 19
>10-15 years 2
2
>15years 2
5
c) Experience in Similar Capacity 30
(i) In Design/ Pavement Design of Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning 20
of
NH/SH/Expressways) in Similar Capacity(Minimum aggregate
length 80 km)
147
<9km 0
9km-16km 15
>16km-28km 1
7
>28km 2
0
(ii) In Design/ Pavement Design of Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning 10
of NH/SH/
Expressways) in Similar Capacity – Number of Projects
2 projects 8
3- 5 projects 9
> 5 projects 1
0
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
subsequent year
subject to maximum of 2 marks
SENIOR BRIDGE ENGINEER

No.
i) Degree in Civil Engineering 20
or equivalent[AICTE
Approved]
ii) Post Graduation in Structural Engineering/ Bridge 5
Engineering[AICTE Approved]
<10 years 0
10-12years 11
>12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Bridge Projects 25
(i) Experience in project preparation and design of bridgeprojects 20
< 8 years 0
8-10 years 15
>10-12 years 17
>12years 20
(ii) Experience of 2/4 lane configuration bridges 5
<2 Projects 0
2-4 Projects 4
> 4 projects 5
148
c) Experience as Senior Bridge Engineer or Similar Capacity in 30
Highway Design Consultancy Projects (2/4/6 laning o
NH/SH/Expressways) involving design of Major Bridges
minimum 2 nos. of length more than 200m)
<2 numbers 0
2-4 numbers 24
5-6 numbers 27
> 6 numbers 30
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year

Total 100
Traffic / Road Signage / Marking and Safety Expert

No.
i) Degree in Civil Engineering[AICTE Approved] 20
ii) Post graduation in Traffic Engineering /Transportation 5
Engineering / Transportation Planning[AICTE Approved]
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the 70
Project
<6 years 0
6-10 years 11
>10-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects – Experience on Similar 25
Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/ Expressways)
<5 years 0
5-6 years 19
>6-10 years 22
>10 years 25
c) Experience as Traffic and Safety Expert / Traffic Engineer or in 30
Similar Capacity in Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of
NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum aggregate length 80 km)
<9km 0
9km-16km 24
>16km -28km 27
149
>28km 30
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3

Total 100
MATERIAL ENGINEER cum GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER cum GEOLOGIST

No.
i) Degree in Civil Engineering /M. Sc. in Geology[AICTE Approved] 20
ii) Post graduation in Foundation Engineering / Soil Mechanics / 5
GeoTech Engineering
or Phd in Geology[AICTE Approved]
<10 years 0
10-12 years 11
>12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects – In Similar Projects (2/4/6 25
laning of NH/SH/Expressways) in design and or Construction/
Construction Supervision
<7 years 0
7-10 years 19
>10 -12 years 22
>12years 25
c) Experience as Material cum Geo-technical Engineer or in 30
Similar capacity on Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of
NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum aggregate length 80 km)
<9km 0
9km-16km 24
>16km -28km 27
>28km 30
150
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent yearsubject

to maximum of 2 marks
Total 100
SENIOR SURVEY ENGINEER

S. No. Description Max. Points
i) Degree or equivalent in Civil Engineering / Diploma in Civil Engineering / 20
Diploma in Surveying[AICTE Approved]
ii) Post Graduation in Survey Engineering / Surveying / Remote 5
Sensing [AICTE Approved]
<10 years 0
10-12 years 11
>12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects 25
i) Experience in Similar Projects (2/4/6 laning of NH / SH /Expressways) in 20
project preparation/ Construction /Construction Supervision
<8 years 0
8 -10 years 15
>10-12 years 17
>12 years 20
ii) Knowledge and understanding of modern Computer based 5
method of Surveying
Yes 5
No 0
c) Experience as Survey Engineer or in Similar Capacity for project 30
preparation of highway project (2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways)
(Minimum Aggregate Length of to 80km)
<9km 0
9km-16km 24
>16km -28km 27
>28km 30
151
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to
maximum of 2 marks
Total 100
ENVIRONMENTAL SPECIALIST
S. No. Description Max.

Points
i) Degree in Civil Engineering / Environmental Engineering or Post 20
Graduate in Environmental Sciences[AICTE Approved]
ii) Post-Graduation in Environmental Engineering [AICTE Approved] 5
<6 years 0
6-8 years 11
>8-10 years 13
>10 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects- Experience in 25
Environment impact assessment of Highway Projects (2/4/6
laning of NH/SH/Expressways)
<5 years 0
5 -7 years 19
>7-10 years 22
>10 years 25
c) Experience as Environmental Specialist orin Similar Capacity in 30
Highway Projects(2/4/6 laning of NH/SH/Expressways)
<2 projects 0
2- 4 projects 24
5-7 projects 27
>7 projects 30

Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent yearsubject
Total 100
152
QUANTITY SURVEYOR/DOCUMENTATION EXPERT

No.
i) Graduation or equivalent in Civil Engineering / Certificate 20
course from „Institution of Quantity Surveying‟[AICTE
Approved]
ii) Graduation or equivalent in Civil Engineering [AICTE 5
Approved]
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for the 70

Project
<10 years 0
10-12 years 11
>12-15 years 13
>15 years 15
b) Experience in Highway Projects- Experience in preparation 25
of Bill of Quantities, Contract documents and documentation
for major highway projects (2/4/6 laning
of NH/SH/Expressways)
<8 years 0
8 -10 years 19
>10-12 years 22
>12 years 25
c) Experience as Quantity Surveyor/ Documentation Expert or 30
in Similar Capacity in Highway Projects (2/4/6 laning of
NH/SH/Expressways) (Minimum Aggregate length of
80km)
<9km 0
9km-16km 24
>16km -28km 27
>28km 30
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject
Total 100
153
UTILITY EXPERT

Points
i) Graduation or equivalent 20
ii) Post Graduation 5
II Relevant Experience & Adequacy for theProject 70

<6 years 0
6-7 years 11
>7-9 years 13
>9years 15
b) Experience in Utility estimation and its laying/ erection 30
<5 years 0
5 -6 years 24
>6-7 years 27
>7 years 30
c) Experience in Utility shifting estimation and its laying/ erection 25
along Highway/ roads
Nil project 0
1 project 19
2 projects 22
3 projects 25
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
maximum of 2 marks
Total 100
TEAM LEADER cum SENIOR BRIDGE ENGINEER

S. No. Description Max. Points
ii) Post Graduation in Structural Engineering, Degree/Diploma/Certificate in 5
Construction Management
<9 years 0
154
9-11 years 11
>11-13 years 13
> 13 years 15
(b) Experience in Bridge Project - Experience in major Bridge Construction / 25
Development Project
< 3 years 0
4-5 years 19
>5-6 years 22
>6 years 25
Capacity
(i) As Team Leader/Project Manager or similar capacity of at least Two 20
projects in Construction Supervision / IC involving 4 laning/6-laning/
Expressway of minimum 50km length and atleast two major bridge
of a length 500 mtr. (Excluding approaches).
<9km 0
9km-16km 15
>16km -28km 17
>28km 20
(ii) In Feasibility of 2/4/6 laning works or DPR/IC/Construction 10
Supervision of major highway projects i.e. 2/4/6 laning of
NH/SH/Expressways in Similar Capacity- Number of Projects
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 8
3- 5 projects 9
> 5 projects 10
> 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject tomaximum of 2 marks
Total 100
Bridge Structural Engineer

No.
i) Degree in Civil Engineering 20
or equivalent[AICTE
Approved]
ii) Post Graduation in Structural Engineering/ Bridge 5
Engineering[AICTE Approved]
<5 years 0
155
5-6 years 11
>6-7 years 13
>7 years 15
b) Experience in Bridge Projects 25
(i) Experience in project preparation and design of bridgeprojects 25
<5 years 0
5-8 years 19
>8-10 years 22
>10 years 25
c) Experience as Senior Bridge Engineer or Similar Capacity in 30
Highway Design Consultancy Projects (2/4/6 laning of
NH/SH/Expressways involving design of Major Bridges (
minimum 2 nos. of length more than 200m)
<2 numbers 0
2-4 numbers 24
5-6 numbers 27
> 6 numbers 30
Less than 1 Year 0
1 year 3
Total 100
Team Leader cum Senior Tunnel Engineer

Points
i Degree in Civil Engineering/Tunnel Engineering / Mining Engineering 20
ii Post Graduation in Civil Engineering /Tunnel Engineering/Mining 5
Engineering
a Total Professional Experience 10
<12 years 0
12-15 years 8
>15-17 years 9
>17 years 1
0
(b) Experience in Tunnel Projects 40
156
(i) Professional experience in handling major tunnel projects 8
(Road/Rail/Metro)
<12 years 0
>=12 – 14 years 6
>14 – 15 years 7
>15years 8
(ii) Experience in major tunnel construction/construction
supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<6 years 0
>=6-8 years 7
>8 years 8
(iii)Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major
tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<10 years 0
>=10 – 12 years 7
>12 years 8
(iv) Experience in DPR preparation of minimum 3 km Tunnel 8
length
< 3 projects 0
3 or more projects 8
Experience in construction/construction supervision/ preparation 8
(d) of DPR/feasibility report of major tunnel projects (Road/ Rail/
metro) using NATM
<10 years 0
>=10 – 12 years 7
>12 years 8
(i) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in major tunnel 7
S. Description Max.
No. Points
construction/construction supervision projects(Road/Rail/Metro)
=2 projects 5
= 3 to 5 projects 6
> 5 or more 7
(ii) Experience as Team Leader or similar capacity in preparation of
DPR or Feasibility report of major tunnel projects 8
(Road/Rail/Metro)
=2 projects 6
= 3 to 5 projects 7
> 5 or more 8
Less than 1 Year 0
157
1-2 years 7.
5
maximum of 2.5 marks
Total 100
Tunnel Design Expert

Sr. Description Max.
No. Points
i) Degree in Civil/ Mining Engineering 20
ii) Post Graduation in Design/Structural Engineering or equivalent 5
a) Total Professional 10
Experience
<9 years 0
9-12 years 8
>12-15years 9
>15years 1
0
b) Experience in Tunnel 24
Projects
(i) Professional Experience in handling 8
major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
<6 years 0
>=6-7 years 6
>7-8 years 7
>8 years 8
(ii) Experience of major tunnel 8
<6 years 0
>=6-7 years 6
>7-8 years 7
>8 years 8
(iii) Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of 8
major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
<6 years 0
>=6-7 years 6
>7-8 years 7
>8 years 8
(i) Professional Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer 8
(Structural)
<5 years 0
158
>=5-6 years 6
>6-7 years 7
>7 years
8
(ii) Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) of

major tunnel construction/construction supervision projects 8
(Road/Rail/Metro)
<5 years 0
>=5-6 years 6
>6-7 years 7
>7 years 8
(iii) Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) of 8
major tunnel for preparation of DPR projects
(Road/Rail/Metro)
<5 years 0
>=5-6 years 6
>6-7 years 7
>7 years 8
(iv)Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer (Structural) in 7
preparation of DPR/ Feasibility report of major tunnel
projects (Road/Rail/Metro) using NATM
< 3 projects 0
>=3-5 projects 6
Less than 1 Year 0
1-2 years 7
.
5
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum
of 2.5 marks
Total 100
159
Senior Geotechnical Engineer
S. Description Max.
No. Points
i Degree in Civil Engineering/Mining Engineering / Engineering 20
Geology
Post Graduation in Geotechnical Engineering /Foundation
ii Engineering/Rock Mechanics/Geo science or equivalent 5
a Total Professional 10
Experience
<9 years 0
9-12 years 8
>12-15years 9
>15years 1
0
(b) Experience in Tunnel Projects 24
(i) Professional experience in handling major tunnel projects
(Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<6 years 0
>=6-7 years 6
>7-8 years 7
>8 years 8
(ii) Experience in major tunnel 8
<6 years 0
>=6-7 years 6
>7-8 years 7
>8 years 8
(iii)Experience in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of

major tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro) 8
<6 years 0
>=6-7 years 6
>7-8 years 7
>8 years 8
Capacity
(i) Professional Experience as Tunnel Design Engineer 8
(Structural)
<5 years 0
>=5-6 years 6
>6-7years 7
>7 years 8
160
(ii) Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer or similar 8
capacity in major tunnel construction/construction
supervision projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
<5 years 0
>=5-6 years 6
>6-7years 7
>7 years 8
(iii) Experience as Senior Geotechnical Engineer or similar
capacity in preparation of DPR or Feasibility report of major 8
tunnel projects (Road/Rail/Metro)
<5 years 0
>=5-6 years 6
>6-7years 7
>7 years 8
(iv) Experience in construction/construction supervision/ 7
preparation of DPR/feasibility report of major tunnel
projects (Road/Rail/metro) using NATM
<5 years 0
>=5-6 years 6
>6-7years 7
>7 years 0
Employment with Firm 10
Less than 1 Year 0
1-2 years 7.
5
Add 0.5 marks for each subsequent year subject to maximum
of 2.5 marks
Total 100
Senior Geophysicist
Sr. Description Max.
No. Points
i) Graduate in Geophysics/Geo science/ Earth science or equivalent 20
ii) Post Graduation in Geophysics/Geo science/ Earth Science or 5
equivalent
<9 years 0
9-12 years 10
>12-15years 13
161
>15years 15
b) Experience in Relevant works 50
(i) Professional Experience in handling tunnel/ mineral and oil 12
exploration projects
<6 years 0
>=6-7 years 9
>7-8 years 11
>8 years 12
(ii) Experience of carrying out AEM survey for tunneling/ mineral and 12
oil exploration or any other similar work for area of more than
2.7 sq km
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 9
3 projects 11
(iii) Processing, Interpreting, generating 3D resistivity model of AEM 12
survey‟s raw data for tunneling/ mineral and oil exploration or any
other similar work for area of more than 2.7 sq km
< 2 projects 0
2 projects 9
3 projects 11
(iv) Experience in carrying out AEM survey, processing, interpreting, 14
generating 3D resistivity of AEM survey‟s raw data for major tunnel
work (Rail/Road/Metro)
< 3 projects 0
3 projects 9
4 projects 12
Sr. No. Description Max.

Points
II Employment with Firm 10
Less than 1 Year 0
1-2 years 7.
5
maximum of 2.5 marks
Total 100
162
Assumptions to be made regarding Similar Capacity for various positions
1. Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer
i) On behalf of Consultant/ Contractor: Team Leader/Senior Highway Engineer.
ii) In Government Organizations: Superintending Engineer (orequivalent) and above
2. Senior Bridge Engineer
i) On behalf of Consultant: Senior Bridge Engineer/Bridge Engineer/ Bridge
Design Engineer
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent)
And above
3. Highway cum Pavement Engineer
i) On behalf of Consultant: Highway Engineer/Highway Design
Engineer/Pavement Engineer.
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent)
and above
4. Material Engineer cum Geo Technical Engineer‐ Geologist
i) On behalf of Consultant: Material Engineer/Material Expert/Geo Technical
Engineer
ii) In Government Organizations:

Executiv
e Engineer (or equivalent) and
Above Material Engineer/Material Expert/Geo
Technical Engineer/Manager (Material)
5. Traffic and Safety Expert
i) On be halfof Consultant: Traffic Engineer/Transportation Engineer/Road Safety
Expert
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above
iii) On behalf of Contractor: Senior Survey Engineer Traffic
Engineer/Transportation
163
i) Senior Survey Engineer On behalf of Consultant: Senior Survey Engin
ii) In Government Organizations: Surveyor/Engineer (or equivalent)
iii) On behalfof Contractor: Senior Survey
Engineer/Survey Engineer/
Senior Surveyor
7. Environmental Specialist
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Environmental Engineer/
Environmental
Specialist/
Environmental Expert
ii) In Government Organization: Officers who has dealt
environment/forest matter.
8. Quantity Surveyor/Documentation Expert
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Quantity Surveyor
(ii) In Government Organizations: Assistant Engineer (or equivalent)
9. Land Acquisition Expert
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Land Acquisition Expert
(ii) In Government Organizations:ADM, SDM, Tehsildar,
10. UTILITY Expert
i) On behalf of Consultant /Contractor: Utility Expert
(ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and above.
11. Team Leader cum Senior Tunnel Expert
i) On behalf of the Consultant/Contractor: Team Leader/Senior Highway Engineer.
ii) In Government Organizations: Superintending Engineer (or equivalent)

and above
12. Tunnel Design Engineer
i) On behalf of the Consultant/Contractor: Tunnel Design Engineer
164
ii) In Government Organizations: ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
13. Senior E&M Expert
i) On behalf of the Consultant/Contractor: Senior E&M Expert(Tunnels)
ii) In Government Organizations: ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐ ‐
14. Senior Geologist:
i) On behalf of the Consultant/Contractor: Geologist
ii) In Government Organizations: Geologist
15. Material Engineer
i) On behalf of the Consultant/Contractor: Material Engineer/ Material Expert
ii) In Government Organizations: Executive Engineer (or equivalent) and

above
Consultant has to assess the major utility shifting involved and propose the CV accordingly.
Note: While carrying out evaluation of key personnel, the experience in similar capacity is also a criteria of
evaluation and assumptions to be made regarding similar capacity have been mentioned above. However,
if a key personnel has worked in next lower category to the similar capacity, the marks allotted to key
personnel in the category „experience in similar capacity‟ shall be reduced to two thirds of marks in this
category. This shall be applicable for evaluation ofall key personnel.
APPENDIX‐ VI
DRAFT CONTRACT AGREEMENT
Between
<Address>
And
M/s ………………………………….….. in JV with M/s ................................ And in Association
165
with M/s ……………………………..
For
Consultancy Services for preparation of Detail Engineering report for construction of NH 168 from
Jherda (State Border of Rajasthan & Gujrat) to Sirohi Via Reodar and Mandar bypass.
(From km to km of NH in the State of … )

CONTENTS
Sl. No. Description Page No. I.
CONTRACT FORCONSULTANT‟S SERVICES II
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF
CONTRACT
1. General Provisions
Definitions
Relation between the Parties
Law Governing the Contract
Language
Headings
Notices
Location
Authority of Member in Charge
Authorized Representatives
Taxes and Duties
2. Commencement, Completion, Modification and Termination of Contract
Effectiveness of Contract
Termination of Contract for Failure to Become Effective

166
Commencement of Services
Expiration of Contract
Entire Agreement
Modification
Force Majeure
Definition
No Breach of Contract
Measures to be Taken
Extension of Time
Payments
Consultation
Suspension
Termination
By By the Client the Client

By the Client
By the Consultants
Cessation of Rights and Obligations
Cessation of Services
Payment upon Termination
Disputes about Events of Termination
3. Obligations of the Consultants
General
Standard of Performance
Law Governing Services3.2 Conflict of Interests
Consultants not to Benefit from Commissions, discounts etc.
Consultants and Affiliates not to be otherwise interested in Project
Prohibition of Conflicting Activities
Confidentiality
Liability of the Consultants
Insurance to be taken out by the Consultants
Accounting, Inspection and Auditing
167
Consultants‟ Actions requiring Client‟s prior Approval
Reporting Obligations
Documents prepared by the Consultants to be the Property of the Client
Equipment and Materials furnished by the Client

4. Consultants‟ Personnel
General
Description of Personnel
Approval of Personnel
Working Hours, Overtime, Leave etc.
Removal and/or Replacement of Personnel
Resident Project Manager
5. Obligations of the Client
Assistance and Exemptions
Access to Land
Change in the Applicable Law
Services, Facilities and Property of the Client
Payment
6. Payment to the Consultants
Cost Estimates; Ceiling Amount
Currency of Payment
Mode of Billing and Payment
7. Responsibility for accuracy of the project document
General
Retention money
Penalty
Action for deficiency in services
8. Fairness and Good Faith
Good Faith
Operation of the Contract
168
9. SETTLEMENT OFDISPUTES
Amicable Settlement
Dispute Settlement
III. SPECIAL CONDITIONSOF CONTRACT
IV. APPENDICES
Appendix A: Terms of reference containing, inter‐ alia, the Description of the Services
and Reporting Requirements
Appendix B: Consultants‟ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub Professional

Personnel, Task assignment, work programme, manning schedule,
qualification requirements of key personnel, schedule for submission of
various report.
Appendix C: Hours of work for Consultants‟
PersonnelAppendix D: Duties of the Client
Appendix E: Cost Estimate
Appendix F: Copy of letter of invitation
Appendix G: Copy of letter of acceptance
Appendix H(1): Format for Bank Guarantee for Performance Security for individual work Appendix
H(2) Format for Bank Guarantee for Performance Security for a number of works
Appendix I: Minutes of the Pre‐ bid meeting
169
DRAFT CONTRACT FOR CONSULTANT‟S SERVICES
CONTRACT FOR CONSULTANTS‟ SERVICES
Rajasthan.
(From km to km Of NH in the State of ….)
This CONTRACT (hereinafter called the “Contract”) is made on the-----------------------------day of

the month of-------------------2018 , between, on the one hand, (Chief Engineer(NH), PWD Rajasthan,
Jacob Road,Jaipur), New Delhi (hereinafter called the “Client”) and, on the other hand, M/s --------
---------------------------------------------------------------- in JV with -------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------and in Association with (hereinafter called th
WHEREAS
(A) the Client has requested the Consultants to provide certain consulting services as
defined in the General Conditions attached to this Contract (hereinafter called the
“Services”);
(B) the Consultants, having represented to the Client that they have the required
professional skills, personnel and technical resources, have agreed to provide the
Services on the terms and conditions set forth in this Contract;
NOW THEREFORE the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:
1 The following documents attached hereto shall be deemed to form an integral part of this
Contract:
(a) The General Conditions of Contract (hereinafter called“GC”);
(b) The Special Conditions of contract (hereinafter called“SC”);
(c) The following Appendices:
Appendix A: Terms of reference containing, inter‐ alia, the Description of the Services and
Reporting Requirements
Appendix B: Consultants‟ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub Professional Personnel,
Task assignment, work programme, manning schedule, qualification
requirements ofkey personnel, and schedule for submission of various report.
Appendix C: Hours of work for Consultants‟ PersonnelAppendix D: Duties of the Client
Appendix E: Cost Estimate
Appendix F: Copy of letter of invitationAppendix G: Copy of letter ofacce
Appendix H: Copy of Bank Guarantee for Performance
SecurityAppendix‐ I: Minutes of the pre‐
The mutual rights and obligations of the Client and the Consultants shall be as set forth inthe
Contract; in particular:
170
(a) The Consultants shall carry out the Services in accordance with the provisions of the Contract;
and
(b) Client shall make payments to the Consultants in accordance with the provisions of the
Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Contract to be signed in their respective
names as of the day and year first above written.
FOR AND ONBEHALF OF Witness

1. Signature Name Address
By
Authorized Representative 2.SignatureNameAddress
FOR AND ONBEHALF OF Witness
(Consultant) 1.SignatureNameAddress
Authorized Representative 2.SignatureNameAddress
GENERAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
1. GENERAL PROVISIONS
Definitions
171
Unless the context otherwise requires, the following terms whenever used in this Contract have the
following meanings:
(a) “Applicable Law means the laws and any other instruments having the force oflaw in
the Government‟s country as they may be issued and in force from time totime;
(b) “Contract” means the Contract signed by the Parties, to which these General
Conditions of Contract are attached, together with all the documents listed in Clause
1 of such signed Contract;
(c) “Effective Date” means the date on which this Contract comes into force and effect
pursuant to Clause GC 2.1;
(d) “foreign currency” means any currency other than the currency of theGovernment;
(e) “GC” means these General Conditions of Contract;
(f) “Government” means the Government of India;
(g) “local currency” means the currency of theGovernment;
(h) “Member”, in case the Consultants consist of a joint venture or consortium of more
than one entity, means any of these entities, and “Members” means all ofthese entities;
(i) “Personnel” means persons hired by the Consultants or by any Sub consultant as
employees and assigned to the performance of the Services or any part thereof;
“foreign Personnel” means such persons who at the time of being so hired had their
domicile outside India; and “local Personnel” means such persons who at the time of
being so hired had their domicile inside India;
(j) “Party” means the Client or the Consultants, as the case may be, and Parties means
both of them;
(k) “Services” means the work to be performed by the Consultants pursuant to this
Contract for the purposes of the Project, as described in Appendix A hereto;
(l) “SC” means the Special Conditions of Contract by which these General Conditions of
Contract may be amended or supplemented;
(m) “Sub consultant” means any entity tow hichtheConsultants subcontract any part of the
Services in accordance with the provisions of Clause GC 3.7; and
(n) “Third Party “means any person or entity other than the Government, the Client, the
Consultants or a Sub consultant.
Relation between the Parties
Nothing contained herein shall be construed as establishing a relation of master and

servant or of agent and principal as between the Client and the Consultants. The
Consultants, subject to this Contract, have complete charge of Personnel performing the
Services and shall be fully responsible for the Services performed by them or on their
behalf hereunder.
Governing Law and Jurisdiction
This Contract, its meaning and interpretation, and the relation between the Parties shall
be governed by the Applicable Laws of India and the Courts at ............................. shall have
exclusive jurisdiction over matters arising out of or relating to this Agreement.
172
Language
This Contract has been executed in the language specified in the SC, which shall be the
binding and controlling language for all matters relating to the meaning or
interpretation of this Contract.
Table of Contents and Headings
The table of contents, headings or sub‐ headings in this agreement are for convenience for
reference only and shall not be used in, and shall not limit, alter or affect the construction
and interpretation of this Contract.
Notices
Any notice, request or consent required or permitted to be given or made pursuant to this Contract
shall be in writing. Any such notice, request or consent shall be deemed to have been given or made
when delivered in person to an authorized representative of the Party towhom the communication is
addressed, or when sent by registered mail, facsimile or e‐ mail to such Party at the address specified
in the SC.
Notice will be deemed to be effective as specified in the SC.

A party may change its address for notice hereunder by giving the other Party notice of
such change pursuant to the provisions listed in the SC with respect to Clause GC 1.6.2.
Location
The Services shall be performed at such locations as are specified in Letter of Acceptance
(Appendix‐ G) hereto and, where the location of a particular task is not so specified, at such
locations, whether in India or elsewhere, as the Client may approve.
Authority of Member in Charge
In case the Consultants consist of a joint venture of more than one entity, with or without
an Associate the Members hereby authorize the entity specified in the SC to act on their
behalf in exercising all the Consultants‟ rights and obligations towards the Client under this
Contract, including without limitation the receiving of instructions and payments from
the Client.
Authorized Representatives
Any action required or permitted to be taken, and any document required or permitted to be
executed, under this Contract by the Client or the Consultants may be taken or executed
by the officials specified in the SC.
Taxes and Duties
Unless otherwise specified in the SC, the Consultants shall pay all such taxes, duties, feesand
other impositions as may be levied under the Applicable Law.
2. COMMENCEMENT, COMPLETION, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION OF

CONTRACT
Effectiveness of Contract
This Contract shall come into force and effect on the date of the Client‟s notice to the
Consultants instructing the Consultants to begin carrying out the Services. This notice
shall confirm that the effectiveness conditions, if any, listed in the SC have been met.
173
Termination of Contract for Failure to Become Effective
If this Contract has not become effective within such time period after the date of the
Contract signed by the Parties as shall be specified in the SC, either Party may, by notless
than four (4) weeks‟ written notice to the other Party, declare this Contract to be null and
void, and in the event of such a declaration by either Party, neither Party shall have any
claim against the other Party with respecthereto.
Commencement of Services
The Consultants shall begin carrying out the Services at the end of such time period after the
Effective Date as shall be specified in the SC.
Expiration of Contract
Unless terminated earlier pursuant to Clause GC 2.9 hereof, this Contract shall expire
when services have been completed and all payments have been made at the end of such
time period after the Effective Date as shall be specified in the SC.
Entire Agreement
This Contract contains all covenants, stipulations and provisions agreed by the Parties. No
agent or representative of either Party has authority to make, and the Parties shall not be
bound by or be liable for, any statement, representation, promise or agreement not set forth
herein.
Modification
Modification of the terms and conditions of this Contract, including any modification of the
scope of the Services, may only be made by written agreement between the Parties.
Pursuant to Clause GC 8.2 hereof, however, each party shall give due consideration toany
proposals for modification made by the other Party.
Force Majeure
Definition
(a) For the purposes of this Contract, “Force Majeure” means an event which is beyond the
reasonable control of a Party, and which makes a Party‟s performance of its obligations
hereunder impossible or so impractical as reasonably to be considered impossible in the
circumstances, and includes, butis not limited to, war, riots, civil disorder, earthquake, fire,
explosion, storm, flood or other adverse weather conditions, strikes, lockouts or other
industrial action (except where such strikes, lockouts or other industrial action are withinthe
power of the Party invoking Force Majeure to prevent), confiscation or any other action by
government agencies.
(b) Force Majeure shall not include (i) any event which is caused by the negligence or
intentional action of a Party or such Party‟s Sub consultants or agents or employees, nor
(ii) any event which a diligent Party could reasonably have been expected to both (A) take
into account at the time of the conclusion of this Contract and (B) avoid or overcome in
the carrying out of its obligations hereunder.
(c) Force Majeure shall not include insufficiency of funds or failure to make any payment
required hereunder.
No Breach of Contract
The failure of a Party to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder shall not be considered tobe a
breach of, or default under, this Contract insofar as such inability arises from an event of Force
174
Majuere, provided that the Party affected by such an event has taken all reasonable
precautions, due care and reasonable alternative measures, all with the objective of
carrying out the terms and conditions of this Contract.
Measures to be Taken
(a) A party affected by an event of Force Majeure shall take all reasonable measures to
remove such Party‟s inability to fulfill its obligations hereunder with a minimum of delay.
(b) A party affected by an event of Force Majeure shall notify the other Party of such event as
soon as possible, and in any event not later than fourteen (14) days following the
occurrence of such event, providing evidence of the nature and cause of such event, and
shall similarly give notice of the restoration of normal conditions as soon as possible.
(c) The Parties shall take all reasonable measures to minimize the consequences of any event of
Force Majeure.
Extension of Time
Any period within which a Party shall, pursuant to this Contract, complete any action or
task, shall be extended for a period equal to the time during which such Party was unable
to perform such action as a result of Force Majeure.
Payments
During the period of their inability to perform the Services as a result of an event of Force
Majeure, the Consultants shall be entitled to be reimbursed for additional costs reasonably
and necessarily incurred by them during such period for the purposes of theServices and in
reactivating the Services after the end of such period.
Consultation
Not later than thirty (30) days after the Consultants, as the result of an event of Force
Majeure, have become unable to perform a material portion of the Services, the Parties shall
consult with each other with a view to agreeing on appropriate measures to be taken in
the circumstances.
Suspension
The Client may, by written notice of suspension to the Consultants, suspend all payments
to the Consultants hereunder if the Consultants fail to perform any of their obligations
under this Contract, including the carrying out of the Services, provided that such notice of
suspension (i) shall specify the nature of the failure, and (ii) shall request the Consultants to
remedy such failure within a period not exceeding thirty (30) days after receipt by the
Consultants of such notice of suspension.
Termination
By the Client
The Client may, by not less than thirty (30) days‟ written notice of termination to the
Consultants (except in the event listed in paragraph (f) below, for which there shall be a
written notice of not less than sixty (60) days), such notice to be given after the occurrence
of any of the events specified in paragraphs (a) through (f) of this Clause 2.9.1, terminate
this Contract:
(a) if the Consultants fail to remedy a failure in the performance of their obligations
175
are under, as specified in a notice of suspension pursuant to Clause
2.8 hereinabove, within thirty (30) days of receipt of such notice of suspension or
within such further period as the Client may have subsequently approved in
writing;
(b) if the Consultants become (or, if the Consultants consist of more than one entity, if
any of their Members becomes) insolvent or bankrupt or enter into any agreements
with their creditors for relief of debt or take advantage of any law for the benefit of
debtors or go into liquidation or receivership whether compulsory or voluntary;
(c) if the Consultants fail to comply with any final decision reached as a result of
arbitration proceedings pursuant to Clause 8 hereof;
(d) if the Consultants submit to the Client a statement which has a material effect on the
rights, obligations or interests of the Client and which the Consultants know to be
false;
(e) if, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultants are unable to perform a material
portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60) days; or
(f) if the Client, in its sole discretion and for any reason whatsoever, decides to
terminate this Contract.
By the Consultants
The Consultants may, by not less than thirty (30) day‟s written notice to the Client, such
notice to be given after the occurrence of any of the events specified in paragraphs (a)
through (d) of this Clause 2.9.2, terminate this Contract:
(a) if the Client fails to pay any money due to the Consultants pursuant to this
contract and not subject to dispute pursuant to Clause 8 hereof within forty‐
five(45) days after receiving written notice from the Consultants that such
payment is overdue;
(b) if the Client is in material breach of its obligations pursuant to this Contract and
has not remedied the same within forty‐ five (45) days (or such longer period as
the Consultants may have subsequently approved in writing) following the
receipt by the Client of the Consultants‟ notice specifying suchbreach;
(c) if, as the result of Force Majeure, the Consultant are unable to perform a material
portion of the Services for a period of not less than sixty (60) days; or
(d) if the Client fails to comply with any final decision reached as a result of
arbitration pursuant to Clause 8 hereof.
Cessation of Rights and Obligations
Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses 2.2 or 2.9 hereof, or upon
expiration of this Contract pursuant to Clause 2.4 hereof, all rights and obligations of the
Parties hereunder shall cease, except (i) such rights and obligations as may have
accrued on the date of termination or expiration, (ii) the obligation of confidentiality set
forth in Clause 3.3 hereof, (iii) the Consultant‟s obligation to permit inspection, copying
and auditing of their accounts and records set forth in Clause 3.6 (ii) hereof, and (iv) any
right which a Party may have under the Applicable Law.
Cessation of Services
176
Upon termination of this Contract by notice of either Party to the other pursuant to
Clauses 2.9.1 or 2.9.2 hereof, the Consultants shall, immediately upon dispatch or
receipt of such notice, take all necessary steps to bring the Services to a close in a
prompt and orderly manner and shall make every reasonable effort to keep
expenditures for this purpose to a minimum. With respect to documents prepared by the
Consultants and equipment and materials furnished by the Client, the Consultants shall
proceed as provided, respectively, by Clauses 3.9 or 3.10 hereof.
Payment upon Termination
Upon termination of this Contract pursuant to Clauses 2.9.1 or 2.9.2 hereof, the Client
shall make the following payments to the Consultants (after offsetting against these
payments any amount that may be due from the Consultant to the Client):
(i) remuneration pursuant to Clause 6 hereof for Services satisfactorily performed prior
to the effective date of termination.
(ii) reimbursable expenditures pursuant to Clause 6 hereof for expenditures actually
incurred prior to the effective date of termination; and
(iii) except in the case of termination pursuant to paragraphs (a) through (d) of Clause
2.9.1 hereof, reimbursement of any reasonable cost incident to the prompt and
orderly termination of the Contract including the cost of the return travel of the
Consultants‟ personnel and their eligible dependents.
Disputes about Events of Termination
If either Party disputes whether an event specified in paragraphs (a) through (e) of Clause
2.9.1 or in Clause 2.9.2 hereof has occurred, such Party may, within forty‐ five (45) days
after receipt of notice of termination from the other Party, refer the matter to arbitration
pursuant to Clause 8 hereof, and this Contract shall not be terminated on account of such
event except in accordance with the terms of any resulting arbitral award.
3. OBLIGATIONS OF THECONSULTANTS
General
Standard of Performance
The Consultants shall perform the Services and carry out their obligations here under with
all due diligence, efficiency and economy, in accordance with generally acceptedprofessional
techniques and practices, and shall observe sound management practices, and employ
appropriate advanced technology and safe and effective equipment, machinery, materials
and methods. The Consultants shall always act, in respect of any matter relating to this
Contract or to the Services, as faithful advisers to the Client, and shall at all times support and
safeguard the Client's legitimate interests in any dealings with Sub consultants or Third
Parties.
Law Governing Services
The Consultants shall perform the Services in accordance with the Applicable Law andshall
take all practicable steps to ensure that any Sub consultants, as well as the Personnel and
agents of the Consultants and any Sub consultants, comply with the Applicable Law. The
Client shall advise the Consultants in writing of relevant local customs and the Consultants
shall, after such notifications, respect such customs.
177
Conflict of Interests Consultants not to Benefit from Commissions, Discounts, etc.
The remuneration of the Consultants pursuant to Clause 6 hereof shall constitute the
Consultants' sole remuneration in connection with this Contract or the Services and the
Consultants shall not accept for their own benefit any trade commission, discount or
similar payment in connection with activities pursuant to this Contract or to the Services or
in the Discharge of their obligations hereunder, and the Consultants shall use their best
efforts to ensure that any Sub consultants, as well as the Personnel and agents ofeither of
them, similarly shall not receive any such additional remuneration.
Consultants and Affiliates not to be otherwise interested in Project
The Consultants agree that, during the term of this Contract and after its termination, the
Consultants and any entity affiliated with the Consultants, as well as any Sub consultant
and any entity affiliated with such Sub consultant, shall be disqualified from providing
goods, works or services (other than the Services and any continuation thereof) for any
project resulting from or closely related to the Services.
Prohibition of Conflicting Activities
Neither the Consultants nor their Sub consultants nor the Personnel of either of them
shall engage, either directly or indirectly, in any of the following activities:
(a) during the term of this Contract, any business or professional activities in the
Government's country which would conflict with the activities assigned to them
under this Contractor
(b) after the termination of this Contract, such other activities as may be specified in the
SC.
Confidentiality
The Consultants, their Sub consultants and the Personnel of either of them shall not,
either during the term or within two (2) years after the expiration of this Contract,
disclose any proprietary or confidential information relation to the Project, the Services,
this Contract or the Client's business or operations without the prior written consent of
the Client.
Liability of the Consultants
Subject to additional provisions, if any, set forth in the SC, the Consultants' liability
under this Contract shall be as provided by the Applicable Law.
Insurance to be taken out by the Consultants
The Consultants (i) shall take out and maintain, and shall cause any Sub consultants to
take out and maintain, at their (or the Sub consultants', as the case may be) own cost but
on terms and conditions approved by the Client, insurance against the risks, and for the
coverage, as shall be specified in the Special Conditions (SC), and (ii) at the Client'srequest,
shall provide evidence to the Client showing that such insurance has been taken out and
maintained and that the current premiums therefore have been paid.
178
Accounting, Inspection and Auditing
The Consultants (i) shall keep accurate and systematic accounts and records in respect of
the Services hereunder, in accordance with internationally accepted accounting
principles and in such form and detail as will clearly identify all relevant time chargesand
cost, and the bases thereof (including the bases of the Consultants' costs and charges),
and (ii) shall permit the Client or its designated representative periodically,and up to one
year from the expiration or termination of this Contact, to inspect the same and make
copies thereof as well as to have them audited by auditors appointed bythe Client.
Consultants' Actions requiring Client's prior Approval
The Consultants shall obtain the Client's prior approval in writing before taking any of the
following actions:
(a) appointing such members of the Personnel as are listed in Appendix B;
(b) entering into a subcontract for the performance of any part of the Services, it being
understood (i)that the selection of the Sub‐ consultant and the terms andconditions of
the subcontract shall have been approved in writing by the Client prior to the
execution of the subcontract, and (ii) that the Consultants shall remain fully liable for
the performance of the Services by the Sub‐ consultant and its Personnel pursuant to
this Contract;
(c) any other action that may be specified in the SC.
Reporting Obligations
The Consultants shall submit to the Client the reports and documents specified in
Appendix A/E here to, in the form, in the numbers and within the time periods set forth in
the said Appendix. Reporting stages, review progress and checklist shall be as reflected in the
DPR.
Documents prepared by the Consultants to be the Property of the Client
All plans, drawings, specifications, designs, reports and other documents prepared by the
Consultants in performing the Services shall become and remain the property of the Client,
and the Consultants shall, not later than upon termination or expiration of this Contract,
deliver all such documents to the Client, together with a detailed inventory thereof. The
Consultants may retain a copy of such documents. Restrictions about the future use of
these documents, shall be as specified in the SC.
Equipment and Materials furnished by the Client
Equipment and materials made available tothe Consultants by the Client, or purchased by the
Consultants with funds provided by the Client, shall be the property of the Client andshall be
marked accordingly. Upon termination or expiration of this Contract, the Consultants
shall make available to the Client an inventory of such equipment and materials and shall
dispose of such equipment and materials in accordance with the Client's I instructions.
While in possession of such equipment and materials, the Consultants, unless otherwise
instructed by the Client in writing, shall insure them in an amount equal to their full
replacement value.
4. CONSULTANTS' PERSONNEL
General
179
The Consultants shall employ and provide such qualified and experienced Personnel asare
required to carry out the Services.
Description of Personnel
The titles, agreed job descriptions, minimum qualification and estimated periods of
engagement in the carrying out of the Services of each of the Consultants' Key
Professional / Sub Professional Personnel are described in Appendix B.
(a) If required to comply with the provisions of Clause 3.1.1 of this Contract,
adjustments with respect to the estimated periods of engagement of Key
Professional / Sub Professional Personnel set forth in Appendix B may be made
bythe Consultants by written notice to the Client, provided
(i) that such adjustments shall not alter the originally estimated period of
engagement of any individual by more than 10% or one week,
whicheveris larger, and
(ii) that the aggregate of such adjustments shall not cause payments under
this Contract to exceed the ceilings set forth in Clause 6.1 (b) of this
Contract. Any other such adjustments shall only be made with the
Client'swritten approval.
(b) If additional work is required beyond the scope of the Services specified in
Appendix A, the estimated periods of engagement of Key Personnel set forth in
Appendix B may be increased by agreement in writing between the Client and the
Consultants.
Approval of Personnel
The Key Personnel and Sub consultants listed by title as well as by name in Appendix Bare
hereby approved by the Client. In respect of other Key Personnel which the Consultants
propose to use in the carrying out of the Services, the Consultants shall submit to the
Client for review and approval a copy of their biographical data. If the Client does not
object in writing (stating the reasons for the objection) within twenty‐ one (21) calendar
days from the date of receipt of such biographical data, such Key Personnel shall be
deemed to have been approved by the Client.
Working Hours, Overtime, Leave, etc.
(a) Working hours and holidays for Key Professional / Sub Professional Personnel are
set forth in Appendix C hereto. To account for travel time, foreign Personnel
carrying out Services inside the Government's country shall be deemed to have
commenced (or finished) work in respect of the Services such number of days
before their arrival in (or after their departure from) the Government's country is
specified in Appendix C hereto.
(b) The Key Professional / Sub Professional Personnel shall not be entitled to be paid
for overtime nor to take paid sick leave or vacation leave except as specified in
Appendix C hereto, and except as specified in such Appendix, the Consultants'
remuneration shall be deemed to cover these items. All leave to be allowed to the
Personnel is included in the staff‐ months of service set for in Appendix B. Any
taking of leave by Personnel shall be subject to the prior approval of the Client by
the Consultants, who shall ensure that absence for leave purposes will not delay
180
the progress and adequate supervision of the Services.
Removal and/or Replacement of Key Personnel
Removal and/or replacement of Key Personnel shall be regulated as under:

In case notice to commence services pursuant to Clause 2.1 of this Contract is n ordered by
Client within 120 days of signing of contract the key personnel can excuse themselves on
valid grounds, e.g., selection on some other assignment, health problem developed after
signing of contract, etc. In such a case no penalty shall be levied on theFirm or on the person
concerned. The firm shall however be asked to give a replacement by an equal or better
scoring person, whenever mobilization is ordered.
In case notice to commence services is given within 120 days of signing of contract the, the
Authority expects all the Key Personnel specified in the Proposal to be available during
implementation of the Agreement. The Authority will not consider any substitution of
Key Personnel except under compelling circumstances beyond the control of the
Consultant and the concerned Key Personnel. Such substitution shall be limited to not
more than three Key Personnel subject to equally or better qualified and experienced
personnel being provided to the satisfaction of the Authority. Replacement of the Team
Leader will not normally be considered and may lead to disqualification of the Applicant or
termination of the Agreement. Replacement of one Key Personnel shall be permitted subject
to reduction of remuneration equal to 5 % (five per cent) of the total remuneration
specified for the Key Personnel who is proposed to be replaced. In case of second
replacement there duction in remuneration shall be equal to 10% (ten per cent) and for
third and subsequent replacement, such reduction shall be equal to 15% (fifteen per cent).
The maximum age limit of replaced key personnel shall be 65 years as on the date of
submission of proposal for such replacement.
If the consultant finds that any of the personnel had made false representation regarding
his qualification and experience, he may request the Employer for replacement of the
personnel. There shall be no reduction in remuneration for such replacement. The
replacement shall however be of equal or better score. The personnel so replaced shall be
debarred from future projects for 2 years. Replacement after original contract period is over:
There shall be no limit on the replacements and no reduction in remunerations shall bemade.
The replacement shall however be of equal or better score.
If the Employer (i) finds that any of the Personnel has committed serious misconduct or has
been charged with having committed a criminal action or (ii) has reasonable groundto be dissatisfied with
will be no reduction in remuneration.
If any member of the approved team of a consultant engaged by Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur leaves that consultant before completion of the job, he
shall be barred for a period of 6 months to 24 months from being engaged as a teammember
of any other consultant working (or to be appointed) for any other Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur/ MoRTH projects.
Resident Team Leader and Coordinator
The person designated as the Team Leader of the Consultant‟s Personnel shall be
responsible for the coordinated, timely and efficient functioning of the Personnel. In
addition, the Consultant shall designate a suitable person from its Head Office as Project
Coordinator who shall be responsible for day to day performance of the Services
5. OBLIGATION OF THECLIENT
181
Assistance and Exemptions unless otherwise specified in the SC, the Client shall use its best
efforts to ensure that the Government shall:
(a) provide the Consultants, Sub consultants and Personnel with work permits and
such other documents as shall be necessary to enable the Consultants, Sub
consultants or Personnel to perform the Services;
(b) assist for the Personnel and, if appropriate, their eligible dependents to be
provided promptly with all supporting papers for necessary entry and exit visas,
residence permits, exchange permits and any other documents required for their
stay in India;
(c) facilitate prompt clearance through customs of any property required for the
Services;
(d) issue to officials, agents and representatives of the Government all such
instructions as may be necessary or appropriate for the prompt and effective
implementation of the Services;
Access to Land
The Client warrants that the Consultants shall have, free of charge, unimpeded access to
all land in the Government‟s country in respect of which access is required for the
performance of the Services. The Client will be responsible for any damage to such land or
any property thereon resulting from such access and will indemnify the Consultants
and each of the Personnel in respect of liability for any such damage, unless such
damage is caused by the default or negligence of the Consultants or any Sub
consultants or the Personnel of either of them.
Change in the Applicable Law
If, after the date of this Contract, there is any change in the Applicable Law with respect to
taxes and duties which increases or decreases the cost or reimbursable expenses incurred by
the Consultants in performing the Services, then the remuneration and reimbursable
expenses otherwise payable to the Consultants under this Contract shall be increased or
decreased accordingly by agreement between the Parties hereto, and corresponding
adjustments shall be made to the ceiling amounts specified in Clause 6.1(b),
Services, Facilities and Property of the Client
The client shall make available to the Consultants and the Personnel, for the purposes of the
Services and free of any charge, the services, facilities and property described in Appendix D
at the times and in the manner specified in said Appendix D, provided that if such services,
facilities and property shall not be made available to the Consultants as and when so
specified, the Parties shall agree on (i) any time extension that may be appropriate to grant to
the Consultants for the performance of the Services, (ii) the manner in which the Consultants
shall procure any such services, facilities and property from other sources, and (iii) the
additional payments, if any, to be made to the Consultants as a result thereof pursuant to
Clause 6.1(c) hereinafter.
Payment
In consideration of the Services performed by the Consultants under this Contract, the Client
shall make to the Consultants such payments and in such manner as is provided by Clause
6of this Contract.
182
PAYMENT TO THE CONSULTANTS
Cost Estimates: Ceiling Amount
(a) An abstract of the cost of the Services payable in local currency (Indian Rupees) isset forth
in Appendix E.
(b) Except as may be otherwise agreed under Clause 2.6 and subject to Clause 6.1(c), the
payments under this Contract shall not exceed the ceiling specified in the SC. The
Consultants shall notify the Client as soon as cumulative charges incurred for the
Services have reached 80% of the ceiling.
(c) Notwithstanding Clause 6.1(b) hereof, if pursuant to Clauses 5.4 hereof, the Parties
shall agree that additional payments shall be made to the Consultants in order to cover
any necessary additional expenditures not envisaged in the costestimates referred to in
Clause 6.1(a) above, the ceiling set forth in Clause 6.1(b) above shall be increased by the
amount or amounts, as the case may be, of anysuch additional payments.
Currency of Payment
(a) The payment shall be made in Indian Rupees.
Mode of Billing and Payment

Billing and payments in respect of the Services shall be made as follows:‐
(a) The Client shall cause to be paid to the Consultants an advance payment as
specified in the SC, and as otherwise set forth below. The advance payment will bedue
after provision by the Consultants to the Client of a bank guarantee by a bank
acceptable to the Client in an amount (or amounts) and in a currency (or currencies)
specified in the SC, such bank guarantee (i) to remain effective until the advance
payment has been fully set off as provided in the SC, and ii) in such form as the
Client shall have approved inwriting.
(b) Payment Schedule
Sr. Item Payment
No. %
1 Submission of final QAP and Inception Report 10%

2 Approval of final Alignment Report 5%
3 Submission of final feasibility Report 5%
4 Submission Of 3a Notification, Draft 3 A And 5%
Approval Of Final Land Acquisition Report containing
details of
3a, 3A
5 Submission of all utilities shifting proposals to user 2.5%
agencies
and submission of utilities relocation plan to Executing
Authority
6 Submission of all stage I clearance proposals and submission 5%
of clearances report to Executing Authority
7 Approval of final DPR report, documents and drawings 10%
8 Approval of bid documents and draft civil works contract 5%
agreement along with technical schedules.
9 3D publication for all land parcels identified in item 4 10%
above and submission of Land Acquisition II report
183
10 Stage II clearance approval and submission of final 5%
clearances II report
11 Final approval of utilities shifting estimates and 2.5
submission of Utilities II report %
12 Completion of award declaration (3G) for 90% of land 10%
parcels identified in item 9 and submission of Land
Award report
13 Earlier of award of package to contractor/concessionaire 10%
or 6 months from launch of tender process
14 Receipt of land possession certificates (3E) for 90% of all 10%
land parcels identified in LA II report and submission of
Land Possession report
15 Amount to be released at earlier of projects COD or 3years 5%
from start of civil work
Total : 100
%
16 Bonus on submission of draft 3A within 15 days of 1 % bonus
alignment finalization
17 Bonus on submission of draft 3D within 60 days of draft 3 2.5% bonus
A.
18 Bonus on receipt of possession certificate (3E) for more 5% bonus
than
90% of land identified in item 9 above within 165 days
of draft 3 A.
19 Bonus on submission of utility shifting proposal including 1% bonus
clearance within 60 days of alignment finalization.
Note: Consultants have to provide a certificate that all key personnel as envisaged in the
Contract Agreement has been actually deployed in the project. They have to submit this
certificate at the time of submission of bills to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur from time to time.
* The Concerned Project Director or his authorized representative shall ensure and certify
at least 5% test check of all the data collected by the Consultant before releasing the payment
to the Consultant.
(c) No payment shall become eligible for the next stage till the consultant completes to
the satisfaction of the client the work pertaining to the preceding stage. The payment for
the work of sub‐ soil investigation (Boring)will be as per plan approved by the client
and will be paid as per actual at the rates quoted by the consultants .The payment for
the quantity given by the client for boring will be deemed to be included in the above
mentioned payment schedule. Any adjustment in the payment to the consultants will
be made in the final payment only.
(d) The Client shall cause the payment of the Consultants in Para 6.4 (b) above as given in
schedule of payment within thirty (30) days after the receipt by the Client of bills.
Interests at the rate specified in the SC shall become payable as from the above due
date on any amount due by, but not paid on, such due date.
(e) The final payment under this Clause shall be made only after the final report and a
final statement, identified as such, shall have been submitted by the Consultants and
approved as satisfactory by the Client. The Services shall be deemed completed and
finally accepted by the Client and the final report and final statement shall be deemed
approved by the Client as satisfactory one hundred and eighty (180) calendar days
after receipt of the final report and final statement by the Client unless the Client,
within ninety (90) day period, gives written notice to the Consultants specifying in
184
detailed deficiencies in the Services, the final report or final statement. The Consultants
shall thereupon promptly make any necessary corrections, and upon completion of
such corrections, the foregoing process shall be repeated. Any amount which the
Client has paid or caused to be paid in accordance with this Clause in excess of the
amounts actually payable in accordance with the provisions of this Contract shall be
reimbursed by the Consultants to the Client within thirty (30) days after receipt by the
Consultants of notice thereof. Any such claim by theClient for reimbursement must be
made within twelve (12) calendar months after receipt by the Client of a final report
and a final statement approved bythe Client in accordance with the above.
(f) All payments under this Contract shall be made to the account of the Consultants
specified in the SC.
(g) Efforts need to be made by the Consultant to submit the schedule reports of each road
stretch / s of a package. However, due to reasons beyond the reasonable control of
Consultant, if the schedule submission of reports / documents of each road stretch /s
of a package is not done, the payment shall bemade on pro‐ ratabasis.
6. Responsibility for Accuracy of Project Documents

General
i. The Consultant shall be responsible for accuracy of the data collected, by him directly
or procured from other agencies/authorities, the designs, drawings, estimates and all
other details prepared by him as part of these services. He shall indemnify the
Authority against any inaccuracy in the work which might surface during
implementation of theproject. The Consultant will also be responsible for correcting,
at his own cost and risk, the drawings including any re‐ survey / investigations
and correcting layout etc. if required during the execution of the Services.
ii. The Consultant shall be fully responsible for the accuracy of design and drawings of
thebridges and structures. All the designs and drawings for bridges and structures
including all their components shall be fully checked by a Senior Engineer after
completion of the designs. All drawings for bridges and structures shall be duly
signed by the (a) Designer, (b) Senior Checking Engineer, and (c) Senior Bridge /
Structure Expert. The designs and drawings not signed by the three persons
mentioned above shall not be accepted. The Consultant shall indemnify the Client
against any inaccuracy / deficiency in the designs and drawings of the bridges and
structures noticed during the construction and even thereafter and the Client shall
bear no responsibility for the accuracy of the designs and drawings submitted by
the Consultants.
iii. The survey control points established by the Consultant shall be protected by the
Consultants till the completion of the Consultancy Services.
Retention Money
An amount equivalent to 10% of the contract value shall be retained at the end of the
contract for accuracy of design and quantities submitted and the same will be released
after the completion of civil contract works or after 3 years from completion of
consultancy services, whichever is earlier. The retention money will however be
released by the Client on substitution by Bank Guarantee of the same amount valid upto
the period as above. Out of this 15%, 10% shall be in the form of Bank Guarantee and 5%
shall be the amount retained from Consultancy fee payable to the Consultant.
Penalty
Penalty for Error/Variation
185
(a) If variation in project cost occurs due to Change of scope requests of more than 10% of
the total project cost as estimated by the consultant and these change of scope requests
arise due to deficiencies in the design provided by the consultant, the penaltyequivalent
to 4% of the contract value shall be imposed. For this purpose retention money
equivalent to 4% of the contract value will be forfeited. This shall exclude any
additional/deletion of items/works ordered by the client during the execution
(b) If there is a discrepancy in land to be acquired during the execution of the project upto an
extent of +/‐ 2% of the area of land, a penalty equivalent to 3% of the contract value shall
be imposed. For this purpose retention money equivalent to 3% of the contract value
will be forfeited. This shall exclude any additional/deletion of items/works ordered by
the client during the execution. For discrepancy of more than + / ‐ 2% of the area of
land to be acquired, the firm shall be declared as non performing as per para 7.4.2.
(c) If there is a variation in quantities of various itmes of utilities shifting during the
execution of the project upto an extent of +/‐ 10% of the quantity estimated by the
design consultant, a penalty equivalent to 3% of the contract value shall be imposed. For
this purpose retention money equivalent to 3% of the contract value will be forfeited.
This shall exclude any additional/deletion of items/works ordered by the client during
the execution
iv) For inaccuracies in survey/investigation/design work the penalties shall be

imposed as perdetails given in Table below:
Sr. Item Penalty (%age
No. of contract
value)
1 Topographic Surveys 1.0 to 1.5
a) The horizontal alignment does not match with ground condition.
b) The cross sections do not match with existing ground.
c) The co-ordinates are defective as instruments of desired accuracy not
used.
2 Geotechnical Surveys 1.0 to 1.5
a) Incomplete surveys
b) Data not analyzed properly

c) The substrata substantially different from the actual strata found during
construction.
3 Traffic data found to be varying by more than 25% on resurvey at a 0.5 to 1.0
later date, unless there are justifiable reasons.
4 Axle load data found to be varying by more than 25% on resurvey 0.5 to 1.0
at a later date, unless there are justifiable reasons.
5 Structural Designs found to be unsafe or grossly over designed The firm shall
be considered
as non-
performing as
per para 7.4.2.
Penalty for delay
In case of delay in completion of services, a penalty equal to0.05% of the contract price per day
subject to a maximum 5% of the contract value will be imposed and shall be recovered from
186
payments due/performance security. However in case of delay due to reasons beyond the
control of the consultant, suitable extension of time will be granted oncase to case basis.
Total amount of recovery from all penalties shall be limitedto 15% of the
ConsultancyFee.
< Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur> is in

process of evolving performance based rating system for DPR
Consultants. Performance of Consultants shall be monitored by Chief
Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur and will be taken
into account in technical evaluation of future DPR projects. For this
purpose, performance of Consultant in the current project shall also
be taken into account to create rating of Consultant.
ACTION FOR DEFICIENCY IN SERVICES
Consultants liability towards the Client

Consultant shall be liable to indemnify the client for any direct loss or damage accrued orlikely to
accrue due to deficiency in service rendered by him.
Debarring / Non Performing

In the case of major deficiencies in the Detailed Project Report involving time and cost
overrun and adverse effect on reputation of Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur, the firm shall be declared as non‐ performing and the firm will not be eligible
for participating in future projects of the Ministry (including NHAI, NHIDCL, BRO, etc.)
for a period of 5 years.
7. FAIRNESS AND GOODFAITH
Good Faith
The Parties undertake to act in good faith with respect to each other‟s rights under thisContract
and to adopt all reasonable measures to ensure the realization of the objectives of this
Contract.
Operation of the Contract
The Parties recognize that it is impractical in this Contract to provide for every
contingency which may arise during the life of the Contract, and the Parties hereby agree
that it is their intention that this Contract shall operate fairly as between them,and without
detriment to the interest of either of them, and that, if during the term ofthis Contract either
Party believes that this Contract is operating unfairly, the Parties will use their best efforts to
agree on such action as may be necessary to remove the causeor causes of such unfairness,
but no failure to agree on any action pursuant to this Clause shall give rise to a dispute
subject to arbitration in accordance with Clause 9 hereof.
8. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES
Amicable Settlement
The Parties shall use their best efforts to settle amicably all disputes arising out of or in
187
connection with this Contract or the interpretation thereof.
Dispute Resolution
Any dispute, difference or controversy of whatever nature howsoever arising under or out of
or in relation to this Agreement (including its interpretation) between the Parties, andso
notified in writing by either Party to the other Party (the “Dispute”) shall, in the first
instance, be attempted to be resolved amicably in accordance with the conciliation
procedure set forth in Clause 9.3.
The Parties agree to use their best efforts for resolving all Disputes arising under or in
respect of this Agreement promptly, equitably and in good faith, and further agree
toprovide each other with reasonable access during normal business hours to all non
– privileged records, information and data pertaining to anydispute.
Conciliation
In the event of any Dispute between the Parties, either Party may call upon [Chairman of
Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur>] and the Chairman of theBoard
of Directors of the Consultant or a substitute thereof for amicable settlement, and upon
such reference, thesaidpersonsshallmeetnolaterthan10(ten) days from the date of
reference to discuss and attempt to amicably resolve the Dispute. If such meeting does
not take place within the 10(ten) day period or the Dispute is not amicably settled within
15(fifteen) days of the meeting or the Dispute is not resolved as evidenced by the signing
of written terms of settlement within 30 (thirty) days of the notice in writing referred to in
Clause 9.2.1 or such longer period as may be mutually agreed by the Parties, either
Party may refer the Dispute to arbitration in accordance with the Provisions of Clause
9.4.
Arbitration
9.4.1. Any Dispute which is not resolved amicably by conciliation, as provided in Clause 9.3,
shall be finally decided by reference to arbitration by an Arbitral Tribunal
appointed in accordance with Clause 9.4.2. Such arbitration shall be held in
accordance with the Rules of Arbitration of the International Centre for Alternative
Dispute Resolution, New Delhi (the “Rules”), or such other rules as may be
mutually agreed by the Parties, and shall be subject to the provisions of the
Arbitration and Conciliation Act, 1996 as amended. The venue of such arbitration
shall be ***** and the language of arbitration proceedings shall be English.
Each dispute submitted by a Party to arbitration shall be heard by a sole arbitrator to be

appointed as per the procedure below
a) Parties may agree to appoint a sole arbitrator or, failing agreement on the identity of
such sole arbitrator within thirty(30) days after receipt by the other Party of the
proposal of a name for such an appointment by the Party who initiated the
proceedings, either Party may apply to the President, Indian Roads Congress, New
Delhi for a list of not fewer than five nominees and, on receipt of such list, the Parties
shall alternately strike names therefrom, and the last remaining nominee on the list
shall be sole arbitrator for the matter in dispute. If the last remaining nominee has not
been determined in this manner within sixty
(60) days of the date of the list, the president, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi,
shall appoint, upon the request of either Party and from such list or otherwise, a sole
arbitrator for the matter in dispute.
188
Substitute Arbitrator
If for any reason an arbitrator is unable to perform his function, a substitute shall beappointed
in the same manner as the original arbitrator.
Qualifications of Arbitrator
The sole arbitrator selected pursuant to Clause 8.2.1 hereof shall be expert with extensive
experience in relation to the matter in dispute.
The Arbitrators shall make a reasoned award (the “Award”). Any Award made in any
arbitration held pursuant to this Clause 9 shall be final and biding on the Parties as from
the date it is made, and the Consultant and the Authority agree and undertake to carry
out such Award without delay.
The Consultant and the Authority agree that an Award may be enforced against the
Consultant and/or the Authority, as the case may be, and their respective assets
wherever situated.
9.4.7. This Agreement and the rights and obligations of the Parties shall remain in full
force andeffect, pending the Award in any arbitration proceedings hereunder
Sr,No. Particulars of Fees and Maximum amount payable percase

Expenses
1 Fee (i) Rs. 25,000/- per day
(ii) 25% extra on fee at (i) above in
case of fast-track procedure as per Section
-29 (B)of A&C Act;
Or
10% extra on fee at (i) above if award is
published within 6 months from date of
entering the reference by AT;
Alternatively, the Arbitrator mayopt for

a lump – sum fee of Rs.
5.00 Lakh per case includingcounter
claims.
2 Reading charges- One Time Rs 25,000/- per case including counter

claims.
3 One –time charges for Secretarial Rs. 25,000/- per case
Assistance and Incidental charges
(telephone, fax, postage ets.)
4 One time Charges for Rs. 40,000/-
publishing/declaration of the
award
5 Other expenses (As per actual against bills subject to celling given below
189
Travelling expenses Economy class (by air), First class AC (by
train) and AC Car (by road)
a) Rs. 15,000/-per day (in metro cities);
Lodging and Boarding
or
a) Rs. 8000 per day (in other
cities); or
b) Rs. 5,000/- per day if any
Arbitrator makes their own
arrangements.
6. Local travel Rs. 2000 /- per day
7 Extra charges for days other than Rs. 5000 /- per day for outstation
meeting days (maximum for 2 Arbitrator
X ½days)
Note 1.Lodging boarding and travelling expenses shall be allowed only for
those arbitrator who is residing 100 kms. Away from the venue ofmeeting,
2. Delhi, Mumbai, Chennai, Kolkata, Bangalore and Hyderabad shall be

considered as Metro cities.
In exceptional cases, such as cases involving major legal implications/wider

ramifications/higher financial stakes etc. a special fee structure could be fixed in
consultation with the Contractor/Supervision Consultants and with the specific approval of
the Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur before appointment of the
Arbitrator,
9. Change of Scope
The change of Scope on account of variation of total length as well as 4 laned length of
project Highway from the indicative length as given at Annex‐ 1 of Letter of Invitation of the
RFP shall be dealt as follows
i) During the course of consultancy services in case it is considered necessary to

increase/decrease the scope of services (of total length or 4 laned length as
compared to indicative Length as given in the RFP) by the client the same shall be
notified by Change of scope notice. Similarly, if the Consultant determines that
change of scope is needed, he shall inform of the same to the Client. The Client will
examine and shall either reject the proposal or issue change of scopenotice.
ii) The Consultancy fee shall be revised on account of change of scope as below:
In case the total length of project increase/ decrease up to 10% of indicative
length given in the RFP: No change in Consultancy Fees.
In case the increase/ decrease in total length of project is more than 10 % of

the indicative length as given in the RFP: The consultancy fee shall be increased/
decreased in the same proportion in which the length of the project road is
increased/ decreased beyond 10% .
iii) Increase/decrease in length on account of bypasses shall not be considered as

change of scope. However, the total length of the project highway (including
bypasses and realignment) along the finally approved alignment shall be compared
with the indicative length in the RFP for the purpose of variation.
The Consultancy fee shall be increased on account of change of scope as below:
190
a) In case of increase in configuration of Lanes in the project after thesubmission of Final
Report: 10% of the original consultancy charges
b) In case of change of mode of delivery is involved after submission of Final Report /

due to revision of specifications / IRC Codes etc.
(i) Revision of DPR after submission due to changes 2.5% of the original Consultancy
in IRC codes / specification etc. charges.
(ii) Revision of DPR due to changes in mode EPC / 2.5% of the original Consultancy
BOT/ HAM etc charges.
SPECIAL CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
Number of GC Clause
A. Amendments of, and Supplements to, Clauses in the General Conditions
1.1(a) The words “in the Government‟s country” are amended to read “in INDIA”
1.4 The language is: English
The addresses are:

For the Client:Attention : < Agency CE PWD‐ NH >, < Address JAIPUR/MoRTH >
<Agency >, <Address >
Extn. …..; Fax: 011‐ ………..
E‐ mail: <Email>
For the Consultants:

Attention: Name
Designation Address
Tel: Fax: E‐ mail address
Notice will be deemed to be effective as follows:
(a) in the case of personal delivery or registered mail, ondelivery;
(b) In the case of facsimiles, 24 hours following confirmed transmission.
(c) In case of E mail, 24 hours following confirmedtransmission.
Entity to Act as Member in charge (In case of Joint Venture of

Consultants) with orwithout an Associate: ‐ ………………………..
The Authorized Representatives are:
For the Client : ( ‐ ‐ )
191
Director, < Agency> ( ‐ ‐ )
For the Consultant:
Na
meDesignation
The Consultants and the personnel shall pay the taxes, duties, fees, levies and other impositions
levied under the existing, amended or enacted laws (prevailing 7 days before the last date of
submission of bids) during life of this contract and the Client shall perform such duties in
regard to the deduction of such tax as may be lawfully imposed.
The effectiveness conditions are the following:
a) The contract has been approved by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur.
b) The consultant will furnish within 15 days of the issue of letter of acceptance, an
unconditional Bank Guarantee an amount equivalent to 10% of the total contract value
to be received by him from a Nationalized Bank, IDBI or ICICI/ICICI Bank/Foreign
Bank/EXIM Bank / Any Scheduled Commercial Bank approved by RBI having a net
worth of not less than 500 crore as per latest Annual Report of the Bank. In the case of
a Foreign Bank (issued by a Branch in India) the net worth in respect of Indian
operations shall only be taken into account. In case of Foreign Bank, the BG issued by
Foreign Bankshould be counter guaranteed by any Nationalized Bank in India. In case
of JV, the BG shall be furnished on behalf of the JV or lead partner of JV for an amount
equivalent to 10 % of the total contract value to be received by him towards
Performance Security valid for a period of three years beyond the date of completion of
services.
The time period shall be “four months” or such other time period as the parties mayagree
in writing.
The time period shall be “fifteen days” or such other time period as the Parties mayagree
in writing.
The time period shall be -------------- months or such other time period as the parties may
agree in writing.
Limitation of the Consultants‟ Liability towards the Client
(a) Except in case of negligence or willful misconduct on the part of the Consultants or on
the part of any person or firm acting on behalf of the Consultants in carrying out the
Services, the Consultants, with respect to damage caused by the Consultants to the
Client‟s property, shall not be liable to the Client:
(i) for any indirect or consequential loss or damage; and

192
(ii) for any direct loss or damage that exceeds (A) the total payments for Professional Fees
and Reimbursable Expenditure made or expected to be made to the Consultants
hereunder, or
(B) the proceeds the Consultants may be entitled to receive from any insurance
maintained by the Consultants to cover such a liability, whicheverof (A) or
(B) is higher.
(b) This limitation of liability shall not affect the Consultants‟ liability, if any, for damage
to Third Parties caused by the Consultants or any person or firm acting on behalf of
the Consultants in carrying out the Services.
The risks and the coverage shall be as follows:
(a) Third Party motor vehicle liability insurance as required under Motor Vehicles Act,
1988 in respect of motor vehicles operated in India by the Consultants or their
Personnel orany Sub consultants or their Personnel for the period of consultancy.
(b) Third Party liability insurance with a minimum coverage, for Rs.1.00 million for the
period of consultancy.
(c) i) The Consultant shall provide to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur Professional Liability Insurance (PLI) for a period of Five years beyond
completion of Consultancy services or as per Applicable Law, whichever is higher.
The Consultant will maintain at its expense PLI including coverage for errors and
omissions caused by Consultant‟s negligence in the performance of its duties under
this agreement,
For the amount not exceeding total payments for Professional Fees and
Reimbursable Expenditures made or expected to be made to the Consultants
hereunder OR (B) the proceeds, the Consultants may be entitled to receive from
any insurance maintained by the Consultants to cover such a liability, whichever of
(A) or is higher.
(ii) The policy should be issued only from an Insurance Company operating in India.
(iii) The policy must clearly indicate the limit of indemnity in terms of “Any One
Accident” (AOA) and “Aggregate limit on the policy” (AOP) and in no case should
be for an amount less than stated in the contract.
(iv) If the Consultant enters into an agreement with Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur in a joint venture or „in association‟, the policy must
be procured and provided to Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur by the joint venture/in association entity and not by the individual partners
of the joint venture/ association.
(v) The contract may include a provision thereby the Consultant does not cancel the
policy midterm without the consent of Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur. The insurance company may provide an undertaking in thisregard.
(d) Employer‟s liability and workers‟ compensation insurance in respect of the Personnel
of the Consultants and of any Sub consultant, in accordance with the relevant
provisions of the Applicable Law, as well as, with respect to such Personnel, any
such life, health, accident, travel or other insurance as may be appropriate; and all
insurances and policies should start from the date of commencement of services and
remain effectiveas per relevant requirements of contract agreement.
3.9 The Consultants shall not use these documents for purposes unrelated to this Contract
193
without the prior written approval of the Client.
4.6 The person designated as Team Leader cum Senior Highway Engineer in Appendix B
shall serve in that capacity, as specified in Clause 4.6.
6.1 (b) The ceiling amount in local currency is Rs……… Excluding Goods & Service Tax)
6.3 (a) No advance payment will be made.
6.3 (e) The interest rate is: @ 12% per annum
6.3 (f) The account is:
Account Number:
IFSC Code :
Disputes shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with the following provisions:
Selection of Arbitrators
Each dispute submitted by a Party to arbitration shall be heard by a sole arbitrator

to be appointed as per the procedure below
a) Parties may agree to appoint a sole arbitrator or, failing agreement on the identity
of such sole arbitrator within thirty(30) days after receipt by the other Party of the
proposal of a name for such an appointment by the Party who initiated the
proceedings, either Party may apply to the President, Indian Roads Congress, New
Delhi for a list of not fewer than five nominees and, on receipt of such list, the Parties
shall alternately strike names there from, and the last remaining nominee on the list
shall be sole arbitrator for the matter in dispute. If the last remaining nominee has
not been determined in this manner within sixty (60) days of the date of the list, the
president, Indian Roads Congress, New Delhi, shall appoint, upon the request of
either Party and from such list or otherwise, a sole arbitrator for the matter in
dispute.
194
Appendix A
Terms of reference containing, inter-alia, the Description of the Services and Reporting
Requirements
195
Appendix B
Consultants‟ Sub consultants, Key Personnel and Sub Professional Personnel
196
Appendix C
Hours of work for Consultants‟ Personnel
The Consultant‟s personnel shall normally work for 8 hours in a day and six days a week.
Normally Sundays shall be closed for working. In addition they shall also be allowed to avail
holidays as observed by the Client‟s office in the relevant state without deduction of
remunerations. In case any person is required to work on Sunday or Holiday due to exigency of
work, he/she shall be given compensatory leave within the next 15 days.
197
Appendix D
Duties of the Client
198
Appendix E
Cost Estimate
199
Appendix F:
Copy of letter of invitation
200
Appendix G:
Copy of letter of acceptance
201
Appendix –H
Format for Bank Guarantee for Performance Security BANK GUARANTEE FORPERFORMANCE
SECURITY
To,
<Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur, Address>
In consideration of < Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur> (hereinafter
referred as the “Client”, which expression shall, unless repugnant to the context or meaning
thereof include its successors, administrators and assigns) having awarded toM/s
............................................................ having its office at ……………….. (Hereinafter referred to as the
“Consultant” which expression shall repugnant to the context or meaning thereof, include its
successors, administrators, executors and assigns), a contract by issue of client‟s Contract Agreement
no. / Letter of Acceptance No. ………………..datedand the same having been unequivocally accepted
by the Consultant, resulting
in a Contract valued at Rs……../‐ (Rupee------------------) excluding Goods & service tax for
“Consultancy work for balance work of ROB proper (Construction of Bow String type girders) in
railway portion from ROB chainage 1+696 to chainage 1+871 ( Total length=175 m) at km 30.00 on
NH- l62E (Pali-Nadol Section) Crossing the Falna-Marwar Railway Section at LC No. C-67 near
Somesar in the state of Rajasthan.
............................................................................................ (Total Length‐ …….) on
NH‐ …..in the states of under – Contract Package No (Hereinafter called
the“Contract”), and the Consultant having agreed to furnish a Bank Guarantee to the
Client as “Performance Security as stipulated by the Client in the said contract for
performance of the above Contract amountingtoRs.……………./‐ (Rupees ).
We, ……………………………..having registered office at .......... , a body registered/constituted

under the .................. (hereinafter referred to as the Bank), which expression shall, unless repugnant to
the context or meaning thereof, include its successors, administrators, executors and assigns) do
hereby guarantee and undertake to pay the client immediately on demand any or, all money payable
by the Consultant to the extent of Rs.
…………..(Rupees………..………………..) as aforesaid at any time up to ........ without any demur,
reservation, contest, recourse or protest and/or without any reference to the consultant. Any such
demand made by the client on the bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any
difference between the Client and the Consultant or any dispute pending before any Court, Tribunal,
Arbitrator or any other authority. We agree that the Guarantee herein contained shallbe irrevocable and
shall continue to be enforceable till the Client discharges this guarantee.
The Client shall have the fullest liberty without affecting in any way the liability of the Bank under
this Guarantee, from time to time to vary or to extend the time for performance of the contract by the
Consultant. The Client shall have the fullest liberty without affecting this guarantee, to postpone
from time to time the exercise of any powers vested in them or of any right which they might have
against the consultant and to exercise the same at any time in anymanner, and either to enforce or to for
bear to enforce any covenants, contained or implied, in the Contract between the Client and the
Consultant any other course or remedy or security available to the Client. The bank shall not be
relieved of its obligations under these presents by any exercise by the Client of its liberty with reference
to the matters aforesaid or any of them or by reason of any other act or forbearance or other acts of
omission or commission on the part of the Client or any other indulgence shown by the Client or by
any other matter or thing whatsoever which under law wouldbut for thisprovision have the effect of
relieving the Bank.
202
The Bank also agrees that the Client at its option shall be entitled to enforce this Guarantee against
the Bank as a principal debtor, in the first instance without proceeding against the Consultant and
notwithstanding any security or other guarantee that the Client may have in relation to the
Consultant‟s liabilities. Notwithstanding anything contained herein,
a) Our liability under this Bank Guarantee is limited to
Rs. ……………….(Rupees .............................. ) and it shall remain in force up to and including
…………and shall be extended from time to time for such period as may be desired byM/s , on whose behalf th
b) This Bank Guarantee shall be valid up to …………..
c) .................................................................................................................................................... We are
liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only and only if
you serve upon us a written claim or demand on or before.................................................... (date of
expiry of Guarantee).
(Signature of the Authorized Official)
(Name & Designation with Bank Stamp)
NOTE:
(i) The bank guarantee(s) contains the name, designation and code number of the officer(s)
signing the guarantee(s).
(ii) T
he address, telephone no. and other details of the Head Office of the Bank as well as of issuing branch
should be mentioned on the covering letter of issuing Branch.
The bank guarantee for Rs 10,000 and above is signed by at least two officials (or as per the norms
prescribed by the RBI in thisregard).
203
Appendix I: Minutes of Pre-bid meeting
APPENDIX‐ VII
DPR Checklist – Stage 1 – Inception Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultancy Services for preparation of Detail Engineering report for
ROB proper (Construction of Bow String type girders) in railway
portion from ROB chainage 1+696 to chainage 1+871 ( Total length=175
m) at km 30.00 on NH- l62E (Pali-Nadol Section) Crossing the Falna-
Marwar Railway Section at LC No. C-67 near Somesar in the state of
Rajasthan.
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details /
S.N SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specificatio
o
ns
1 Executive Summary Yes NO NA NA
2 Project Appreciation Yes NO NA NA
Yes NO NA
2.1 Location of site office
Review of scope of ToR and gap Yes NO NA

2.2 NA
identification
Key departments identified for Yes NO NA
2.3
various documents
Start and end location of project Yes NO NA

2.4
verified with client (Mention
details)
Project description Yes NO NA
2.5  Start and End Chainage
 Village/District
Project location map Yes NO NA
2.6  On State Map NA
 On District Map
2.7 Site photos and data of project Yes NO NA NA
alignment
2.8 Overview of land use plans Yes NO NA NA
Overview of existing Yes NO NA

pavementconditions
2.9
 Number of Lanes
 Type of Pavement
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/
Unsurfaced)
2.10 Existing right of way details Yes NO NA
204
Number/ Location of major Yes NO NA
2.11
and minor bridges
Number/ Location of Yes NO NA
2.12
levelcrossings
2.13 Number/ Location of ROB and Yes NO NA
RUB
2.14 Any other details relevant to the Yes NO NA NA
project
3 Approach Methodology Yes NO NA NA
3.1 Engineering survey Yes NO NA NA

andinvestigations
Design of road, pavements Yes NO NA
3.2 NA
and structures
Environment and social impact Yes NO NA
3.3 NA
assessment
Estimation of project cost, Yes NO NA
3.4 NA
viability and financing options
3.5 Any other details relevant to the Yes NO NA NA
project
Task Assignment and Manning Yes NO NA
4 NA
Schedule
4.1 Number of key personnel provided Yes NO NA NA
Specific tasks assigned to each Yes NO NA
4.2 NA
key
personnel
4.3 Manning schedule for Yes NO NA
NA
keypersonnel
4.4 Number of key Yes NO NA
NA
personneldeployed at site
5 Performa for data collection Yes NO NA
NA
Indicative design standards and Yes NO NA
6 NA
cross
sections
7 Development plans Yes NO NA
NA
Overview of development Yes NO NA
7.1 NA
plansbeing
implemented/ proposed by
localbodies
Overview of impact of such Yes NO NA
7.2 NA
development
plans
8 Quality Assurance Plan Yes NO NA
NA
8.1 Engineering surveys and Yes NO NA

NA
investigation
8.2 Traffic surveys Yes NO NA
NA
Material geo-technical and sub- Yes NO NA
8.3 NA
soil
investigations
8.4 Road and pavement investigations Yes NO NA NA
205
Investigation and design Yes NO NA
8.5 NA
ofbridges and
structures
8.6 Environment and Yes NO NA
NA
R&Rassessment
8.7 Economic and financial analysis Yes NO NA
NA
8.8 Drawing and documentation Yes NO NA

NA
8.9 Any other details relevant to the Yes NO NA
NA
project
Discussion of draft QAP document Yes NO NA
8.10 NA
with
client
8.11 Approval of final QAP Yes NO NA
NA
documentby client
9 Draft design Standards Yes NO NA

NA
Geometric design standards of Yes NO NA
9.1 NA
highway
(Plain)
Geometric design standards of Yes NO NA
9.2 NA
highway
(Hilly)
10 Conclusions andrecommendations Yes NO NA
NA
10.1 Conclusions and Yes NO NA
NA
recommendations
Report fulfils project objectives Yes NO NA
10.2 NA
and scope
as per RFP
10.3 Report reviewed for errors Yes NO NA
NA
andomissions
Compliance report prepared on Yes NO NA
10.4 NA
client
observations
DPR Checklist – Stage 2 – Feasibility Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
206
Rajasthan.
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details /
S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/ NO/ NA Remarks
Specification
s
1 Executive Summary Yes NO NA
NA
Overview of client organization / Yes NO NA NA

2
activities
Methodology adopted for Yes NO NA NA

3
feasibility study
Socioeconomic profile of the Yes NO NA NA

4
project areas
Regional economic profile basis Yes NO NA

4.1 NA
last 10 years data as per IRC
Economic profile of project Yes NO NA

4.2 NA
influence area basis last 10 years
data as per IRC
Socio Economic status of project Yes NO NA NA
4.3
influence area
Indicative design standards, Yes NO NA

5 NA
methodologies, and
specifications
6 Traffic surveys and analysis Yes NO NA
NA
Classified traffic volume Yes NO NA

6.1 NA
counts using IHMCL data
(7day data)
Traffic projection Yes NO NA
6.2 NA
methodologyas per IRC:108
6.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years Yes NO NA

NA
6.4 Current and Projected PCU Yes NO NA

NA
6.5 Current and Projected TVU Yes NO NA

NA
6.6 Origin destination surveys as Yes NO NA

NA
perIRC: 102
6.7 Speed and delay studies as per Yes NO NA
NA
IRC:102
207
Traffic surveys for the design NA
6.8 Yes NO NA
of road junctions as per data
in IRC: SP:41
Analysis for replacing railway NA
6.9 Yes NO NA
level crossings with over
bridges/ subways
6.10 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 NA
Yes NO NA
6.11 Any other details relevant to the NA

project Yes NO NA
Traffic surveys monitored and NA
6.12 Yes NO NA
reviewed by the client
7 Reconnaissance survey NA
Yes NO NA
7.1 Road Inventory Survey as per NA

IRC:SP:19 Yes NO NA
7.2 Review of Road Inventory NA

surveyby client Yes NO NA
Chainage wise details of NA
7.3 Yes NO NA
pavement composition
survey
Geological Survey NA
7.4 Yes NO NA
 Geological Map of the Area
 Seismicity
Climatic Conditions NA
Yes NO NA
7.5  T
emperature
 Rainfall
 Wind
Pavement composition and NA
7.6 Yes NO NA
condition survey as per
IRC:SP:19
Review of pavement NA
7.7 Yes NO NA
composition and condition
survey by client
Pavement roughness survey as NA
7.8 Yes NO NA
per IRC:SP:16
Review of pavement roughness NA
7.9 Yes NO NA
survey by client
Pavement structural strength NA
7.10 Yes NO NA
survey as per IRC:81
Review of pavement NA
7.11 Yes NO NA
structural strength survey by
client
7.12 Sub grade characteristics and NA
strengths Yes NO NA
Topographical survey as per NA
IRC:SP:19 using LiDAR Yes NO NA
7.13
 Gradient
 Terrain
208
7.14 Review of topographical survey NA
byclient Yes NO NA
Inventory of bridges, culverts NA
7.15 Yes NO NA
andstructures
Condition survey for bridges, NA
7.16 Yes NO NA
culverts and structures
Review of condition survey for NA
7.17 Yes NO NA
bridges, culverts and structures
by client
project Yes NO NA
8 Geotechnical Survey NA
Yes NO NA
Geo-technical and sub-soil NA
8.1 Yes NO NA
explorations as per IRC:78
Bore holes dug for every pier NA
8.2 Yes NO NA
and abutment
Review of geo-technical and NA
8.3 Yes NO NA
sub-soil explorations by
client
Field testing, soil sampling, NA
8.4 laboratory testing in accordance Yes NO NA
with BIS/ AASHTO/ BS
Recommendation of Foundation NA
8.5 Yes NO NA
Type and Depth
project Yes NO NA
9 Hydraulic and Hydrological NA

Survey Yes NO NA
Hydraulic and hydrological NA
9.1 Yes NO NA
investigations as per IRC:SP:13
and IRC:5
9.2 High Flood Level specified NA
Yes NO NA
9.3 Depth of Water Table specified NA

Yes NO NA
9.4 Ponded Water Level specified NA

Yes NO NA

project Yes NO NA
Review of hydrological NA
9.6 Yes NO NA
investigations by client
10 Materials Survey NA
Yes NO NA
Materials Survey conducted as per NA
10.1 Yes NO NA
IRC:SP:19
Sources of Naturally Occurring NA
Aggregates specified Yes NO NA
10.2
 Details of
BorrowPits with Distance
from Project Site
209
 Cost of
Material/
Transportation
Sources of Manufactured Items NA
specified Yes NO NA
10.3
 Details of suppliers
withdistance from project site
 Cost of
material/
transportation
Sources of water for construction NA
10.4 Yes NO NA
specified as per IS: 456
project Yes NO NA
16 Alignment Options Study NA

Yes NO NA
At least two alignments proposed NA
16.1 Yes NO NA
 Details of Alignments
onMap
16.2 Review of options with client NA
Yes NO NA
16.2. Review of options with local NA

1 authority Yes NO NA
Length of the project along NA
16.3 Yes NO NA
proposed alignment options
Land Acquisition required along NA
16.4 Yes NO NA
alignment options
16.4. Environmental impact of each NA
1 option Yes NO NA
Review of road geometry and NA
16.4. Yes NO NA
safety for eachoption
2
16.5 Cost Estimates of alternatives NA
Yes NO NA
Recommended Alignment with NA
16.6 Yes NO NA
Justification
project Yes NO NA
17 Technical Specifications NA
Yes NO NA
MoRTH technical specifications NA
17.1 Yes NO NA
for Roads and Bridge works
followed
17.2 Details of technical specifications NA
Yes NO NA
18 Rate Analysis NA
Yes NO NA
Rate analysis for all relevant NA
18.1 Yes NO NA
items as per latest SoR
19 Cost Estimates NA
Yes NO NA
210
Cost estimates for all relevant NA
19.1 Yes NO NA
20 Bill of quantities NA
Yes NO NA
21 Conclusions andrecommendations NA
Yes NO NA
21.1 Conclusions and recommendations NA

Yes NO NA
Report fulfils project objectives NA
21.2 Yes NO NA
and scope as per RFP
21.3 Report reviewed for errors NA
andomissions Yes NO NA
Compliance report prepared NA
21.4 Yes NO NA
on client observations
DPR Checklist – Stage 3 – LA and Clearances I Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
ROB proper (Construction of Bow String type girders) in railway portion
from ROB chainage 1+696 to chainage 1+871 ( Total length=175 m) at km
30.00 on NH- l62E (Pali-Nadol Section) Crossing the Falna-Marwar
Railway Section at LC No. C-67 near Somesar in the state of Rajasthan.
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specification
o
s
1 Executive Summary Yes No NA NA
211
2 Strip plan- additional details Yes No NA NA
added
Details of centreline, existing Yes No NA NA
2.1
structures, road furniture and
other features
2.2 Widening scheme Yes No NA NA
New construction/ Yes No NA NA

2.3
reconstruction of structures
and amenities
2.4 Existing and proposed right of way Yes No NA NA
2.5 Clearances impacting each Yes No NA NA

chainage
3 Forest Clearance Yes No NA NA
3.1 Requirement for forest clearance Yes No NA NA

identified
Date/ Details of initial Yes No NA NA
3.2
consultation with competent
authority
Details/cost of trees being Yes No NA NA
3.3
felled basis concerned District
Forest Office
Date of submission of proposal Yes No NA NA
3.4
for forest clearance
3.5 Review of proposal by client Yes No NA NA
4 Wildlife Clearance Yes No NA NA

Requirement for Yes No NA NA
4.1
wildlife clearance
identified
Date/ Details of initial Yes No NA NA
4.2
consultation with competent
authority
Details/cost of trees being Yes No NA NA
4.3
felled basis concerned District
Forest Office
Date of submission of proposal Yes No NA NA
4.4
forwildlife clearance
5 Utility Clearances (Electricity) Yes No NA NA
5.1 Identification of overground utilities Yes No NA NA
Identification of underground Yes No NA NA

5.2 utilities using GPR, Induction
Locator or equivalent technologies
212
Name/ Details of consultation Yes No NA NA
5.3
with local authority/ people
Utility relocation plan with Yes No NA NA
5.4 existing / proposed location
showing existing RoW and
topographic details
5.5 Cost for relocation as per authority Yes No NA NA
Date of proposal submission to Yes No NA NA

5.6
competent authority
Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes No NA NA
5.7
proposal by client
6 Utility Clearances (Water) Yes No NA NA
6.1 Identification of over ground Yes No NA NA

utilitiesin RoW
6.3
topographic details

6.6
competent authority
Review of utility relocation Yes No NA NA
6.7
plan/proposal by client
7 Utility Clearances (Others) Yes No NA NA
7.1 Identification of over ground Yes No NA NA

utilitiesin RoW
7.3
topographic details

7.6
competent authority
Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes No NA NA
7.7
proposal by client
213
8 Railway Clearances Yes No NA NA
Identification of ROB/ RUB Yes No NA NA

8.1
onproject corridor
Initial consultation with Yes No NA NA
8.2
competent authority
8.3
competent authority
8.4 Review of GAD/ proposal by client Yes No NA NA
9 Other Clearances Yes No NA NA
Requirement for Yes No NA NA

9.1
other clearances
identified
9.2
competent authority
10 Land Acquisition Yes No NA NA
Detailed schedule about Yes No NA NA

10.1
acquisition of landholdings as
per land records
10.2 Consultation with affected persons Yes No NA NA
10.3 Name/ Details of consultation with Yes No NA NA

NGOs
Name/ Details of consultation with Yes No NA NA
10.4
concerned government agencies
Total land required, land area Yes No NA NA
10.5
already available , land to be
acquired identified
Review of land acquisition Yes No NA NA
10.6
using digital cadastral map
byclient
10.7 Draft 3a notification submitted Yes No NA NA
10.8 Review of 3a notification by client Yes No NA NA
10.9 Date of 3a gazette notification Yes No NA NA

0
10.1 Review of 3A notification by client Yes No NA NA
1
10.1 Date of 3A gazette notification Yes No NA NA
2
11 Conclusions andrecommendations Yes No NA NA
214
11.1 Conclusions and recommendations Yes No NA NA
Report fulfils project objectives Yes No NA NA

11.2
11.3 Report reviewed for errors and Yes No NA NA
omissions
Compliance report prepared Yes No NA NA
11.4
DPR Checklist – Stage 4 – Detailed Project Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultancy Services for preparation of Detail Engineering report for ROB
proper (Construction of Bow String type girders) in railway portion from ROB
chainage 1+696 to chainage 1+871 ( Total length=175 m) at km 30.00 on NH-
l62E (Pali-Nadol Section) Crossing the Falna-Marwar Railway Section at LC No.
C-67 near Somesar in the state of Rajasthan.
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details /
S.No SECTION OF THE REPORT YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specificatio
ns
1 Main Report Yes No NA NA
2 Introduction and project background Yes No NA NA
Overview of project location, project Yes No NA NA

2.1
objectives etc.
Overview of report structure, deliverables Yes No NA NA

2.2
etc.
3 Social analysis of the project Yes No NA NA
215
Project impact on stakeholders such as Yes No NA NA
3.1
local people
Project impact on residential, commercial Yes No NA NA

3.2
and public properties
3.3 Yes No NA NA
Any other details relevant to the project
4 Reconnaissance survey Yes No NA NA
Geometric Features of the Existing Road Yes No NA NA

Yes No NA
Design Speed Yes No NA NA
 Sight distance details Yes No NA NA
4.1
 Horizontal Alignment Details NA
 Vertical Alignment Details
 Height of Embankment
Topographical Survey using LiDAR (or Yes No NA NA
equivalent technology) as per IRC:SP:19 Yes No NA
NA
4.2
 Gradient
 Terrain
Pavement composition and condition Yes No NA NA
4.3
survey as per IRC:SP:19
Pavement roughness survey as perIRC:SP:16 Yes No NA NA

4.4
Pavement structural strength survey as Yes No NA NA

4.5
per IRC:81
Details /
S.No SECTION OF THE YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specificatio
REPORT
ns
Geological Survey Yes No NA NA
4.6
 Seismicity
Climatic Conditions Yes No NA NA
4.7  Temperature
 Rainfall
 Wind
Land Use along the existing Yes No NA NA
4.8 alignment
 Map of the Project Area
depicting
Agricultural/Habitation/Forest
Area
Details of Existing Structures Yes No NA NA
4.9  Map of the Project Area
depicting
Hutments/Buildings/Temples/Pu
bl
ic Building/Any Other Significant
216
Structure
4.10 Inventory and condition survey of Yes No NA NA

culverts
Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes No NA NA
4.11
Number of Bore holes dug Yes No NA NA

4.12
(holes for every pier and
abutment)
Field testing, soil sampling, Yes No NA NA
4.13
laboratory testing as per IRC:78
Recommendation of Foundation Yes No NA NA

4.14
Type and Depth
4.15 Hydrological investigations as Yes No NA NA

perIRC:5
4.16 High Flood Level specified Yes No NA NA
4.17 Depth of Water Table specified Yes No NA NA
4.18 Ponded Water Level specified Yes No NA NA
Materials Survey conducted as per Yes No NA NA

4.19
IRC:SP:19
Sources of Naturally Yes No NA NA

Occurring Aggregates
4.20 specified
 Details of
BorrowPits with Distance
from Project Site
 Cost of
Material/Transportation
4.20. 1 Sources of environmentally friendly Yes No NA NA
construction materials identified as
per MoRT&Hcircular
Sources of Manufactured Items Yes No NA NA
specified
4.21
 Details of Suppliers
with Distance from Project
Site
 Cost of
Source of Water for construction Yes No NA NA
4.22
specified as per IS:456
4.23 Any other details relevant to the Yes No NA NA

project
217
Traffic studies and demand Yes No NA NA
5
forecast designs
Classified traffic volume Yes No NA NA

5.1
counts using IHMCL data (7
day data)
Traffic projection methodology Yes No NA NA
5.2
as per IRC:108
5.3 Projected Traffic data for 20 years Yes No NA NA
5.4 Current and Projected PCU Yes No NA NA
5.5 Current and Projected TVU Yes No NA NA
Origin destination surveys as Yes No NA NA

5.6
per IRC: 102
5.7 Speed and delay studies as per Yes No NA NA

IRC:102
Traffic surveys for the design Yes No NA NA

5.8
of road junctions as per data
in IRC: SP:41
Analysis for replacing railway Yes No NA NA
5.9
level crossings with over
bridges/ subways
5.10 Axle load survey as per IRC:SP:19 Yes No NA NA

project
Traffic surveys monitored and Yes No NA NA

5.12
6 Cost estimates Yes No NA NA
6.1 Project costing as per latest SoR Yes No NA NA
7 Environmental aspects Yes No NA NA
7.1 Environment profile of the project Yes No NA NA

region
Details of Public consultation at Yes No NA NA

7.2
residential and commercial
settlements affected
7.3 Impact analysis and Yes No NA NA
mitigationmeasures
218
8 Economic and commercial analysis Yes No NA NA
8.1 Estimated cost details Yes No NA NA
8.2 Projected revenues details Yes No NA NA
8.3 Assumptions stated Yes No NA NA
Analysis and results (IRR, Yes No NA NA

8.4
Sensitivity Analysis, Financial
Viability)
8.5 Conclusions and Yes No NA NA
recommendations
Financial model shared Yes No NA NA

8.6
withclient and reviewed
Report fulfils project objectives Yes No NA NA

9.1
9.2 Report reviewed for errors Yes No NA NA

andomissions
Compliance report prepared Yes No NA NA

9.3
10 Design Report Yes No NA NA
10.1 Highway improvement proposals Yes No NA NA
10.2 Highway geometric designs Yes No NA NA
10.3 Roadside drainage Yes No NA NA
10.4 Intersections Yes No NA NA
10.5 Urban service roads Yes No NA NA
10.6 Bus-stops Yes No NA NA
10.7 Toll plazas Yes No NA NA
10.8 Pedestrian crossings Yes No NA NA
219
10.9 Utility relocation Yes No NA NA
10.1 Pavement Yes No NA NA

0
10.1 Structures Yes No NA NA

1

2 project
Pavement deflection survey as Yes No NA NA

10.1
per IRC 81-1997

4 project
11 Materials Report Yes No NA NA
11.1 Material investigations as Yes No NA NA

perIRC:10
11.2 Review of material Yes No NA NA

investigationsby client
11.3 Multiple borrow areas identified Yes No NA NA
11.4 Material survey as per IRC: SP: 19 Yes No NA NA
11.5 Review of material survey by client Yes No NA NA
Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes No NA NA

11.6
Review of geo-technical and Yes No NA NA

11.7
client
Field testing, soil sampling, Yes No NA NA
11.8 laboratory testing in accordance
with BIS/ AASHTO/ BS
Pavement composition and Yes No NA NA
11.9
condition survey as per
IRC:SP:19
Review of pavement Yes No NA NA
11.10
composition and condition
survey by client
Pavement roughness survey as Yes No NA NA
11.11
per IRC:SP:16
Review of pavement roughness Yes No NA NA

11.12
survey by client
220
Pavement structural strength Yes No NA NA
11.13
survey as per IRC:81
Review of pavement Yes No NA NA

11.14
structural strength survey by
client
Water sample tests as per MoRTH Yes No NA NA
11.15
specifications

project
Environmental Assessment Yes No NA NA

12
Report/ Resettlement and
Rehabilitation Plan
Option for alignment alternatives Yes No NA NA
12.1
considered and conclusions
Land environment data Yes No NA NA

12.2
collection and details/ impact/
mitigation measures
Air environment data Yes No NA NA
12.3
collection and details/ impact/
mitigation measures
Water resources details/ Yes No NA NA
12.4
impact/ mitigation
measures
Noise environment details/ Yes No NA NA
12.5
impact/ mitigation
measures
Biological environment details/ Yes No NA NA
12.6
impact/ mitigation measures
12.7 Details of public consultation Yes No NA NA
Environment monitoring and Yes No NA NA

12.8
management plan
12.9 Details of social impact Yes No NA NA

assessment
Details of resettlement and Yes No NA NA

12.1
rehabilitation action plan
0
12.1 Measures to minimize resettlement Yes No NA NA
1
Details of public consultation with Yes No NA NA

12.1
stakeholders
2
Details of Yes No NA NA
12.1
implementation
3
arrangement / budget
4 project
221
13 Technical Specifications Yes No NA NA
MoRTH technical specifications Yes No NA NA

13.1
for Roads and Bridge works
followed
13.2 Details of technical specifications Yes No NA NA
14 Rate Analysis Yes No NA NA
Rate analysis for all relevant Yes No NA NA

14.1
15 Cost Estimates Yes No NA NA
Cost estimates for all relevant Yes No NA NA

15.1
16 Bill of quantities Yes No NA NA
17 Drawing Volume Yes No NA NA
18 Digital drawings of road Yes No NA NA
18.1 Highway cross sections Yes No NA NA
3D engineered models of: Yes No NA NA

 Road alignment geometry
18.2
 Proposed highway
 Proposed structures
222
DPR Checklist – Stage 6 – LA and Clearances II Report (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specificatio
ns
2 Environment Clearance Yes No NA NA
2.1 Details of public Yes No NA

hearingscompleted
Date of final Yes No NA
2.2
environment clearance by
competent
authority
Date/ Details of Joint site Yes No NA

3.1
inspection with DFO/
competentauthority
Date of Stage I forest clearance Yes No NA
3.2
approval by competent authority
Date of final forest clearance Yes No NA

3.3
approval by competent
authority
Date/ Details of joint site Yes No NA

4.1
competentauthority
Date of final wildlife clearance Yes No NA
4.2

5.1
inspection with
competentauthority
Date of estimate submission by Yes No NA
5.2
competent authority
223
Date of estimate approval by Yes No NA
5.3
competent authority
Approved utility shifting proposal Yes No NA

5.4
including strip plan
Details of approved contractors, Yes No NA NA

5.5
SoR and deposit details for user
agency
Utilities checklist, no Yes No NA
5.6
upgradation certificate attached
Details/
Specificatio
ns
6.2
competent authority

6.3
competent authority

6.4
Details of approved contractors, Yes No NA

6.5 NA
agency
6.6

7.2
competent authority

7.3
competent authority

7.4

7.5 NA
agency
7.6
Date of final approval of GAD Yes No NA

8.2
bycompetent authority
9 Other Clearances Yes No NA N

A
Date of final approval by Yes No NA
9.1
competent authority
10 Land Acquisition Yes No NA N

A
10.1 Draft 3a notification submitted Yes No NA
224
10.2 Review of 3a notification by client Yes No NA
10.3 Date of 3a gazette notification Yes No NA
10.4 Draft 3a notification submitted Yes No NA
10.5 Review of 3A notification by client Yes No NA
10.6 Date of 3A gazette notification Yes No NA
Date of Joint Measurement Yes No NA

10.7
Survey with competent
authority
10.7. Date of survey - village wise Yes No NA N
1 A
10.7. Land type –by survey number Yes No NA N
2 A
10.7. Nature of Land –by survey number Yes No NA N
3 A
10.7. Ownership status of plots- Yes No NA
N
4 bysurvey number
A
10.7. Verification of area to be Yes No NA
N
5 acquired – by survey
A
number
10.7. List of structures on each plot Yes No NA N
6 A
10.7. Sketches of updated alignment by Yes No NA N
7 village A
10.7. Verification from Land revenue Yes No NA N
8 department A
10.7. Verification by CALA office Yes No NA N
9 A
DPR Checklist – Stage 7 – Award determination (Pavements)
General Details
Project Name
225
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specification
o
s
1 Executive Summary Yes No NA N
A
2 Village level summary Yes No NA N
A
Total private and public Yes No NA
2.1 N
landbeing acquired
A
Variation in area and nature Yes No NA
2.2 N
of land against 3D
A
withjustification
2.3 Method used by CALA to arrive Yes No NA N
ataward A
Date of award by CALA Yes No NA
2.4
andapproval by
Chief Engineer (NH), PWD
Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur
along with valuation report
Total award calculated and Yes No NA
2.5 N
deviation from RFCTLARR
A
act
3 In detail for each Village Yes No NA N
A
Updated land acquisition Yes No NA
tracker with status of:
3.1  Notifications N
 Award A
 Disbursement
Valuation report and details of Yes No NA
3.2 award calculation- verification N
bystate authority to be included A
3.3 Claims report Yes No NA N

A
3.4 Copies of notifications published Yes No NA N
A
Copies of land possession Yes No NA
3.5 N
certificates received
A
4 Conclusions andrecommendations Yes No NA N
A
1 Conclusions and recommendations Yes No NA N
A
Report fulfils project objectives Yes No NA
4.2 N
A
4.3 Report reviewed for errors and Yes No NA N
omissions A
226
Compliance report prepared Yes No NA
4.4 N
A
DPR Checklist –Stage 8–Land
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
227
Details/
Specification
o
s
2 Village level summary Yes No NA NA
Total private and public land Yes No NA

2.1 NA
beingacquired
Date of final award by CALA and Yes No NA

2.2
approval by Chief Engineer (NH),
PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur
Status of disbursement on date of Yes No NA
2.3 NA
receipt of Land possession
certificate
Key issues being faced in Yes No NA
2.4 NA
completing land acquisition, if
any
3 In detail for each Village Yes No NA NA

3.1  Notifications NA
 Award
 Disbursement
3.2 Final award and claims report Yes No NA NA
Copies of notifications published, Yes No NA

3.3 NA
land possession certificates
received
4.1 Conclusions and Yes No NA NA

recommendations
4.2 NA

omissions
4.4 NA
GIS Map containing digitsed Yes No NA

5 details of land parcels NA
acquired with all relevant
details
228
Annexure III: Checklists for Structures such as ROB/ RUB
DPR Checklist – Stage 1 – Inception Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Rajasthan.
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specification
o
s
A
2 Project Appreciation Yes No NA N
A
2.1 Location of site office Yes No NA
Review of scope of ToR and gap Yes No NA

2.2 N
identification
A
Details of key departments Yes No NA
2.3
fordocuments
Project description Yes No NA

Yes No NA
 Existing LC number
2.4
 Start and End Chainage
Project location map Yes No NA
Yes No NA
 On State Map
2.5  On District Map
 Latitude &
Longitude Coordinates
of the LC
Yes No NA
Details of Existing Level Crossing
Yes No NA
 Number of Railway Tracks
Yes No NA
2.6  Type of Railway
Tracks
(Broad/Metre/Narrow)
 No. of trains per day
229
Justification for need of an Yes No NA
2.7 N
ROB/RUB (on basis of TVU
A
count)
2.8 Overview of land use plans Yes No NA N
A
Overview of existing Yes No NA
pavementconditions
2.9  Number of Lanes
Type of Pavement
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/Unsu
rfaced)
.10 Existing right of way details Yes No NA
2.11 Any other details relevant to the Yes No NA N

project A
3 Approach Methodology Yes No NA N
A
3.1 Engineering survey Yes No NA N
andinvestigations A
Design of road, pavements Yes No NA
3.2 N
and structures
A
Environment and social impact Yes No NA
3.3 N
assessment
A
Estimation of project cost, Yes No NA
3.4 N
viability and financing options
A
project A
Task Assignment and Manning Yes No NA
4 N
Schedule
A
4.1 Number of key Yes No NA
personnelprovided
Specific tasks assigned to each Yes No NA
4.2 N
key personnel
A
4.3 Manning schedule for Yes No NA N
keypersonnel A
Number of key Yes No NA
4.4
personnel deployed at
site
5 Performa for data collection Yes No NA N
A
Indicative Design standards Yes No NA
6 N
and cross sections
A
7 Development plans Yes No NA N
A
Overview of development Yes No NA
7.1 N
plans being implemented/
proposed by local bodies A
230
Overview of impact of such Yes No NA
7.2 N
development plans
A
8 Quality Assurance Plan Yes No NA N
A
8.1 Engineering surveys Yes No NA N
andinvestigation A
8.2 Traffic surveys Yes No NA N
A
Material geo-technical and sub- Yes No NA

8.3 N
soil investigations
A
8.4 Road and pavement Yes No NA N
investigations A
Investigation and design Yes No NA
8.5 N
ofbridges and structures
A
8.6 Environment and Yes No NA N
R&Rassessment A
8.7 Economic and financial analysis Yes No NA N
A
Details/
S.N SECTION OF THE YES/NO/NA Remarks
Specification
o REPORT
s
8.8 Drawing and documentation Yes No NA N
A
Discussion of draft QAP Yes No NA
8.9 N
document with client
A
Approval of final QAP Yes No NA
8.10 N
document by client
A
8.11 Any other details relevant to Yes No NA N
theproject A
9 Draft design standards Yes No NA N
A
Geometric design standards of Yes No NA
9.1 N
bridges (Plain)
A
Geometric design standards of Yes No NA
9.2 N
bridges (Hilly) A
9.3 Any other details relevant to Yes No NA N
theproject A
10 Conclusions and Yes No NA N
recommendations A
10.1 Conclusions and Yes No NA N
recommendations A
10.2 N
A
231
Report reviewed for errors and Yes No NA
10.3 N
omissions
A
10.4 N
A
DPR Checklist – Stage 2 – Feasibility Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Rajasthan.
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specificatio
ns
Overview of client Yes No NA

2 NA
organization / activities
Methodology adopted for Yes No NA

3 NA
feasibility study
Socioeconomic profile of the project Yes No NA

4 NA
areas
232
Regional economic profile basis Yes No NA
4.1 NA
last 10 years data as per IRC
Economic profile of project Yes No NA

4.2 NA
influence area basis last 10 years
data as per IRC
Socio Economic status of project Yes No NA
4.3 NA
influence area
Indicative design standards, Yes No NA

5 NA
methodologies, and
specifications
6 Traffic surveys and analysis Yes No NA NA
Classified traffic volume Yes No NA

6.1 NA
(7day)
Traffic projection methodology Yes No NA
6.2 NA
as per IRC:108
6.4 Current and Projected PCU Yes No NA
6.5 Current and Projected TVU Yes No NA

project
Traffic surveys monitored and Yes No NA

6.8 NA
7.1 Road Inventory as per IRC:SP:19 Yes No NA NA
7.2 Review of Road Inventory Yes No NA NA

Surveyby client
Details/
Specificatio
ns
Geometric Features of the Existing Yes No NA
Road
7.3  Design Speed N

 Sight distance elements A
 Horizontal Alignment Details
233
Topographical Survey as per Yes No NA
IRC:SP:19 using LiDAR or
7.4 equivalent technology N
A
 Gradient
 Terrain
7.5 Review of topographical survey Yes No NA N
byclient A
Pavement composition and Yes No NA
7.6 N
condition survey as
A
perIRC:SP:19
Geological Survey Yes No NA
7.7 N
A
 Seismicity
Climatic Conditions Yes No NA
7.8  Temperature N
 Rainfall A
 Wind
Land Use along the existing Yes No NA
7.9 alignment N
A
depicting
Area
Details of Existing Structures Yes No NA
7.10  Map of the Project Area N

depicting A
bl ic Building/Any Other
Significant
Structure
7.11 Inventory and condition survey of Yes No NA N
culverts A
project A
8 Geotechnical Survey Yes No NA N
A
Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes No NA
8.1 N
A
Number of Bore holes dug (holds Yes No NA
8.2
for every pier and abutment)
Review of geo-technical and Yes No NA

8.3 N
A
client
Field testing, soil Yes No NA
8.4 N
sampling, laboratory testing
A
as per IRC:78
Recommendation of Foundation Yes No NA
8.5
Type and Depth
234
Details/
Specificatio
ns
project
9 Hydraulic & Hydrological Survey Yes No NA NA
Hydrological investigations as Yes No NA

9.1 NA
per IRC:5 and IRC: 13

project
9.6 Review of Hydrological Survey Yes No NA NA
bythe client
10 Materials Survey Yes No NA NA
Materials Survey conducted as per Yes No NA

10.1 NA
IRC:SP:19
Sources of Naturally Occurring Yes No NA

Aggregates specified
10.2
 Details of Borrow
Pits with Distance from
Project Site
 Cost of
Material/Transportatio
n
Sources of Manufactured Items Yes No NA
specified
10.3 NA
withDistance from Project Site
 Cost of
n
Source of Water for construction Yes No NA
10.4 NA
10.5 Any other details relevant to Yes No NA NA

theproject
Determination of whether ROB Yes No NA
11 NA
or RUB is appropriate
Justification of whether ROB Yes No NA

11.1 NA
or RUB should be built
11.2 Review of justification by client Yes No NA NA
12 Alignment Options Study Yes No NA NA
235
At least two alignments proposed Yes No NA
12.1 NA
onMap
12.2 Review of options with client Yes No NA NA
12.2. Review of options with local Yes No NA NA

1 authority
Length of the project along Yes No NA
12.3 NA
proposed alignment
options
Land Acquisition required along Yes No NA
12.4 NA
alignment options
Details/
Specificatio
ns
12.5 Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes No NA N
A
12.6 Recommended Alignment with Yes No NA
Justification
Skew Angle of Proposed Yes No NA
12.7
Alignment Specified
12.7. Environmental impact of Yes No NA

1 eachoption
Review of road geometry and Yes No NA
12.7. N
safety for each option
2 A
12.9 Traffic Diversion Route Specified Yes No NA N
A
0 project A
Environmental screening/ Yes No NA
13 N
preliminary environmental
A
assessment
Analysis basis Initial Environment Yes No NA
13.1 N
Examination in IRC: SP: 19
A
Recommended feasible Yes No NA
13.2 N
mitigation measures
A
Initial social assessment/ Yes No NA
14 N
preliminary LA resettlement plan
A
Analysis basis Initial Environment Yes No NA
14.1 N
Examination in IRC: SP: 19
A
Details of consultation with Yes No NA
14.2 N
potentially affected persons
A
14.3 Details of consultation with Yes No NA N
localNGOs A
236
Details of consultation Yes No NA
14.4 N
withmunicipal authorities
A
14.5 Preliminary resettlement plan Yes No NA N
A
project A
15 Cost estimates Yes No NA N
A
15.1 Item rates and rate analysis Yes No NA N
A
15.2 Escalation Yes No NA N
A
16 Economic and financial analysis Yes No NA N
A
16.1 Estimated cost details Yes No NA N
A
16.2 Projected revenues details Yes No NA N
A
16.3 Assumptions stated Yes No NA N
A
Analysis and results Yes No NA
 IRR
16.4 N
 Sensitivity Analysis A
 Financial Viability
Details/
Specificatio
ns
project
17 Strip Plan NA
17.1 Details of center line of proposed Yes No NA NA
structure
17.2 Details of existing RoW Yes No NA
17.3 Details of proposed RoW Yes No NA
Details about ownership of Yes No NA

17.4 NA
land to be acquired
Strip plan basis reconnaissance Yes No NA

17.5 NA
andtopographic surveys
Strip plan reviewed and Yes No NA

17.6 NA
approved by the client

project
11 Strip plan- additional detailsadded Yes No NA NA
237
Details of centreline, existing Yes No NA
11.1 NA
structures, road furniture and
other features
11.2 Widening scheme Yes No NA NA
New construction/ Yes No NA

11.3 NA
reconstruction of structures
and amenities
11.4 Existing and proposed right of way Yes No NA NA
11.5 Clearances impacting each Yes No NA NA

chainage
DPR Checklist – Stage 3 – LA and Clearances I Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Rajasthan.
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specificatio
o
ns
Executive Summary Yes No NA NA
1
Environment Clearance Yes No NA NA
2
2.1 Requirement for environment Yes No NA
NA
clearance identified
2.2 Date/ Details of Initial consultation with Yes No NA
competent authority
Date of submission of draft EIA report/ Yes No NA NA

2.4 proposal for clearance
Yes No NA NA
Review of proposal/ EIA report by client
238
3.1 Requirement for forest clearance identified Yes No NA NA
3.2 Date/ Details of initial consultation with Yes No NA

competent authority
3.3 Details/cost of trees being felled basis Yes No NA
concerned District Forest Office Yes No NA
3.4
Date of submission of proposal for Yes No NA NA
3.5 forest clearance
Yes No NA NA
Review of proposal by client
4.1 Requirement for wildlife clearance Yes No NA NA
identified
4.2 Date/ Details of initial consultation with Yes No NA
competent authority
4.3 Details/cost of trees being felled basis Yes No NA
concerned District Forest Office Yes No NA
4.4
Date of submission of proposal for Yes No NA
4.5 wildlife clearance
NA
Review of proposal by client Yes No NA
Yes No NA NA
5 Utility Clearances (Electricity)
Yes No NA NA
5.1 Identification of overground utilities
Details/
Specificatio
o
ns
Identification of underground utilities Yes No NA
5.2 using GPR, Induction Locator NA
orequivalent technologies
Name/ Details of consultation with Yes No NA
5.3
local authority/ people
Utility relocation plan with existing / Yes No NA NA
5.4 proposed location showing existing
RoW and topographic details Yes No NA
5.5 es
Cost for relocation as per authority Yes No NA
5.6
Date of proposal submission to Yes No NA
5.7 competent authority
NA
Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes No NA
proposal by client
6 Utility Clearances (Water) Yes No NA NA
6.1 Identification of overground utilities in Yes No NA NA

RoW
6.3 Name/ Details of consultation with Yes No NA

Utility relocation plan with existing / Yes No NA NA
6.4 proposed location showing existing
239
RoW and topographic details Yes No NA
6.5
6.6 NA
Date of proposal submission to Yes No NA
6.7 competent authority NA
Review of utility relocation plan/ Yes No NA
proposal by client
7 Utility Clearances (Others) Yes No NA NA
7.1 Identification of over ground utilities in Yes No NA NA
RoW
7.3 Name/ Details of consultation with Yes No NA
7.4 Utility relocation plan with existing / Yes No NA NA

proposed location showing existing
7.5 RoW and topographic details Yes No NA
7.6
Date of proposal submission to
competent authority
Detailed schedule about acquisitionof landholdings as per land records

Consultation with affected person‟s Name/ Details of consultation with NGOsDetails of consultation with
concerned government agencies
Total land required, land areaalready available , land to beacquired identified
Review of land acquisition usingdigital cadastral map by client
Strip plan‐ additional details added
Details of centreline, existing structures,road furniture and other features
Widening scheme
New construction/ reconstruction ofstructures and amenities
Existing and proposed right of way Clearances impacting each chainage Conclusions and recommendations
Conclusions and recommendations
Details/
Specificatio
nns
12.2 NA
omissions
240
12.4 NA
DPR Checklist – Stage 4 – Detailed Project Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Rajasthan.
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specificatio
ns
1 Project background Yes No NA NA
Project description Yes No NA

 Existing LC number
1.1
 Start and End Chainage
Project location map
 On State Map
1.2  On District Map Yes No NA
 Latitude & Longitude
241
Coordinates of the LC
Details of Existing Level Crossing Yes No NA
 Number of Railway Tracks
1.3  Type of
RailwayTracks
(Broad/Metre/Narrow)
 No. of trains per day
Justification for need of an Yes No NA
1.4 NA
ROB/RUB (on basis of TVU
count)
1.5 Overview of land use plans Yes No NA NA
Overview of existing Yes No NA

pavementconditions
1.6
 Number of Lanes
 Type of Pavement
(Flexible/Rigid/Surfaced/Uns
urfaced)
1.7 Existing right of way details Yes No NA

project
2 Social analysis of the project Yes No NA NA
Project impact on stakeholders Yes No NA

2.1 NA
such as local people
Project impact on residential, Yes No NA

2.2 NA
commercial and public properties

project
Details/
Specificatio
ns
Geometric Features of the Existing Yes No NA

Road
3.1  Design Speed

 Sight distance details
 Horizontal Alignment Details
Topographical Survey using Yes No NA
LiDAR or equivalent technology
3.2 NA
as per IRC:SP:19
 Gradient
 Terrain
242
Pavement composition and Yes No NA
3.3 NA
condition survey as
perIRC:SP:19
Geological Survey Yes No NA
3.4 NA
 Seismicity
Climatic Conditions Yes No NA
 Temperature
3.5 NA
 Rainfall
 Wind
Land Use along the existing Yes No NA
3.6 alignment NA
depicting
Area
Details of Existing Structures Yes No NA
3.7  Map of the Project Area NA

depicting
bl
ic Building/Any Other Significant
Structure
3.8 Inventory and condition survey of Yes No NA NA
culverts
Geo-technical and sub-soil Yes No NA
3.9 NA
Number of Bore holes dug (holds Yes No NA

3.10
for every pier and abutment)
Field testing, soil sampling, Yes No NA
3.11 NA
laboratory testing as per IRC:
78
Recommendation of Foundation Yes No NA
3.12
Type and Depth
Hydraulic and Hydrological Yes No NA

3.13 NA
investigations as per IRC:5
Details/
Specificatio
ns
Materials Survey conducted as per Yes No NA

3.17 NA
IRC:SP:19
243
Sources of Naturally Occurring Yes No NA
Aggregates specified
3.18
 Details of Borrow
Pits with Distance from
Project Site
 Cost of
n
Sources of Manufactured Items Yes No NA
specified
3.19 NA
withDistance from Project Site
 Cost of
Sources of environmentally Yes No NA
3.19. friendly construction materials NA
1 identified as per MoRT&H
circular
Source of Water for construction Yes No NA
3.20 NA

project
4 Traffic surveys and analysis Yes No NA NA
Classified traffic volume Yes No NA

4.1 NA
(7day)
4.2 Traffic projection as per IRC:108 Yes No NA NA
4.4 Current and Projected PCU Yes No NA
4.5 Current and Projected TVU Yes No NA
4.7 Any other details relevant to Yes No NA NA

theproject
Determination of whether ROB Yes No NA
5 NA
or RUB is appropriate
Justification of whether ROB Yes No NA

5.1 NA
or RUB should be built
6 Alignment Options Study Yes No NA NA
At least two alignments proposed Yes No NA

6.1 NA
onMap
244
Length of the project along Yes No NA
6.2 NA
proposed alignment options
Land Acquisition required along Yes No NA

6.3 NA
alignment options
Details/
Specificatio
ns
6.4 Cost Estimates of alternatives Yes No NA NA
Recommended Alignment with Yes No NA

6.5
Justification
Skew Angle of Proposed Yes No NA

6.6
Alignment Specified
6.7 Traffic Diversion Route Specified Yes No NA NA

project
7 Design Specifications Yes No NA NA
7.1 Number of Lanes Yes No NA
Width of ROB Yes No NA

 Width of Carriageway
7.2  Width of Safety Kerbs
 Width of Footpath
 Any other
Proposed Number of Lanes on Yes No NA
7.3 NA
ROB in line with PCU as per latest
MoRTH guidelines
Proposed Length of the Project Yes No NA
 Length of ROB
7.4  Length of Viaduct
 Length of RE Wall
 Length of Approach Road
 Length of Service Road
Span Arrangement Yes No NA
7.5
 Span Length
 Number of Spans
Are all spans of standardised Yes No NA
length as per Railways standards
7.6 (https://ircep.gov.in/RCApprova NA
l/)
 If non-standardised,
suitable justification
provided
245
Details of Proposed Superstructure Yes No NA
Design
7.7 NA
 Type
 Details of Material Use
Proposed
 Drawings of Cross-Sections
Details of Proposed Substructure Yes No NA
Design Type
7.8 NA
 Details of Material Use
Proposed
Details/
Specificatio
ns
Details of Proposed Pavement Yes No NA
Design Type
7.9  Details of Material Use NA
Proposed
 Thickness
 Design MSA
7.10 Details of Drainage Structures Yes No NA NA
Proposed
project
8 Cost estimates Yes No NA NA
Summary of Cost Estimates(Refer Yes No NA

8.1
following subsection)
2 Detailed Abstract of Cost Yes No NA NA
8.3 Detailed Bills of Quantity Yes No NA NA
8.4 Detailed Rate Analysis Yes No NA NA
9 Financial Viability Yes No NA NA
9.1 Estimated cost details Yes No NA NA
9.2 Projected revenues details Yes No NA NA
9.3 Assumptions stated Yes No NA NA
246
Analysis and results Yes No NA
 IRR
9.4
 Sensitivity Analysis
 Financial Viability
10 Land Acquisition Study Yes No NA NA
Land Acquisition Details Yes No NA

 Total Land Required
10.1
 Land Area already available
 Area of Land to be Acquired
10.3 Details of LA Cost Yes No NA
11 Utility Shifting Study Yes No NA NA
11.1 Results of GPR investigation Yes No NA NA
Utility relocation plan with Yes No NA

11.2 existing / proposed NA
location
topographic details
11.3 Cost for relocation as per authority Yes No NA
12 General Arrangement Drawing Yes No NA NA
12.1 Elevation of Railway Portion Yes No NA NA
Details/
Specificatio
ns
12.2 Plan of Railway Portion Yes No NA NA
12.3 General Elevation Yes No NA NA
General Plan (showing complete Yes No NA

12.4 NA
ROB/RUB along with diversion)
12.5 Key Plan Yes No NA NA
12.6 Cross-Section of Railway Portion Yes No NA NA
3D engineered models of: Yes No NA

 Existing structure, if any
12.7
 Proposed structure
 Utilities and other features
inRoW
247
Cost Summary Table
S.No Particula Cost Estimate(in '000)

. rs
1 Cost of ROB Portion
Foundation
Substructure
Superstructure
Total-ROB Portion
2 Cost of Viaduct
Foundation
Substructure
Superstructure
Total-Viaduct
3 Cost of Approach Road
4 Cost of RE Wall
5 Cost of Service Road
6 Miscellaneous Costs
Cost of Subway
Cost of Toll Plaza
Cost of Culverts
Any Other Costs
Civil Cost of the Project
248
7 Contingencies @x%
Total Civil Cost
8 Supervision Charges @x%
9 Cost of Quality Control @x%
10 Maintenance Charges @x%
11 Escalation Costs @x%
12 Land Acquisition Costs
13 Utility Shifting Costs
14 Any Other Costs
Total Cost of the Project
DPR Checklist – Stage 5 – Technical Schedules (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Rajasthan.
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specificatio
o
ns
1 Bid documents- EPC Yes No NA NA
2 Bid documents- Other, if any Yes No NA NA
3 Draft concession agreement Yes No NA NA
3 Schedule C - Project facilities Yes No NA NA
Schedule D - Specifications and Yes No NA

4 NA
standards
5 Any other relevant details Yes No NA NA
249
DPR Checklist – Stage 6 – LA and Clearances II Report (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specification
s
2 Environment Clearance Yes No NA NA
2.1 Details of public Yes No NA

hearingscompleted
Date of final Yes No NA
2.2
environment clearance by
competent
authority

3.1
competentauthority
250
Date of Stage I forest clearance Yes No NA
3.2
Date of final forest clearance Yes No NA

3.3
Date/ Details of joint site Yes No NA

4.1
competentauthority
Date of final wildlife clearance Yes No NA
4.2

5.1
inspection with
competentauthority
5.2
competent authority

5.3
competent authority
5.4 Approved utility shifting proposal Yes No NA

5.5 N
A
agency
5.6

6.2
competent authority
Details/
Specification
s
6.3
competent authority

6.5 NA
agency
6.6

7.2
competent authority

7.3
competent authority
251
7.5 NA
agency
7.6
Date of final approval of Yes No NA

8.2
GADby competent authority
9 Other Clearances Yes No NA NA
Date of final approval Yes No NA

9.1
bycompetent authority
10 Land Acquisition Yes No NA NA
10.2 Review of 3a notification by client Yes No NA NA
10.3 Date of 3a gazette notification Yes No NA
10.5 Review of 3A notification by client Yes No NA NA
10.6 Date of 3A gazette notification Yes No NA
Date of Joint Measurement Yes No NA

10.7
Survey with competent
authority
10.7.1 Date of survey Yes No NA NA
10.7. Land type –by survey number Yes No NA NA
2
10.7. Nature of Land –by survey number Yes No NA NA
3
10.7. Ownership status of plots- Yes No NA
NA
4 bysurvey number
10.7. Verification of area to be Yes No NA

NA
5 acquired – by survey
number
Details/
Specification
s
10.7.6 List of structures on each plot Yes No NA NA
10.7.7 Sketches of updated alignment Yes No NA NA
252
10.7.8 Verification from Land revenue Yes No NA NA
department
10.7.9 Verification by CALA office Yes No NA NA
DPR Checklist – Stage 7 – Award determination (Structures)
General Details
Project Name
portion from ROB chainage 1+696 to chainage 1+871 ( Total
length=175 m) at km 30.00 on NH- l62E (Pali-Nadol Section) Crossing
the Falna-Marwar Railway Section at LC No. C-67 near Somesar in the
state of Rajasthan.
Consultant's Name
Date of Review
Details/
o Specifications

A
2 Village level summary Yes No NA N
A
Total private and public Yes No NA
2.1 N
landbeing acquired
A
Variation in area and nature of Yes No NA
2.2 N
land against 3D with
A
justification
Method used by CALA to arrive Yes No NA
2.3 N
at award
A
253
Date of award by CALA and Yes No NA
2.4 approval by Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob
Road, Jaipur along with
valuation report
Total award calculated and Yes No NA
2.5 N
details of deviation
A
fromRFCTLARR act
3 In detail Yes No NA N
A
tracker with parcel-wise status
3.1 of: N
 Notifications A
 Award
 Disbursement
Valuation report and details of Yes No NA
3.2 award calculation- verification N
by state authority to be A
included
3.3 Claims report Yes No NA N
A
3.4 Copies of Yes No NA N
notificationspublished A
Copies of land possession Yes No NA
3.5 N
A
4 Conclusions and Yes No NA N
recommendations A
4.1 Conclusions and Yes No NA N
recommendations A
4.2 N
A
Report reviewed for errors and Yes No NA
4.3 NA
omissions

4.4 NA
254
DPRChecklist–Stage8–Land possession report(Structures)
General Details
Project Name
Consultancy Services for preparation of Detail Engineering report for ROB
proper (Construction of Bow String type girders) in railway portion from
ROB chainage 1+696 to chainage 1+871 ( Total length=175 m) at km 30.00
on NH- l62E (Pali-Nadol Section) Crossing the Falna-Marwar Railway
Section at LC No. C-67 near Somesar in the state of Rajasthan.
Consultant's
Name
Date of Review
Details/
Specification
s
2 Village level summary Yes No NA NA
Total private and public land Yes No NA

2.1 NA
beingacquired
Date of final award by CALA Yes No NA

2.2
and approval by Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road,
Jaipur
Status of disbursement on date of Yes No NA
2.3 NA
receipt of Land possession
certificate
Key issues being faced in Yes No NA
2.4 NA
completing land acquisition, if any
3 In detail Yes No NA NA
255
3.1  Notifications NA
 Award
 Disbursement
3.2 Final award and claims report Yes No NA NA
Copies of notifications Yes No NA

3.3 NA
published, land possession
4 Conclusions and Yes No NA NA
recommendations
4.1 Conclusions and recommendations Yes No NA NA

4.2 NA

omissions
4.4 N
A
GIS Map containing digitised Yes No NA
5 details of land parcels N
acquired with all relevant A
details
256
APPENDIX VIII
Sample Executive Summary of Detailed Project Report
<Name & Logo of the Agency> (Ministry of Road Transport &Highways)
Government of India
Executive summary of detailed project report for:
[Project name, stretch, state]
All figures, details and graphs in this

template are illustrative. Consultants
DPR Consultant
are to add actual details and expand
tables, chapters as needed while
keeping the format and information
required in each chapter as suggested.
Please delete this sticker upon
completion
[Name and logo of consulting agency]
257
Table of Contents
1 I ntroduction 293
2 P roject overview 294
2 .1 K ey features of project 294
2 .2 K ey plan of existing project stretch 296
3 T raffic demands on project road 297
3 .1 T raffic volume surveys 297
3 .2 A xle load survey 298
3 .3 T raffic volume forecast 298
3 .4 T urning movement surveys 299
4 P avement and corridor surveys 300
4 .1 P avement condition and distress seen 300
4 .2 P avement composition 300
4 .3 P avement strength 300
4 .4 S ub-grade soil survey 301
5 I mprovement proposals 302
5 .1 P roposed alignment 302
5 .2 B ypasses proposed 302
5 .3 R oad geometry 303
5 .4 W idening scheme 303
5 .5 P avement design 303
5 .6 D esign of structures 305
5 .7 I ntersections and grade separators 306
5 .8 T oll plazas 306
5 .9 W ayside amenities proposed 306
6 E nvironmental impact assessment 307
6 .1 I mpact and clearances needed 307
6 .2 C ost of environmental mitigation 307
258
7 S ocial impact assessment and Land acquisition 308
7 .1 S ocial impact assessment 308
7 .2 L and acquisition requirements 308
7 .3 K ey risks envisaged in land acquisition 308
8 U tilities shifting and clearances 309
8 .1 U tilities shifting estimates 309
8 .2 T otal cost of utilities shifting 309
9 Project cost estimates 310
0
1 0 M aterial investigation 311
1 0.1 B orrow pits for soil 311
1 0.2 S and 311
1 0.3 G ravel 311
1 0.4 F ly ash 311
1 0.5 B itumen 311

1 0.6 C ement 311
1 0.7 O ther local material available 312
1 0.8 K ey risks 312
1 0.9L ocation of material sources 313

Potential for value engineering and innovative technologies 314
E conomic and financial analysis 315
1 2.1 E conomic analysis of the project 315
1 2.2 F inancial analysis 315
259
1. Introduction
The <Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur> proposes to implement
the <re> the development, maintenance and management of the <NH‐ xx> stretch from <Origin>to
<Destination> from chainage <aa km> to <bb km> into <proposed improvement, xx lane road/
expressway etc.> under the NHDP Phase V programme. The proposed project road has been
selected to <primary reason for project‐ e.g. to improve connectivity and ease congestion
between aa bb>
<Consultant> was appointed in <mm/yyyy> to prepare the detailed project report for the
project road, and this executive summary covers is submitted along with the <draft/final> detailed
project report to cover the key aspects of the project.
<Any special circumstances or requests made by the Authority for the project that affect the
consultancy assignment e.g.: Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur desired to
restructure project into two packages, bifurcating the project road at Betulnagar, this report has been
revised and resubmitted providing improvement proposals and bid documents separately for the
two stretches>
2. Project overview
As described earlier the project road lies on NH xx (previously NH yy) and connects
<orgin> with <destination>, passing through the states of <state 1, state 2>. The proposed project
alignment passess through <towns/junctions a, b, c, d> for a total length of <xx km>.
260
Figure 1: Location of project road
Key features of project
Table 1: Key features of project
Attributes Details
NH No Xx (old) Yy (new)
Origin- Destination Origin-destination

Origin point Lat/long – destination point lat/long
Via towns Town 1, 2, 3, 4
Existing carriageway 2L (7.0m) over 80% of the road stretch with 4L (16.0m) in 20% of the
stretch in some urban locations
Service lanes and slip roads Service lanes of 2-4m width for 16 km, largely in urban areas
Shoulder 2L has paved shoulder of 1-2m width
Condition of existing Good to fair
pavement
Right of way Typically 45 m along entire stretch
Land use along project road Predominant land use in the area is agricultural (60% on LHS, 50%
on RHS), with the rest being urban and forest area (20% on LHS,
RHS)
Traffic on the stretch Largely commercial, with trucks accounting for 80% of vehicle
volume
Toll infrastructure There are no toll plazas in the current stretch
Terrain Primarily plain and rolling, passing through x settlements
261
Attribut Detail
es s
Structures along stretch 69 structures- 3 ROBs, 7 major bridges, 2 flyovers, 9 minor
bridges, 16 VUP/PUPs and 32 culverts
User amenities along 32 bus shelters, 7 truck lay-byes, and 1 rest area
stretch
Key utilities in the 4 km 66 kV UG line with 3 crossings, 30in water main for
proposed RoW 7.3 km
Forest Stretches along Xx km of road from <point a> to <point b> crosses <type of
RoW forest>
<forest name>
Rail crossings along RoW Railway LC no <x> at chainage yy on the <origin station> to
<destination station> rail line at railway chainage zz
Other clearance related <please describe any other clearances that will be required
aspects for the project>
Key plan of existing project stretch
<lat/long> <lat/long>
<lat/long>
Figure 2: Key plan of existing project road
262
1. Traffic demands on project road
Traffic volume surveys
For the purposes of traffic projections and lane design, <xx> individual sections of road were
considered:
Table 2: Traffic survey locations
Volum
Sectio Chainages Lengt Remarks
e Count
n h
Locatio
(Kms
ns
)
Traffic volume surveys for the project road were< available from IHMCL forx
locations > and were carried out at <x> additional locations along the project road in the month
of<mm/yyyy>. The results are as follows:
Table 3: Results of traffic surveys conducted
Homogenous
section
Chainage
Source of data
Bicycle
2 Wheeler
3 Wheeler
263
Tractor
Tractor with Trailer
2 Axle SCV
LMV 2 axle
LCV 2 Axle
2 Axle Truck or Bus
3 Axle Truck or Bus

Multi Axle Vehicles
MAV
Oversized Vehicle
OSV
Cycle 0 0 0
Earth Moving
Equipment
AADT (in vehicles)
AADT (in PCUs)
Axle load survey
Axle load surveys were conducted at <x> locations using <xxxx> to understand the actual load
spectrum of commercial vehicles plying on the project road. The results of the load survey, were
converted to Vehicle Damage Factor (VDF) using equivalency factors from <IRC xx> for thepurpose of
MSA calculations
Table 4: Axle load survey results
Mode Section1 Section2 Section2
Observe Observe
Observed- d- at d- at
at Recommend Recommend Recommend
ed chainag ed chainag ed
chainage e xx e xx
xx
Traffic volume forecast
Traffic volume forecast was developed using the <xx> method and converted to Million
264
Standard Axles (MSA) for the purposes of pavement design. The cumulative load in MSA for each
section is given as under for various horizon years:
Table 5: Projected traffic load on project road in MSA
MSA In In
x+15 x+30
Sectio LHS R LH RHS
n HS S
1
Turning movement surveys
Peak
SL. Existing Total Pea Intersection Grade
Hour
No. Chainage Location Volu k type separator
Volu
m e Hou proposed
m e
PCU r
PCU
Classified direction wise turning movement surveys were conducted at <x> intersections to
determine the need for re‐ design and addition of structure at the intersection
265
Table 6: Turning movement survey results
1. Pavement and corridor surveys
Pavement condition and distress seen
The overall pavement condition <description of overall pavement condition‐ e.g. from poor to very
poor, with high roughness and significant presence of potholes and raveling>
Table 7: Condition survey of existing pavement
Type of Length affected, in

distress Kms
Area Area Area Area Area
<=10 10 %-25 25 %-50 50 %- >75 %
% % % 75%
Total
Cracking
Potholes
Patching
Raveling
<other
categories
seen>
Total
Pavement composition
The existing pavement structure is a <rigid/flexible/inverted etc.> pavement consisting of

sub‐ grade and <x> additional layers. The summary of pavement composition seen is as follows
Table 8: Composition of existing pavement
Granular course Xx
Bituminous course
Section (mm) (m
(mm)
m)
Mi M M Ma Min Ma
n ax in x x
1
2
X
Pave
ment strength
<xxx FWD/BBD> was carried out to test the strength of the existing pavement, and the characteristic
266
deflection values have been calculated for each homogeneous section of road to enable design of an
overlay for the road.
Table 9: Strength of existing pavement
Characteristic
Section Chaina Distance
ge deflection
Start En Km Mm
d
1
2
X
Sub‐ grade soil survey

Extensive review of available soil information and testing was done to understand the
sub‐ grade characteristics. Summary of soil investigation surveys is as follows:
Table 10: Soil investigation survey results
Attribute Results Comments
Table 11: Soil types observed

Soil % of length Plasticity index Comments
type
3. Improvement proposals
Proposed alignment
The final alignment chosen for the project in consultation with <xx, yy> will <be along
current project road/ pass through xx, yy new towns‐ short description of alignment with
changes if any>.
267
Figure 3: Map showing proposed alignment of project road
Bypasses proposed
Given increasing urban traffic and congestion and the lack of available RoW in urban
areas through the project route, <x> urban areas are proosed to be by‐ passed in the proposed
project alignment
Table 12: Proposed by‐ passes along project length
Bypass
Urban area to plan Key driver for by-pass
be bypassed
Start End Length
chainage chainage propose
d
Road geometry
The project road has been re‐ designed to accommodate speeds of <xx>, adopted as
per<standard or consultation with Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur >.
Enabling this higher speed will require re‐ design and re‐ alignment of the road in certain
sections given their <description of poor geometry>.
Widening scheme
Basis traffic information available, level of service requirements and consultation with<Chief
Engineer(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur, local authorities etc.>, the following lane
268
configuration is adopted for the project road:
Table 13: Lane configuration planned for project road
Chainage Traffic
foreca Servic
Sectio Start End Lane e Comments
st
n config. lanes
k PCUs
in 20xx
1
3
xx
Basis availability of RoW and land acquisition constraints, a widening scheme has been
proposed that makes optimum use of existing ROW and minimizes need for land acquisition in
urban areas, a summary of which is given below:
Table 14: Summary of widening type proposed
Sl Type of widening Length, Km

no
1 Concentric 2.400
2 Eccentric, Right 34.600
3 Eccentric, Left 33.800
4 Green field 16.000
Pavement design
Design period, loading and pavement type
Using the projected traffic, VDF values,lane and directional distribution factors, the
design traffic loading used for the project is <xx to yy> MSA. Through preliminary design and life
cycle com parisons,
the<flexible/rigid/inverted> type of pavement was chosen for construction with a design

life of <xx> years as per<IRC/MoRTH/Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur
standards/request> has beenconsidered for design.
Design sub‐ grade strength
Considering the soil investigations conducted in the prject road area, and the availability of suitable soil
in the region, the following sub‐ grade strength has been assumed to vary from
<xx%> to <yy%> for various sections of the highway
Pavement composition for new carriageway
The proposed pavement composition for the new sections carriageway basis<standards>, sub grade
strength and design traffic is:
269
Table 15: Proposed pavement composition
Sub-grade Pavement
Section Design Layer thickness (mm)
Chainage strength loading
Start End Min MS GSB W DBM BC xx

% A M
CBR M
1
Strengthening of existing pavement

The strengthening requirements for the existing pavement have been estimated fromt eh deflection
measurements and estimated traffic loadings. The designed overlay proposed is as below:
Table 16: Overlay thickness required
Characteristic Overlay thickness

Section Chainage Distance
deflection (mm)
Start End Km M DB X
m M x
1
2
X
Pavement design for service lanes
Pavement for service lanes is designed for MSA of xx‐ yy with a design CBR of ~xx%. The
composition for th e<flexible/rigid>service lane pavement along the project corridor is as follows:
Table 17: Pavement composition for service road
Layer Layer Thickness in

mm
SDBC 25
DBM 50
WMM 250
GSB 150
Design of structures
Along the project stretch, there are several bridges, culverts, under/overpasses andflyovers. A
270
summary of the total number and proposed additions is given in the table below
Table 18: Proposed improvement to structures along project road
Sl Construct New
Structur Existing Dismantl Widen Reconstru Total
N in constructio
e e ct
o parallel n
1 Major 4 1 - 1 2 3 7
bridge
2 Minor
bridge
3 Flyover
4 Vehicle
overpass
5 Vehicle
underpass
6 Passenge r
under
pass
7 Culverts
8 xxx
Intersec
tions and grade separators
Based on the traffic and turning movement surveys conducted, <xx> junctions have been
identified for redesign or grade separation, the details of which are given below
Table 19: Proposed intersection improvement
SL. Existing Est total vol Est Peak

Location Improvement
No. Chainag (k PCU) Hour Vol (k
proposed
e PCU)
Grade separator
1 10.20 xxx 5333 359
0 3 9
Grade separator
2 28.00 xxx 6431 388
0 5 4
Toll plazas
Based on the traffic surveys, O‐ D surveys and layout of project road, <xx> toll plazas are
proposed along the project road:
271
Table 20: Location of current and proposed toll plazas
Sl Existing Design Existing no Proposed

Locatio
N chainage chainage of lanes no of
n
o lanes
1
2
x xx xx
Wayside amenities proposed
<local discussions, discussions with authority, demand modelling etc.> was conducted tolocate
various way‐ side amenities across the project road. A summary of the improvements proposed is
givenbelow:
Table 21: Proposed user amenities along project stretch
Sl no Amenity type Current Propos Comments

ed
1 Passenger reststops 0 2
2 Truck lay-byes 5 15 High demand due to urban areas along

stretch
3 Bus bays 4 10 Limited increase due to scarcity of land
4 Bus shelters 2 34 Proposed in lieu of bus-bays
5 Petrol bunks 1 5 Severe shortage along stretch
1. Environmental impact assessment Impact and clearances needed

A environmental impact study was undertaken during the process of creating the
detailed project report to understand impact of the project road on the surrounding ecology and
environment. The project road is categorized as a category <xx> project by the MoEF and as it is<xx
km> in length, it <will/will not> require environmental clearances.
The proposed project <involves/does not involve> the acquisition of forest/ecologically

sensitive land, felling of trees and will impact wildlife habitat and will hence require individual
clearances for each. A summary of the environmental impact and clearances required is provided
below
Table 22: Environmental impact and clearances required
Sl No Impact type Description Clearance status
272
1 Environment Required due to nature of Form 1 submitted dd/mm/yyyy
alclearance project, category „A‟ and environmental clearance
obtained on dd/mmm/yyyy
2 Diversion 27.72 ha of land in <xx> district Stage II clearance in progress

o will need to be acquired
f forest land
3 Trees in RoW 28,460 trees need to be enable To be taken
road expansion
Cost of environmental mitigation
The Environmental Mitigation and Management Costs were developed based on the
estimation of resources required to implement the mitigation measures proposed and also
number of places where intervention is required. Environmental mitigation cost for the
proposed project is Rs. <xx> cr.
4. Social impact assessment and Land acquisition
Social impact assessment
The existing RoW (x‐ y m) is <adequate/ in adequate> for the proposed widening and
RoW requirements as required by <Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur
/Authority>. This will lead to the additional acquisition of <xx>Ha across the states of <states1, 2>,
affecting a total of <yy> villages in <zz> districts. In addition to structures found to be encroaching
the current Row, the required acquisition is poised to affect <xx> residential and <yy> other
structures.
Preliminary interactions have been held with locals to understand their issues and
concerns and help communicate the project plan and its impact on them. The key concerns of title
and non‐ title holders centered around:
 <Key issues expressed over and above land being acquired, and compensationnorms>
Land acquisition requirements
The state and district wise details and status of land acquisition as on the date of
publishing of this report is as follows:
Table 23: Districtwise land acquisition requirements and status
Private
Village Total 3A 3A done, 3D
Stat land to be
and land pendin 3D complet
e acquired
Chainage require g (Ha) pending ed
(Ha)
d (Ha)
(Ha)
273
A total of <xx cr> is expected to be awarded for the acquisition of land required for this project.
The land acquisition process is underway with a total of <xx> CALAs appointed, and 90% of land is
expected to be in possession by <xx,20xx>.
Key risks envisaged in land acquisition
Despite the best efforts of the consultant and various lad acquisition teams working to
complete land acquisition, it is envisaged that acquiring possession of the RoW for some specific
sections of the project road may prove to be difficult or be delayed inordinately. Such potentialrisks are
highlighted below:
 <Highlight any risks fore seen along with chainage and ha affected>
5. Utilities shifting and clearances
Utilities belonging to <x> user agencies have been identified that fall within the projectroad
ROW and will need to be shifted to enable road construction. Shifting proposals have been
submitted to the user agencies and initial estimates have been received from the concerned
agencies. The process of site inspection, review and revision of the proposals for utilities shiftingis in
process.
<To enable better management of utilities and installation going forward, all utilities are
being shifted underground/into a utilitiy corridor/out of the road RoW/ utilities trench is being
planned as part of construction>
Utilities shifting estimates
Table 24: Key utilities shifting requirements
Sl Utility Chainage Agency Shifting Estimat Supervision Curren t

N affected require ed cost % status
o d (INR cr)
1
Total cost of utilities shifting
The total cost of utilities shifting for all the utilities identified in the road RoW is
274
estimated to be <xx cr> with supervision charges of <yy cr> being paid as supervision charges tothe
<z> concerned agencies.
6. Project cost estimates
The cost estimates for the project has been carried out based on detailed design, bill of quantities,
and the schedule of rates for <state/district/authority> of year <xx‐ yy>.
Table 25: Summary of project cost
No Ite Amount in Amount

m Cr in
%
Civil construction cost
1 Site clearance and dismantling 60 2%
2 Earth Work
3 Base courses
4 Paving courses
5a Repair and rehabilitation of structures
5b Bridges
5c Culverts
5d PUP/VUP
5e Flyover and overpass
5f Drainage, protective works and other services
5g RE/toe walls
6 Junctions and interchanges
7 Toll plazas
8 User amenities
9 Traffic signs, road markings,
otherappurtenances
10 Miscellaneous
11 Maintenance of road during construction
A Total civil cost
12 Add contingencies @ x% on Z
B Estimated project cost
13 Construction supervision @ x% on Z
14 Agency charges @ x% on Z
15 Quality control changes @ x% on Z
16 Road safety cell audit charges @ x% on Z
17 Maintenance costs @ x% on Z
18 Escalation @ x% on Z
C Total project cost
275
19 R&R cost
20 Environment cost
21 Cost of shifting utilities
22 LA compensation cost
D Total capital cost
1. Material investigation
Material investigations were carried out to explore the availability and identify sources of
suitable material for the construction of the road.
<retain only relevant sections>
Borrow pits for soil
Material investigation of <xxx> locations indicates that soil suitable for embankment (of
CBR>xx% and density yy g/cc) and for sub‐ grade (CBR>xx% and density yy g/cc) is available at
anaverage lead of aa to bb km for the project stretch.
<include details on additional material sources like construction rubble, moorum etc>
Sand
Sand is available in <close proximity> of the project site. Test results show that xx of yysand
sources satisfy the minimum requirement for use inthe project.
<Include details of additional potential for sources such as pond bed desilting, other
excavation happening>
Gravel
Several quarries were identified for sourcing aggregates in the project zone. Xx of yy
quarries were found to be suitable for use in the construction of the road. <further details on
gravel available and suitability for construction>
Fly ash
Fly ash is available in close proximity of the project road due to the presence of <xx steel
plant/power plant>. Test results show that the available fly ash <satisfies/does not satisfy> the
minimum requirement of <specification> to use as <material for embankment/cement
mixture/other layers>. The fly ash available has density greater than xx g/cc and shows an OCM of
xx‐ yy%. <the fly ash located isnon plastic>
Bitumen
Bulk bitumen of the <required grades> is available <closest sources> with an average lead of
<xx km>. For the project road <grade> of bitumen has been proposed for <yy layer> due to
<reason> and <grade of bitumen> has been proposed for <zz layer> due to <reason>.
276
Cement
Bulk bitumen of the <required grades> is available <closest sources> with an average lead of
<xx km>. For the project road <grade> of bitumen has been proposed for <yy layer> due to
<reason> and <grade of bitumen> has been proposed for <zz layer> due to <reason>.
Other local material available
Details of other local material available for construction
Table 26: Locally available and alternative materials
Sl Materia Sour
N l ce
o
1 Hume Local home pipe factory in xx yy
pipes
2 xx xxxx
Key risks
Despite the best efforts of the consultant, there continue to be some materials and sections of the
project road where material will have to brought from significant leads.
Table 27: Key risks envisaged in material procurement
Sl Chainage Mater Closes

N i al t sourc
o e
1 Entire project Bitument Closest available source is Mumbai at

a lead of 900 km
2 223.00+ Soil of CBR >10% No borrow pit in vicinity, minimum

leadof 40 km
277
Locatio
n of material sources
Figure 4: Key plan showing location of potential borrow pits tested
7. Potential for value engineering and innovative technologies
Throughout the detailed design of the project, several opportunities for value engineering
and introduction of new technology were explored that will help in reducing the cost of the project or
278
increase quality and longevity of project road. Approval of these elements as part of the construction
design and suitable instructions to all stakeholders of the project can help significantly lower the
projected cost of construction.
A summary of these opportunities is provided here.
Table 28: Key value engineering opportunities identified
Sl
Value engineering opportunity Potential impact
N
o
1 Use of inverted pavement with a cement stabilized 40% reduction in layer
based and granular material in the thickness and ~15%
base layer reduction in TPC
8. Economic and financial analysis
Economic analysis of the project
The EIRR and NPV of the project has been carried out using <model/software> under
multiple scenarios, and the project returns <justify/do not justify>construction given an EIRR of xx
279
in the best case and yy in the worst case.
The various sensitivity scenarios considered were as follows:
0. Base case: Base cost and base benefits
1. Sensitivity 1: Base cost plus xx% and basebenefits
2. Sensitivity 2: Xx
3. Sensitivity 3: Xx
The results of the base case and sensitivity analysis are presented below:
Table 29: Economic return analysis
RUC HD
Option Sensitivity S M4
Case
NPV (in NPV (in
EIRR (in %) EIRR (in
million million
%)
Rs.) Rs.)
Base Case 0 19199 30.31 2788.5 14.1
With time Sensitivity 1 18041 27.51 1362.6 12.9

Sensitivity 2 15147 27.1 943.3 12.8
Sensitivity 3 13989 24.56 -ve 11.7
Base Case 0 19199 30.31 2788.5 14.1
Without Sensitivity 1 18041 27.51 1362.6 12.9

time Sensitivity 2 15147 27.1 943.3 12.8
Sensitivity 3 13989 24.56 -ve 11.7
Financial analysis
Potential for tollrevenue
The projected tollable traffic basis traffic survey and forecasts at the <xx> toll plazas
suggested in year <xx> is given below
Table 30: Tollable traffic on project stretch
Toll 1 @ Chainage 2
Plaza 45.000
1
Traffic type Total Tollable
Bicycle 47 0
2 Wheeler 3320 0
3 Wheeler 32 0
280
Tractor 24 0
Tractor with Trailer 389 385
2 Axle SCV 436 386
LMV 2 axle 3561 3545
LCV 2 Axle 577 603
2 Axle Truck or Bus 908 800
3 Axle Truck or Bus 1142 1062
Multi Axle Vehicles 2033 1962
MAV
Oversized Vehicle OSV 2 1
Earth Moving 0 0
Equipment
AADT (in vehicles) 12471 6500
Results of financial analysis

With the most likely traffic scenario and assumed costs of construction, maintenance,
financing and tolling over the period of the project, the return on equity at various periods of
concession was calculated. Equity IRR for this project will pass <15%> in year <x> of this project,
hence it <is/is not> possible to bid the project
Figure 5: Equity IRR with increasing concession period for project road
9. Execution plan
In consultation with Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur , it is
proposed to complete the proosed project road in a period of <xx> months. Planning for the
project packaging, bidding process and construction was conducted as a part of this project.
Packaging
Given the length of the project, the entire project is planned to be bid out in <xx>
281
packages with <yy> packages.
<include table of package details if more than 1 package>
Bidding mode and timelines
The authority has proposed to initiate bidding of the project under <bot/epc/ham> mode
<with a grant/premium of xx %>. The tentative timeline for this is:
 Submission of bid documents to authority dd/mmm/yyyy

 Review and finalization of documents dd/mmm/yyyy
 Launch of tender dd/mmm/yyyy
 Tender close date dd/mmm/yyyy

 Tentative date for award of project dd/mmm/yyyy
Construction time and planning
Upon reviewing the improvements planned and in consultation with Chief Engineer
(NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur , the design and construction period for this project hasbeen
arrived at <xx> months from the date of appointment of the contractor/concessionaire. To enable
this construction schedule, a detailed construction plan and timeline has been included in the detailed
project report. This also includes a traffic management and lane closure plan for the period of
construction.
10. Conclusions and recommendation
The <expansion/rehabilitation> of the project road from <source> to <destination>,

chainage <a> to <b> on NH <x> in the states of <state 1, state 2> to <n> lane configuration is
recommended for implementation by Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur as the
project is likely to <1 line justification/ need of project: provide much needed connectivity/improve
connectivity/provide higher level of service/rehabilitate the road etc, isneeded urgently>.
The project as envisaged is economically viable with an estimated EIRR >12%. The project
with a 30 year concession period is expected to return an equity IRR of <xx%> with
<yy %> <grant/premium> and is hence recommended for implementation in
the<BOT/EPC/HAM> mode.
Table31: Salient features and key financial aspects of the project road a
Project
road
Project road length Xx km
Connecting <origin>-
<destination>
On national highway NH No
Proposed features Current road Propos
ed
Lanes 2 4
282
Bypasses proposed - 5
Major junctions 5 5
Minor Junctions 18 18
Grade separated interchanges 1 4
Major Bridges 4 6
Minor Bridges 19 21
ROBs 1 3
Culverts 120 200
Vehicle/Pedestrian under/overpasses 16 25
Service roads (kms) 14 32
Slip roads (kms) 8 9
Toll plazas (no) - 2
Bus bays (no) 4 15
Truck lay-byes (no) 2 8
Rest areas (no) 2 6
Financial implications INR Cr/%
Total capital cost 1595
Total project cost 1486
Civil construction cost 1249
(incl.contingency)
Preconstruction expenses 110
Land acquisition 40
Utilities shifting 30
Rehabilitation and resettlement costs 20
Other pre-construction expenses 20
Implementation mode proposed BOT (Toll)
Total project cost 1486
Concession period 18 years
<Authority> support (Grant/Premium) 18%
Estimated NPV 50
Project IRR 12%
Equity IRR 15%
283

RFPsomesar PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

RFPsomesar PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

RFPsomesar PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

(Ministry of Road Transport & Highways)

NIT No. 02/2022-23

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL (RFP)

< March, 2023>

Chief Engineer (NH), PWD Rajasthan, Jacob Road, Jaipur

The proposals must be properly signed as detailed below:

Part 2: Technical Proposal Part

Document in support of proof of eligibility

(i) Forwarding letter for Proof of Eligibility in the Form E1.

The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.

The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.

The above details are to be submitted through INFRACON only.

(a). Pavement Investigation (b). Geo‐ technical Investigation

Stage I‐ Proof of Eligibility

i) The proposal is accompanied by Document fee

iii) The firms(s) have required experience

iv) The firms(s) have required turnover

Stage II Technical evaluation

A proposal securing 75 points shall be declared pass in the evaluation

Stage III Evaluation of Financial Proposal

ST= Technical Score out of 100 SF=Financial Score out of 100

Most Preferred Bidder(H-1).

9. Signing of Contract Agreement

ii) Request For Proposal (RFP)

iii) Replies to pre-bid queries, if any

iv) Amendments / corrigendum to RFP

v) List of bidders who submitted the bids up to the deadline of submission

ix) Final Score of qualified bidders

x) Name of the bidders who is awarded the Contract

(ii) “fraudulent practice” means a misrepresentation or omission of facts in order to

(iv) “coercive practices” means harming or threatening to harm, directly or indirectly,

We would appreciate you informing us by facsimile/e‐ mail whether or not you

< Chief Engineer(NH), PWD Rajasthan,

Details of the stretch proposed for DPR preparation

S. NH Section State Tentative Package

1 NH-162 chainage 1+696 to Rajasthan 175.00 m

230 200 240 220 200 230

The different packages shall be awarded to consultants as mentioned below:

H-1 H-2 / New Financial Bid of H-2/ Remarks

H-1 H-2 / NewH-2 Financial Bid of H-2/ Remarks

Package-8 W S Since Consultant V is awarded Package-3 ,

I (References to corresponding paragraphs of LOI are mentioned alongside)

2. The name of the Client is : <CE NH PWD/RO MoRTH>

3. Duration of the Project: 180 days

4. Date, Time and Venue of Pre-Proposal Conference

Time: <As Per NIT>

5 The Documents are:

i. Appendix-I: Terms of Reference (TOR)

ii. Appendix-II Formats for Proof of Eligibility

iii. Appendix-III: Formats for Technical Proposal

iv. Appendix-IV: Formats for Financial Proposal

v. Appendix-V: Detailed Evaluation Criteria

vi. Appendix –VI Draft Contract Agreement

vii. Appendix –VII DPR Checklist

viii. Appendix –VIIII Sample Executive Summary

(Ref. Para 2.1)

7. Tax and Insurance (Ref. Para 3.3.2)

10. The date, time and Address of proposal submission are

Date <As per NIT>